This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http : //books . google . com/
C 587,
820
P*
M. *: m.
» .gHW^'
•1>
1^
oa.
'tized by
Google
T4'r
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
2/J--^^
DBPAETMENT OF THE INTERIOR
0. 8. GB06RAPHICAI AND GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY OP THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN REGION
J. W. POWELL IN Chakge
A STUDY
OP THE
MANUSCEIPT TEOANO
BY
CYRUS THOMAS Ph. D.
INTRODFCTIQN BY D. G. BEnTTON M. D.
[FBOH "CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOBTH AMEBICAN BTHN0U»6T" VOL. V]
WASHINGTON
OOVEBNMENT PSINTINO OFFICE
1882
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
PREFACE
I am fully aware that this paper bears the marks of haste and gives
evidence of the fact that a number of the more impoi-tant points are not
worked out as thoroughly and completely as they might have been had
more time been devoted to them. But the growing interest in the public
mind in reference to all that relates to the past history of our continent has
induced me to present it in its present incomplete form rather than defer its
publication to an indefinite period in the future. It is therefore oflFered to
the public more as a tentative work than with the expectation that all my
conclusions will stand the test of criticism.
I have endeavored, as will be seen by an examination of its contents,
to confine my studies as strictly as possible to the Manuscript itself, without
being influenced in my conclusions by the conclusions of others — using
Landa's "-BeZociow," Perez's ^' Cronologia,^^ Brasseur's works, and the Dresden
Codex as my chief aids; not intending by any means to ignore the valu-
able work done by others in the same field, but that I might remain as free
as possible to work out results in my own line of thought.
I may also add that at the time the main portion of the paper was
written I was in the West, out of reach of any extensive library contain-
ing works relating to the history, antiquities, &c , of Mexico and Central
America. This fact I mention as an apology for the comparatively few
works referred to in the paper.
I have studied the Manuscript somewhat in the same way the child
undertakes to solve an illustrated rebus, assuming as a standpoint the status
of the semi-civilized Indian, and endeavoring, as far as possible, to proceed
upon the same plane of thought. In other words, I have not proceeded upon
the assumption that the pre-Columbian Indians of Yucatan were learned phi-
Digitized by
Google
iv PREFACE.
losophers, thoroughly versed in science and general knowledge, but were
IndianSy who through some influence, whether introduced or indigenous,
had made considerable advance in certain lines of art and science. But
these lines, as I believe, were few and limited, relating chiefly to architect-
ure, sculpture, painting, and the computation of time.
As an examination of the Manuscript soon satisfied me that it was, to
a great extent, a kind of religious calendar, I found it necessary first to dis-
cuss the Maya chronological system in order to make use of the numerous
dates found in the work — a fact that will explain why so many pages of the
first part of the paper are devoted to this subject.
The results of my investigations are summed up at the close of this
preface. I find the work consists of two parts: first, a calendar giving the
dates of religious festivals running through a long period of time, in all
probability a grand cycle of three hundred and twelve years, together with
brief formulas; second, an illustration of the habits, customs, and employ-
ments of the people. But these two subject* are mingled together through-
out the Manuscript; the first including most of the characters or hiero-
glyphics around the spaces; the second the figures in the spaces.
One omission in my paper will be observed by those who are familiar
with the subject, that is, the failure on my part to notice and account for, in
the Maya chronological system, the surplus days of the bissextile years. This
omission on my part has been intentional. I can find no plan by which to
insert them in the series, numbering them as the others, without interfering
with that order which is essential to the system itself. I have therefore
proceeded upon the assumption that they are added as uncounted days, and
hence interfere in no way with the regular order. If I am mistaken in this
conclusion, considerable modification in my tabular aiTangement of the
years may be necessary, even though the general plan be correct.
A very serious di'awback to the attempt to explain the written char-
acters or hieroglyphics has been the lack on my part of a knowledge of the
Maya language. Such a knowledge I do not claim; therefore, in this part
of the work, the best I could do was to quote from the lexicons, as there
given, such words as I found it necessary to refer to. The propriety of
attempting anything in this direction without this knowledge may be justly
Digitized by
Google
PREFACE. V
questioned. But after seriously considering this point, I concluded ft best
to give to the world the result of my investigations with these explanations,
as I felt confident I had made some progress in deciphering this mysterious
Manuscript. ^ . ^
I take this opportunity of acknowledging the obligations I am under
to Dr. D. G. Brinton, of Philadelphia, for the valuable notice of the Maya
Manuscripts which he has contributed as an introduction to my paper.
RESULTS OF MY INVESTIGATIONS OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
These may be briefly summed up as follows:
1st. That the work was. intended chiefly as a ritual or religious calen-
dar to guide the priests in the observance of religious festivals, and their
numerous ceremonies and other duties. That the very large number of
day columns and numerals, which form fully one-half of what may be
called the written portion, are simply dates which appear to run through
one entire grand cycle of 312 years, fixing the time when festivals should
be held and other religious observances take place. Also that much of the
text proper — the portion in hieroglyphics or written characters — ^is purely
ritualistic, consisting of very simple formulas.
2d. That the figures in the spaces are in some cases symbolical, in
others simple pictographs, and, in quite a number, refer to religious ceremo-
nies, but that in many instances they relate to the habits, customs, and oc-
cupations of the people — ^as, for example, their method of capturing game,
which, as appears from this work, was as stated by Herrera, chiefly by **gins
and traps" — and the incidents of the chase; that which relates to the busi-
ness of the apiarists; making ropes; the manufacture of idols; agricultural
pursuits; occupation and duties of the females, &c. But even here we see
the religious element pervading everything.
3d. That the work appertained to and was prepared for a people liv-
ing in the interior of the country, away from the sea-shore. This is inferred
from the fact that nothing is found in it relating to fishermen, or their vessels.
Digitized by
Google
But tliero are reasons for believing that it pertained to a companituely well-
wooded section.
4th. That the people of the section where it was prepared were peace-
able, not addicted to war; and were sedentary^ supporting themselves chiefly
by agricukural products, though relying upon their '^gina and traps*' and
the cbaae to supply them with animal food. Twelve of the plates (VIII
to XIX) are devoted to this latter subject j ten (I* to X*) to the business,
festivals, &c., of the apiariats and honey -gatherei's; and ten (XXIV to
XXXIII) to rains, storms, and agricultural pursuits.
The execution and character of the work itself, as w^ell as its contents,
bear testimony to the fact that the people w^ere comparatively well
advanced in the arts of civilized life. But there is nothing here to warrant
the glowing descriptions of their art and refinement given by some of the
earlier as well as more modern writeiB, nor even to coiTcspond with what
might be inferred from the architectural remains in some parts of Yucatan*
We find in the work indications of stone and w ooden houses, but generally
with thatched roofs; at least they always have wooden supports, and are of
a temporary character.
Tlie dress of the males appears to have consisted of a strip of cloth
(probably cotton), passed once or twice around the loins, with one end
hanging down behind and the other in front, or a small flap in front and
the ends behind. That of the females consisted of a skirt fastened at the
waist and hanging down to the ankles, A kind of Ijroad anklets and wrist-
lets appear also to have been quite common with the better class, but the
feet were always bare. The women parted tlieir hair in the middle, that of
the matrons or married women not being allowed to hang down, while that
of the younger or unmarried ones was allowed to hang in long locks behind.
Mats alone neem to liave been used as seats.
The pottery, so far as I can judge by what is shown in the Manu-
script (a] id in tliis prefatory statement I confine my remarks strictly to
what seems to be shown here, unless otherwise expressly stated)^ w^B o^ ^^
inferior grade as to form and decoration, but it is worthy of ^oti^*^ a^*.\t pots
with legs were common. Some censers in the form of a siiakiei*i|^ M. '^^^^^
head are the best specimens represented.
Digitized by VnOOQ IC ^
PREFACE. Vii
In planting their corn (maize) it was dibbled in with a curved stick,
five grains to a hill being the established number. While at this work they
wore a peculiar head-covering, apparently a kind of matting. The other
cultivated plants noticed in the work appear to be cacao, cotton, and a
leguminous species, probably a climbing bean, as it is supported by a stake.
I judge, from a number of the figures, that their com while growing
was subject to the attacks of numerous insects (represented as worms or
snakes), which ate foliage, ear, and root, and was frequently injured by
severe storms, and also that the^ planted grains were pulled up by birds and
a small quadruped. Their crops were also subject to injury by severe
droughts, accompanied by great heat.
The production of honey seems to have been a very important indus-
try in the section to which the work relates, but so far I have succeeded in
interpreting but few of the figures which refer to it
Rope-making (or possibly weaving) is represented on Plate XI* — a
very simple process, which will be found described jn my paper.
Their chief mechanical work, as I judge from this Manuscript, was the
manufacture of idols, some being made of clay and others carved of wood
Two implements used in making their wooden images appear, from the
figures, to have been of metal, one a hatchet, the other sharp-pointed and
shaped much like a pair of shears.
Spears and arrows (if such they be, for there is no figure of a bow in
the entire work), or darts, are the only implements of warfare shown. The
spears or darts seem to have been often thrown by means of a kind of hook,
and guided by a piece of wood with a notch at the end.
5th. The taking of life, apparently of a slave, is indicated in one place,
but whether as a sacrificial offering is uncertain. It is evidently not in the
manner described by the early writers, as in this case it is by decapitation
with a machete or hatchet, the arms being bound behind the back, and what
is presumed to be a yoke fixed on the back of the head. This is the only
thing in the Manuscript, except holding captives by the hair, as in the
Mexican Codices, which can possibly be construed to indicate human sacri-
fice. In the Dresden Codex human sacrifice in the usual way — by opening
the breast — is clearly indicated.
Digitized by
Google
Vlll PREFACE.
6th. We learn from the figures in the Manuscript that the cross in some
of its forms was in use among this people as a religious emblem, and also
that the bird was in some cases brought into connection with it, as at
Palenque.
7th. In regard to the written characters I have reached the following
conclusions:
That, although the movement of the figures is from the right to the
left, and the plates should be taken in this way, at least by pairs, yet, ds a
general rule, the characters are in columns, to be read from the top down-
wards, columns following each other from left to right; that when they are
in lines they are to be read from left to right and by lines from the top
downwards, but that lines are used only where it is not convenient to place
the characters in columns. The correctness of this conclusion is, I think,
susceptible of demonstration by what is found in the Manuscript.
8th. That there is no fixed rule. in reference to the arrangement of the
parts of compound characters. The few which I have been able to decipher
satisfactorily appear to have the parts generally arranged in an order nearly
or quite the reverse of that in which the characters themselves are placed.
9th. That the characters, while to a certain extent phonetic, are not
true alphabetic signs, but syllabic. Nor will even this definition hold true
of them all, as some appear to be ideographic and others simply abbrevi-
ated pictorial representations. Most of the characters are compound, arid
the parts more or less abbreviated, and, as the writing is certainly the work
of the priests, we may correctly term it hieratic.
Landa's alphabet, I think, is the result of an attempt on his part to pick
out of the compound characters their simple elements, which he erroneously
supposed represented letters. The day characters are found in the Manu-
script substantially as given by this author, but appear to have been derived
from an earlier age, and to have lost in part their original signification. No
month characters are found, in this work, though common in the Dresden
Codex.
10th. That the work (the original, if the one now in existence be a
copy) was probably written about the middle or latter half of the fourteenth
century. This conclusion is reached first, from internal evidence alone;
Digitized by
Google
PREFACE. ix
second, from this, together with historical evidence. The tribe appears to
have been at the time in a peaceable, quiet, and comparatively happy con-
dition, which will carry us back to a time preceding the fall of Mayapan,
and before the introduction of Aztec soldiers by the Cocomes.
1 1th. I think we find conclusive evidence in the work that the Ahau
or Katun was a period of 24 years, and the great cycle of 312; also, that
the series commenced with a Cauac instead of a Kan year, as has been
usually supposed.
Lastly, I add that I think Brasseur was right in supposing that this
work originated in that section of the peninsula known as Peten.
CYRUS THOMAS.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page.
Preface iii
Resultaof my investigations of the Mannscript Troano v
Table of Contents xi
List of 111 nst rations xiii
Introduction by Dr. D. G. Brinton xvii
The graphic system and ancient records of the Mayas xvii
1. Introductory xvii
2. Descriptions by Spanish writers - xix
3. References from native sources xxvii
4. The existing Codices xxx
5. Efforts at interpretation xxxiv
Chapter I. — The Manuscript and its Characters 1
II. — The Maya Calendar 5
III. — Explanation of Figures and Characters on Plates XX-XXIII of the Mannscript
Troano, and 25-28 of the Dresden Codex 59
IV. — Suggestions as to the probable meaning of some of the figures on the other plates.
Part First of the Sianuscript 93
Part Second of the Manuscript Ill
v.— Symbols, Pictographs, and other Figures which cannot be properly classed as
Written Characters 125
VI. — The Written Characters of the Manuscript 136
The direction in which they are to be read 136
The order in which the parts of compound characters are to be taken 140
VII.— Illustrations of the Day Columns and numbers in the first part of the Manuscript. 162
VIII. — ^A Discussion of Dates, with special reference to those of the Perez Mannscript. . . 187
The Maya Manuscript •- 188
Maya 188
Ti-anslation 189
IX.— Ins riptions en the Palenque Tablet 198
Appendices ii09
Appendix No. 1. — Extracts from the "Relacion de Cosas de Yucatan" of Diego de Landa, in re-
lation to the festivals of the supplementary or closing days of the year,
H XXXV-XXXVII. (Pp. 210-226.) 209
No. 2.— Quotation from an article by Sefior Melgar 216
No. 3.— Translation of Landaus description of the festivals held in the different
months of the year. Relacion, pp. 240-310 217
No. 4. — Mode of Building Houses among the Yucatecs— Landa 228
No. 5. — Manner of Baptism in Yucatan— Landa 229
Original 229
Translation 231
XI
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Face Page.
PiATB I.— Pao-simile of Plate XX of the Manasoript Troano (colored) 67
II. — Fac-simile of Plate XXI of the Mannscript Troano (eolored) 71
III.— Fac-aimile of Plate XXII of the Mannscript Troano (colored) 74
IV.— Fac-simile of Plate XXIII of the Mannscript Troano (colored) 78
v.— Facsimile of Plate 25 of the Dresden Codex (nncolored) 82
VI.— Fac-simile of Plate 26 of the Dresden Codex (nncolored) 86
VII.— Fac-simile of Plate 27 of the Dresden Codex (nncolored) 90
VIII.— Fac-simile of Plato 28 of the Dresden Codex (nncolored) 94
IX.— Fac-simile of Dr. Ban's Plate of the Palenqne Tablet 201
Page.
Fig . 1 . — Comparison of Landaus characters with those of the Mannscript Troano 2
2. — Day characters : 5
3. — Month characters 6
4. — Method of giving dates with characters -• 13
5. — ^Day colnmn, with nnmeral characters 22
6.— Column of day characters 27
7. — ^Time symbols from the Dresden Codex 42
8.— Symbols of the Cardinal i>oints 70
9.— Stone symbol 74
10.— Bread symbol 80
11. — Bread symbol in another form 81
12.^ Incense symbol ' 92
13.— Fignre of a deity with triple-headed head-dress 96
14.— Time symbol from Plate VI 97
15. — Figure of an Armadillo in a pitfall 98*
16. — Copy of the middle and lower division of Plate XIV 99
17.— Incense-bnmer 119
18.— Hatchets 126
19. — Spear and dart (or arrow) 126
20. — Honey symbol 127
21.— Calendar wheel (f) 127
22.— Mortar 1 127
23.— Mortar 127
24.— Paint cnp 127
25.— Priest painting an adoratorio or canopied seat 128
26. — Idol in a baldachin or canopied seat 128
27. — House symbol *. ^.. 128
28.^Honse symbol 129
29. — House symbol 129
30. — House or Temple symbol from Dresden Codex 131
31. — ^Woman preparing material for ropes or cloth 131
32. — ^Woman making ropes (or weaving) 132
xm
Digitized by
Google
Xiv LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
Page.
33.— Method of carving wooden idols 132
34.— Method of painting idols 132
35. — ^Implement, supposed to be metallic, used in carving wooden idols 133
36. — Implement; nse unknown 133
37. —Implement, probably used as a saw IX;
38. — Cutting instrumeQt 133
39. — Figures of matting ...1 ^ 133
40.— Bat or fan 134
41.— Bird-cage 1.34
42. — Block of wood marked with wood symbols 134
43.— Mimosa leaf 134
44* — Supposed figure of a curtain 134
45. — Symbol denoting ^'tijing the years" 134
46. — Native smoking a cigar 134
47.— Copy of the lower division of Plate XV 138
48. — Copy of the middie and lower divisions of Plate XIX 1.39
49. — Landaus Maya Alphabet 141
50. — Stone symbol 144
51. — Bread symbol 144
52. — ^Bread symbol 144
53. — Symbols for east and west 144
54. — Symbols for north and south » 144
55.— Character denoting **wood" 144
56. — Character marked on spear-heads 145
57. — ^Armadillo symbol 145
58.— Vase or oUa symbol 145
59. — Same character as a prefix 145
60. — Landa's character for the month Pax 145
61. — Pax symbol from the Drefidt-n Codex 145
62.— Similar character from the Dresden Codex 146
63. — Similar character from the Dresden Codex 14r)
64, — Character signifying |35p«ctkiA — "tortilla of maize" 146
65. — Character in head-dress, signifying j>poo—" hat " or ** head-covering " 147
^.—Interlaced character 147
67. — Landa's character for Chicchan 147
68. — Manuscript character for Chicchan 147
09. — Character for Omal, a certain kind of tortilla 148
70.— Character from Plate XIX 148
71.— Group of characters from Plate XXIII* 149
72.— Character probably signifying prayer 149
73.— Group of characters from Plate VII * 149
74.— Caban characters 150
75.— Figure from Plate VIII* 150
76.— Character from Plate XIV* 151
77. — Manuscript character for the day Cib 151
78.— Character from Plate V , 151
79.— Copy ofthe second and third divisions of Plate XXIX 152
80.— Figure of a hand from Plate III* 153
HI.— Character from Plate III* 153
82.— Character from Plate III * 153
83.— Character from Plate III* 153
84.— Character often figured on Plates I to X* 153
85. — Character or symbol for East 153
86.— Copy of two divisions of Plate XX* 154
67.— Character from third division of Plate XX * 155
Digitized by
Google
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XV
Page.
88.— ChariMJter from third division of Plate XX* 156
89.— Character from third division of Plato XX • 156
90.— Bread symbol 156
91.— Bread symbol 156
92.— Armadillo symbol 158
93.— Character 158
94. — Character resembling death symbol 158
95. — Character from lower division Plate XX* 159
96.— Death symbol 159
97. — Copy of upper division of Plate X 160
98.— Group of characters from Plate XIV 161
99. — ^Day columns and numerals from Plate II -. 164
100. — Day columns and numerals from Plato V ™«^— 166
101.— Dr. Eau's index diagram of Palenqne Tablet 199
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
INTRODUCTION-
BY DANIEIi G. BRINTON, M. D.
THE GRAPHIC SYSTEM AND ANCIENT RECORDS OF THE
MAYAS.
1.— INTRODUCTORY.
One of the ablest of living ethnologists has classified the means of
recording knowledge under two general headings — Thought-writing and
Sound- writing.^ The former is again divided into two forms, the first and
earliest of which is by pictures, the second by picture-writing.
The superiority of picture-writing over the mere depicting of an occur-
rence is that it analyzes the thought and expresses separately its component
parts, whereas the picture presents it as a whole. The representations
familiar among the North American Indians are usually mere pictures, while
most of the records of the Aztec communities are in picture-writing.
The genealogical development of Sound-writing begins by the substi-
tution of the sign of one idea for that of another whose sound is nearly or
quite the same. Such was the early graphic system of Egypt, and such
substantially to-day is that of the Chinese. Above this stands syllabic
writing, as that of the Japanese, and the semi-syllabic signs of the old
Semitic alphabet; while, as the perfected result of these various attempts,
we reach at last the invention of a true alphabet, in which a definite figure
corresponds to a definite elementary sound.
It is a primary question in American archaeology. How far did the most
» Dr. Friedrich MttUer, Grundrias der SprachwUsenschaft, Band i, pp. 151-156.
II M T XVII
Digitized 'by
Google
XVlll INTRODUCTION.
cultivated nations of the Western Continent ascend this scale of grapliic
development? This question is as yet unanswered. All agree, however,
that the highest evolution took place among the Nahuatl-speaking tribes of
Mexico and the Maya race of Yucatan.
I do not go too far in saying that it is proved that the Aztecs used to a
certain extent a phonetic system of writing, one in which the figures refer not
to the thought, but to the sound of the thought as expressed in spoken lan-
guage. This has been demonstrated by the researches of M. Aubin, and, of
late, by the studies of Senor Orozco y Berra.^
Two evolutionary steps can be distinguished in the Aztec writing. In
the earlier the plan is that of the rebus in combination with ideograms,
which latter are nothing more than the elements of picture-writing. Ex-
amples of this plan are the familiar 'tribute rolls'' and the names of towns
and kings, as shown in several of the codices published by Lord Kings-
borough. The second step is where a conventional image is employed to
represent the sound of its first syllable. This advances actually to the level
of the syllabic alphabet; but it is doubtful if there are any Aztec records
entirely, or even largely, in this form of writing. They had only reached
the commencement of its development.
The graphic system of the Mayas of Yucatan was very different from
that of the Aztecs. No one at all familiar with the two could fail at once
to distinguish between the Manuscripts of the two nations. They are
plainly independent developments.
We know much more about the ancient civilization of Mexico than of
Yucatan; we have many more Aztec than Maya Manuscripts, and hence we
are more at a loss to speak with positiveness about the Maya system of
writing than about the Mexican. We must depeiid on the brief and unsat-
isfactory statements of the early Spanish writers, and on what little modern
research has accomplished, for means to form a correct opinion; and there
is at present a justifiable discrepancy of opinion about it among those who
have given the subject most attention.
^AubiD, M6moire sur la Pciniure didaciique et V Ecriture figurative des ancicne Mexicains, in Iho intro-
duction to Brasseur (tie Bourbourg)'s Ilistoire des Xaiions civilis^es du Mcxique ct de VAmirique Centrale,
torn, i; Manuel Orozco y Beira, Eusayo de Descif radon gcrofflifica, in the Analcs del Museo nacional de
MdricOt torn, i, ii.
Digitized by
Google
INTRODUCTION. xix
2.— DESCRIPTIONS BY SPANISH WRITERS.
The earliest exploration of the coast of Yucatan was that of Francisco
Hernandez de Cordova, in 1517. The year following, a second expedition,
under Juan de Grijalva, visited a number of points between the island of
Cozumel and the Bahia de Terminos.
Several accounts of Grijalva's voyage have been preserved, but they
make no distinct reference to the method of writing they found in use.
Some native books were obtained, however, probably from the Mayas, and
were sent to Spain, where they were seen by the historian Peter Martyr.
He describes them in general terms, and compares the characters in which
they were written to the Egyptian hieroglyphics, some of which he had
seen in Rome. He supposes that they contain the laws and ceremonies of
the people, astronomical calculations, the deeds of their kings, and other
events of their history. He also speaks in commendation of 'the neatness
of their general appearance and the skill with which the drawing and paint-
ing were carried out. He further mentions that the natives used this method
of writing or drawing in the affairs of common life.^
Although Yucatan became thus early known to the Spaniards, it was
not until 1541 that a permanent settlement was effected, in which year
Francisco de Montejo, the younger, advanced into the central province of
Cell Pech, and established a city on the site of the ancient town called
Ichcanziho, which means **the five (temples) of many oracles (or serpents),"
to which he gave the name Merida, on account of the magnificent ancient
edifices he found there.
Previous to this date, however, in 1534, Father Jacobo de Testera, with
four other missionaries, proceeded from Tabasco up the west coast to the
neighborhood of the Bay of Campeachy. They were received amicably
by the natives, and instructed them in the articles of the Christian faith.
They also obtained from tlie chiefs a submission to the King of Spain; and
I mention this early missionary expedition for the fact stated that each chief
signed this act of submission ''with a ceitain mark, like an autograph."
' Petor Martyr, decad. iv, cap. viii.
Digitized by
Google
XX INTRODUCTION.
This document was subsequently taken to Spain by the celebrated Bisliop
Las Casas.^ It is clear from the account that some definite form of signa-
ture was at that time in use among the chiefs.
It might be objected that these signatures were nothing more than rude
totem marks, such as were found even among the hunting tribes of the
Northern Mississippi Valley. But Las Casas himself, in whose possession
the documents were, here comes to our aid to refute this opinion. Ho was
familiar with the picture-writing of Mexico, and recognized in the hiero-
glyphics of the Mayas something difi^erent and superior. He says expressly
that these had inscriptions, writings, in certain characters, the like of which
were found nowhere else.^
One of the early visitors to Yucatan after the conquest was the Pope's
commissary-general. Father Alonzo Ponce, who was there in 15S^. Many
natives who had grown to adult years in heathenism must have been living
then. He makes the following interesting observation :
** The iratives of Yucatan are, among all the inhabitants of New Spain,
especially deserving of praise for three things: First, that before the Span-
iards came they made use of characters and letters, with which they wrote
out their histories, their ceremonies, the order of sacrifices to their idols,
and their calendars, in books made of the bark of a certain tree. These
were on very long strips, a quarter or a third (of a yard) in width, doubled
and folded, so that they resembled a bound book in quarto, a little larger
or smaller. These letters and characters were understood only by the
priests of the idols (who in that language are called Ahkins) and a few
principal natives. Afterwards some of our friars learned to understand and
read them, and even wrote them."^
The interesting fact here stated, that some of the early missionaries
^ " Sc sujetaroii de sa propria voluntad al Sefioriotle los Keies do Castilla, rtcibiendo al Empcratlor,
como Rei do EspaRa, per Sefior supremo y universal, o liicieron ciertas seDales, como Firmas; lasqnales,
con testimonio do los Eoligiosos Frauciscos, quo alU estahan, ]lev6 consigo el buen Obispo de Chiapa,
Don Fr. Bartolome do las Casas, amparo, y defensa de estos Indios, quando se fud 6> Espafia." Torquo-
mada, Monarquia Indiana, lib. xix, eap. xiii.
* "Letreros do ciertos caractores que en otra ninguna parte." Las Casas, Hiatoria apohgetica de
las Indios Ocddentalcs, cap. cxxiii.
^Relacion Breve y Vcrdadera de Algunas Cosas de las muchas que 8uc€die)'an al Padre Fray Alonso
Ponce-y Commissario General, en las Provincias de la Xuera Espaiia, in the Coleccion de Documentos para la
Bhtoria de Espana, torn. Iviii, p. 392. The other traits ho praises in the natives of Yucatan are their
freedom from sodomy and cannibalism.
Digitized by
Google.
INTRODUCTION. XXI
not only learned to read these characters, but employed them to instruct
the Indians, has been authenticated by a recent discovery of a devotional
work written in this way.
The earliest historian of Yucatan is Fr. Bernardo de Lizana.^ But I
do not know of a single complete copy of liis work, and only one imperfect
copy, which is, or was, in the city of Mexico, from which the Abbd Bras-
seur (de Bourbourg) copied and republished a few chapters. Lizana was
himself not much of an antiquary, but he had in his hands the Manuscripts
left by Father Alonso de Solana, who came to Yucatan in 1 565, and remained
there till his death, in 1599. Solana was an able man, acquired thoroughly
the Maya tongue, and left in his writings many notes on the antiquities
of the country.^ Therefore we may put considerable confidence in what
Lizana writes on these matters.
The reference which I find in Lizana to the Maya writings is as follows:
*'The most celebrated and revered sanctuary in this land, and that ti)
which they resorted from all parts, was this town and temples of Ytzamal,
as they are now called ; and that it was founded in most ancient times, and
that it is still known who did found it, will be set forth in the next chapter.
'*III. The history and the authorities which we can cite are certain
ancient characters, scarcely understood by many, and explained by some
old Indians, sons of the priests ctf their gods, who alone knew how to read
and expound them, and who were believed in and revered as much as the
gods themselves," etc.^
We have here the positive statement that these hieroglyphic inscrip-
tions were used by the priests for recording their national history, and that
by means of them they preserved the recollection of events which took
place in a very remote past.
Another valuable early witness, who testifies to the same effect, is the
Dr. Don Pedro Sanchez de Aguilar, who was cura of Valladolid, in Yucatan,
* Bernardo do Lizaua, JSiatoria de Yucatan. Devocionario de liuestra Senora de Lsmaly y Conquista
Espiritual, 8vo. Pincise (Valladolid), 1G33.
*For these facte see Diego Lopez CogoUudo, Historia de Yucatan, lib. ix, cap. xv. Cogolludo
adds that in his time (1650-60) Solana's MSS. could not bo found ; Lizana may have sent them to Spain.
31 add the original of the most important passage: "La historia y autores quo poderaos alegar
son unos autignos caracteres, mal entendidos de niuchos, y glossados do unos indios antiguos, que son
hijos de los sacerdotcs de sus dioses, quo son los que solo sabian leer y adi\'inar, y a quien creiau rover-
cnciavan como ii Dioses dcstos."
Digitized by
Google
Xxii INTRODUCTION.
in 1596, and, later, dean of the chapter of the cathedral at Merida. His
book, too, is extremely scarce, and I have never seen a copy; but I have
copious extracts from it, made by the late Dr. C. Hermann Berendt from a
copy in Yucatan. Aguilar writes of the Mayas :
"They had books made from the bark of trees, coated with a white
and durable varnish. They were ten or twelve yards long, and were gath-
ered together in folds, like a palm leaf. On these they painted in colors the
reckoning of their years, wars, pestilences, hurricanes, inundations, famines,
and other events. From one of these books, which I myself took from
some of these idolaters, I saw and learned that to one pestilence they gave
the name Mayacimil^ and to another Ocnakuchilj which mean 'sudden deaths'
and * times when the crows enter the houses to eat the corpses.' And the
inundation they called Hunyecil, the submersion of trees." ^
The writer leaves it uncertain whether he learned these words directlv
from the characters of the book or through the explanations of some native.
It has sometimes been said that the early Spanish writers drew a broad
line between the picture-writing that they found in America and an alpha-
betic script. This may be true of other parts, but is not so of Yucatan.
These signs, or some of them, are repeatedly referred to as ** letters," letras.
This is pointedly the case with Father Gabriel de San Buenaventura,
a French Franciscan who served in Yucatan about 1670-80. He pub-
lished one of the earliest grammars -of the language, and also composed
a dictionary in three large volumes, which was not printed. Father Beltran
de Santa Rosa quotes from it an interesting tradition preserved by Buena-
ventm*a, that among the inventions of the mythical hero-god of the natives,
Itzamna, or Kinich ahau, was that of " the letters of the Maya language,"
with which letters they wrote their books.^ Itzamna, of course, dates back
to a misty antiquity, but the legend is of value, as showing that the char-
acters used by the natives did, in the opinion of the early missionaries,
deserve the name of letters.
• Pedro Sanchez de Aguilar, Informe contra Idolorum cultores del ObUpado de Yucatan, 4to. Madrid,
16:>9, ff. 124.
« **E1 primero quo Lall6 las letras de la lengaa Maya 6 hiz6 el c6niputo delos aflos, meses y edadcs,
y lo euselio todo a los Indies de esta Provincia, fud un Indio Wamsulo KinchahaUj y por otronomhre
Tzanina.^' Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa Ro^ Maria, Jrte del fdioma Mayay p. 16 (2ded., Mdrida de Yuca-
tan, I8ii0).
Digitized by VnOOQ IC
/
INTRODUCTION. xxiii
Father Diego Lopez CogoUudo is the best-known historian of Yucatan.
He lived about the middle of the seventeenth century, and says himself
that at that time there was little more to be learned about the antiquities of
the race. He adds, therefore, substantially nothing to our knowledge of
the subject, although he repeats, with positiveness, the statement that the
natives **had characters by which they could understand each other in
writing, such as those yet seen in great numbers on the ruins of their
buildings." ^
This is not very full. Yet we know to a certainty that there were
quantities of these manuscripts in use in Yucatan for a generation after
CogoUudo wrote. To be sure, those in the christianized districts had been
destroyed, wherever the priests could lay their hands on them; but in the
southern part of the peninsula, on the islands of Lake Peten and adjoining
territory, the powerful chief, Canek, ruled a large independent tribe of
Itzas. They had removed from the northern provinces of the peninsula
somewhere about 1450, probably in consequence of the wars which followed
the dissolution of the confederacy whose capital was the ancient city of
Mayapan.
Their language was pure Maya, and they had brought with them in
their migration, as one of their greatest treasures, the sacred books which
contained their ancient history, their calendar and ritual, and the prophecies
of their future fate. In the year 1697 they were attacked by the Spaniards,
under General Don Martin de Ursua; their capital, on the island of Flores,
in Lake Peten, taken by storm ; great numbers of them slaughtered or
driven into the lake to drown, and the twenty-one temples which were on
the island razed to the ground.
A minute and trustworthy account of these events has been given by
Don Juan de Villagutierre Soto-Mayor, in the course of which several
references to the sacred books, which he calls Analtes, occur.
The king Canek, he tells us, in reading in his Analtes, had found
notices of the northern provinces of Yucatan and of the fact that his pre-
1 Diego Lopez Cogollndo, Hisiaria de Yucatan, lib. iv, cap. iii. The origiual is: **No acostnm-
braban escribir los pleitos, aanque teuiati caracteres con quo bo eut43udiau, do quo so vou mucbos ou las
ruiuas do los edificios."
Digitized by
Google
Xxiv INTRODUCTION.
decessors had come thence, and had communicated these narratives to his
chiefs.^
These books ai'e described as showing ** certain characters and figures,
painted on certain barks of trees, each leaf or tablet about a quarter (of a
yard) wide, and of the thickness of a piece of eight, folded at one edge and
the other in the manner of a screen, called by them AnallehesP ^
When the island of Flores was captured these books were found stored
in the house of the king Canek, containing the account of all that had
happened to the tribe.^ What disposition was made of them we are not
informed.
I have reserved until now a discussion of the description of the Maya
writing presented in the well-known work of Diego de Landa, the second
bishop of Yucatan. Landa arrived in the province in August, 1549, and
died in April, 1579, having passed most of the intervening thirty years there
in the discharge of his religious duties. He became well acquainted with
the language, which, for that matter, is a comparatively easy one, and though
harsh, illiberal, and bitterly fanatic, he paid a certain amount of attention
to the arts, religion, and history of the ancient inhabitants.
The notes that he made were copied after his death and reached Spain,
where they are now preserved in the library of the Royal Academy of
History, Madrid. In 1864 they were published at Paris, with a French
translation, by the Abbd Brasseur (de Bourbourg).
Of all writers Landa comes the nearest teUing us how the Mayas used
their system of writing; but, unfortunately, he also is so superficial and
obscure that his words have given rise to very erroneous theories. His
description runs as follows:
**This people also used certain cliaracters or letters, with which they
wrote in their books their ancient matters and their sciences, and with them
(i. e.j with their characters or letters), and figures (i. e., drawings or pic-
' ''Porque lo leia 8u Rey en bus Analtehes, teuiau Noticias de aquellas Proviucias de Tacatan (que
AnaltebcSy 5 Historias, es una misma cosa) y de qae sua Pasados avian Salido de ollas/' Hiaioria de la
Conquista de la Provincia de el Itza, Btdvccion y Progresses de la de el Lacandon, etc. (folio, Madrid, 1701)
lib. vi, cap. iv.
^Tbid.f lib. vil, cap. 1.
' '^ Y en sa casa tambien tenia de estos Idolos, y Messa de Sacrificios, y los Analtebcs, 6 Historias
de todo qnanto loa avia sncedido." lhid,f lib. viii, cap. xiii.
Digitized by
Google
INTEODUCJTION. XXV
tures), and some signs in the figures, they understood their matters, and
could explain them and teach them. We found great numbers of books in
these letters, but as they contained nothing that did not savor of superstition
and lies of the devil we burnt them all, at which the natives grieved most
keenly and were greatly pained.
"I will give here an a, &, c, as their clumsiness does not allow more,
because they use one character for all the aspirations of the letters, and for
marking the parts another, and thus it could go on in infinitum^ as may be
seen in the following example. Le means a noose and to hunt with one;
to write it in their characters, after we had made them understand that there
are two letters, they wrote it with three, giving to the aspiration of the I the
vowel ^, which it cames before it; and in this they are not wrong so to. use
it, if they wish to, in their curious manner. After this they add to the end
the compound part."^
I need not pursue the quotation. The above words show clearly that
the natives did not in their method of writing analyze a word to its primitive
phonetic elements. *'This," said the bishop, " we had to do for them." There-
fore they did not have an alphabet in the sense of the word as we use it.
• On the other hand, it is equally clear, from his words and examples,
that they had figures which represented sounds, and that they combined
these and added a determinative or an ideogram to represent words or
phrases.
The alphabet he gives is, of course, not one which can be used as the
Latin a, 6, c. It is surprising that any scholar should ever have thought so.
It would be an exception, even a contradiction, to the history of the evolu-
tion of human intelligence to find such an alphabet among nations of the
sta^e of cultivation of the Mayas or Aztecs.
The severest criticism which Landa's figures have met has been from
the pen of the able antiquary. Dr. Phillip J. J. Valentini. He discovered
that many of the sounds of the Spanish alphabet were represented by
signs or pictures of objects whose names in the Maya begin with that sound.
Thus he supposes that Landa asked an Indian to write in the native char-
acter the Spanish letter a, and the Indian drew an obsidian knife, which,
'Diogo de Landa, Relacion de las Coaaa de Ytu^atatij pp. 316, 318, seq.
Digitized by
Google
XXvi INTRODUCTION.
says Dr. Valentini, is in the Maya ach; in other words, it begins with the
vowel a. So for the sound ki^ the Indian gave the sign of the day named
kimich.
Such is Dr. Valentini's theory of the formation of Landa's alphabet;
and not satisfied with lashing with considerable sharpness those who have
endeavored by its aid to decipher the Manuscripts and mural inscriptions,
he goes so far as to term it "a Spanish fabrication."
I shall not enter into a close examination of Dr. Valentiui's supposed
identification of these figures. It is evident that it has been done by run-
ning over the Maya dictionaiy to find some word beginning with the letter
under criticism, the figurative representation of which word might bear
some resemblance to Landa's letter. When the Maya fails, such a word is
sought for in the Kiche or other dialect of the stock; and the resemblances
of the pictures to the supposed originals are sometimes greatly strained.
But I pass by these dubious methods of criticism as well as several
lexicographic objections which might be raised. I believe, indeed, that Dr.
Valentini is not wrong in a number of his identifications. But the conclu-
sion I draw is a diflferent one. Instead of proving that this is picture-
writing, it indicates that the Mayas used the second or higher grade of
phonetic syllabic writing, which, as I have before observed, has been shown
by M. Aubin to have been developed to some extent by the Aztecs in some
of their histories and connected compositions (see above page xxviii). There-
fore the importance and authenticity of Landa's alphabet are, I think, vin-
dicated by this attempt to treat it as a "fabrication."^
Landa also gives some interesting details about their books. He writes:
"The sciences that they taught were the reckoning of the years, months,
and days, the feasts and ceremonies, the administration of their sacraments,
the fatal days and seasons, their methods of divinatioil and prophecies,
events about to happen, remedies for diseases, their ancient history, together
with the art of reading and writing their books with characters which were
written, and pictures which represented the things written.
"They wrote their books on a large sheet doubled into folds, which
^ Dr. Valcutiui's article was publibhcd iu the ProcevdiHfjs of the American Antiquarian Society, 1&60,
ami also separately.
Digitized by
Google
INTRODUCTION. XXVII
was afterwards inclosed between two boards which they decorated hand-
somely. They were written from side to side in columns, as they were
folded. They manufactured this paper from the root of a tree and gave
it a white surface on which one could write. Some of the principal nobles
cultivated these sciences out of a taste for them, and although they did not
make public use of them, as did the priests, yet they were the more highly
esteemed for this knowledge."^
From the above extracts from Spanish writers we may infer that —
1. The Maya graphic system was recognized from the first to be dis-
tinct from the Mexican.
2. It was a hieroglyphic system, known only to the priests and a few
nobles.
3. It was employed for a variety of purposes, prominent among which
was the preservation of their history and calendar.
4. It was a composite system, containing pictures (Jiguras)^ ideograms
(caracteres), and phonetic signs (letras).
3.— REFERENCES FROM NATIVE SOURCES.
We might reasonably expect that the Maya language should contain
terms relating to their books and writings which would throw light on
their methods. So, no doubt, it did. But it was a part of the narrow and
crushing policy of the missionaries not only to destroy everything that
related to the times of heathendom, but even to drop all words which
referred to ancient usages. Hence the dictionaries are more sterile in this
respect than we might have supposed.
The verb *'to write" is dzib^ which, like the Greek ypd(peiv^ meant
also to draw and to paint. From this are derived the terms d^iban, some-
thing written; dsibal^ a signature, etc.
Another word, meaning to write, or to paint in black, is zabac. As a
noun, this was in ancient times applied to a black fluid extracted from the
zabacchey a species of tree, and used for dyeing and painting. In the sense
^ Diego de Landa, Belaclon de las Co9€ia de Yucatan , p. 44.
Digitized by
Google
XXVlll INTKODUCTILN.
of 'Ho write," zabac is no longer found in the language, and instead of its
old meaning it now refers to ordinary ink.
The word for letter or character is uooh. This is a primitive root
found with the same or a closely allied meaning in other branches of this
linguistic stock, as, for instance, in the Kich(3 and Cakchiquel. As a verb,
pret. uootahy int. tiootd^ it also means to form letters, to write; and from the
passive form, uoohal, we have the participial noun, uooJian, something writ-
ten, a manuscript.
The ordinary word for book, paper, or letter, is huun^ in which the
aspirate is almost mute, and is dropped in the forms denoting possession, as
u uuUy my book, yuunil Dies, the book of God, il being the so-called ** de-
terminative" ending. .It occurs to me as not unlikely that www, book, is a
syncopated form of uoohan^ something written, given above. To read a
book is xochuHy literally to count a book.
According to Villagutierre Soto-Mayor, the name of the sacred books
of the Itzas was analte. In the printed Diccionario de la Lengua Maya, by
Don, Juan Pio Perez, this is spelled anahtcy which seems to be a later form.
The term is not found 'in several early Ma3''a dictionaries in m}?- pos-
session, of dates previous to 1700. The Abb(5 Brasseur, indeed, in a note
to Landa, explains it to mean "a book of wood," but it can have no such
signification. Perhaps it should read hunilte^ this being composed of hunilj
the "determinative" form of huun^ a book, and the termination fe', which,
added to nouns, gives them a specific sense, c. g. amayte, a square figure,
from amay, an angle; tzucubtt, a province, from tzuc^ a portion separated
from the rest. It would mean especiall}^ the sacred or national books.
The particular class of books which were occupied with the calendar
and the ritual were called tzolante, which is a participial noun from the verb
t^oly passive t^olal, to set in order, to arrange, with the suffix te. By these
books were set in order and arranged the various festivals and fasts.
When the conquest was an accompHshed fact and the priests had got
the upper hand, the natives did not dare use their ancient characters. They
exposed themselves to the suspicion of heresy and the risk of being burnt
alive, as more than once happened But their strong passion for literature
remained, and they gratified it as far as they dared by writing in their own
Digitized by
Google
INTRODUCTIO:Nr. xxix
tongue with the Spanish alphabet vohimes whose contents are very similar
to those described by Landa (above, page xxvi).
A number of these are still in existence and oflfer an interesting field
for antiquarian and linguistic study. Although, as I say, they are no longer
in the Maya letters, they contain quite a number of ideograms, as the signs
of the days and the months, and occasional cartouches and paintings, which
show that they were made to resemble the ancient manuscripts as closely
as possible.
They also contain not infrequent references to the "writing'' of the
ancients, and what are alleged to be extracts from the old records, chiefly
of a mystic character. The same terms are employed in speaking of the
ancient graphic system as of the present one. Thus in one of them, known
as "The Book of Chilan Balam of Chumayel," occurs this phrase: Bay
dzibanil tumenel Evangelistas yetel prof eta Balam — "as it was written by the
Evangelists, and also by the prophet Balam," this Balam being one of their
own celebrated ancient seers.
Among the predictions preserved from a time anterior to the Conquest,
there are occasional references to their books and their contents. I quote,
as an example, a short prophecy attributed to Ahkul Chel, "priest of the
idols." It is found in several of the oldest Maya manuscripts, and is in all
probability authentic, as it contains nothing which would lead us to suppose
that it was one of the "pious frauds" of the missionaries.
"-BnAi orbte katune yume, maixtan a naaU;
Ualac u talel, mac bin ca oabac tu coo pop;
Katune yume bin uluc, holom nil tucal ya;
Tali ti xaman^ tali ti cJiikine; ahkinob uU yane yume;
Mac to ahkin, mac to ahbobat, bin alic u than uoohe^
Ychil Bolon AhaUj maixtan a naatef^^
"The lord of the cycle has been written down, but ye will not under-
stand;
He has come, who will give the enrolling of the years;
The lord of the cycle will arrive, he will come on account of his love;
Digitized'by
Google
XXX INTRODUCTION.
He came from the north, from the west. There are priests, there are
fathers,
But what priest, what prophet, shall explain the words of the books,
In the Ninth Ahau, which ye will not understand?"^
From this designedly obscure chant we perceive that the ancient priests
inscribed their predictions in books, which were afterward explained to the
people. The expression bin alic u than iioohe — literally, **he will speak the
words of the letters" — seems to point to a phonetic writing, but as it may
be used in a figurative sense, I shall not lay stress on it.'
4.— THE EXISTING CODICES.
The word Codex ought to be confined, in American archaeology, to
manuscripts in the original writing of the natives. Some writers have
spoken of the ** Codex Chimalpopoca," the ''Codex Zumarraga," and the
"Codex Perez," which are nothing more than manuscripts either in the native
or Spanish tongues written with the Latin alphabet.
Of the Maya Codices known, only three have been published, which I
will mention in the order of their appearance.
T]ie Dresden Codex. — This is an important Maya manuscript preserved
in the Royal Library at Dresden. How or when it came to Europe is not
known. It was obtained from some unknown person in Vienna in 1739.
* I add a few notes on this text :
Enhi is the preterit of the irregular verb half to be, pret. enhij fat. enao, Katun yum, father or
lord of the Katun or cycle. Each Katun was under the protection of a special deity or lord, who con-
trolled the events which occurred in it. Ta coo pop, lit., **for the rolling up of Pop," which was the
first month in the Maya year. Holom is an archaic future from hul; this form in om is mentioned by
Buenaventura, Arte de la Lengua Mayaj 1684, and is frequent in the sacred language, but does not occur
elsewhere. Tucal ya, on account of his love; but ya means also " suffering," " wound," and "strength,"
and there is no clue which of these significations is meant. Ahkinoh; the original has tukinohf which I
spspect is an error; it would alter the phrase to mean "In that day there are fathers" or lords, the word
yuMf father, being constantly used for lord or ruler. The ahkin was the priest ; the ahhobatwsLS a diviner
or prophet. The 9th Ahau Katun was the period of 20 years which began in 1541, according to most
native authors, but according to Landa's reckoning in the year 15G1.
«In quoting and explaining Maya words and phrases in this article, I have in all instances fol-
lowed the Dicdonario Maya-Eepanol del Convmto de Motul (Yucatan); a copy of which in manuscript
(one of the only two in existence) is in my possession. It was composed about 1580. The still older Maya
dictionary of Father Villalpando, printed in Mexico in 1571, is yet in existence in one or two copies, but j
have never seen it.
Digitized by
Google
INTRODUCTION. xxxi
This Codex corresponds in size, appearance, and manner of folding to
the descriptions of the Maya books which I have presented above from
Spanish sources. It has thirty-nine leaves, thirty-five of which are colored
and inscribed on both sides, and four on one side only, so that there are
only seventy-four pages of matter. The total length of the sheet is 3.5
meters, and the height of each page is 0.2 f 5 meter, the width 0.085 meter.
The first publication of any portion of this Codex was by Alexander
von Humboldt, who had five pages of it copied for his work, Viies des Cor-
dilUres et Monumens des Peuples Indigenes de VAndriquej issued at Paris in
1813 (not 1 810, as the title-page has it). It was next very carefully copied
in full by the Italian artist, Agostino Aglio, for the third volume of Lord
Kingsborough's great work on* Mexican Antiquities^ the first volume of which
appeared in 1831.
From Kingsborough's work a few pages of the Codex have been from
time to time republished in other books, which call for no special mention.
Two pages were copied from the original in 1855, and appeared in
Wuttke's Geschichte der Schrift^ Leipzig, 1872.
Finally, in 1 880, the whole was very admirably chromo-photographed
by A. Naumann's establishment at Leipzig to the number of fifty copies,
forty of which were placed on sale. It is the first work which was ever
published in chromo-photography, and has, therefore, a high scientific as
well as antiquarian interest.
The editor was Dr. E. Forstemann, aulic counselor and librarian-in-
chief of the Royal Library. He wrote an introduction (17 pp. 4to) giving
a history of the manuscript, and bibliographical and other notes upon it of
much value. One opinion he defends must not be passed by in silence. It
is that the Dresden Codex is not one but parts of two original manuscripts
written by different hands.
It appears that it has always been in two unequal fragments, which all
previous writers have attributed to an accidental injury to the original. Dr.
Forstemann gives a number of reasons for believing that this is not the cor-
rect explanation, but that we have here portions of two different books,
having general similarity but also many points of diversity.
. This separation led to an erroneous (or perhaps erroneous) sequence of
Digitized by
Google
XXXli INTRODUCTION.
the pages in Kingsborough's edition. The artist Aglio took first one frag-
ment and copied both sides, and then proceeded to the next one; and it is
not certain that in either case he begins with the first page hi the original
order of the book.
The Codex Peresiantis^ or Codex Mexicanus, No. 11, of the Biblioihhque
Nationale of Paris. — ^This fragment — for it is unfortunately nothing more —
was discovered in 1859 by Prof Leon de Rosny among a mass of old papers
in the National Library. It consists of eleven leaves, twenty-two pages,
each 9 inches long and 5 J inches wide. The writing is very much defaced,
but was evidently of a highly artistic character, probably the most so of
any manuscript known. It unquestionably belongs to the Maya manu-
scripts.
Its origin is unknown. The papers in which it wjis wrapped bore the
name "Perez," in a Spanish hand of the seventeenth century, and hence the
name "Peresianus" was given it. By order of the Minister of Public In-
struction ten photographic copies of this Codex, without reduction, were pre-
pared for the use of scholars. None of them was placed on sale, and so
far as I know the only one which has found its way to the United States is
that in my own library. An ordinary lithographic reproduction was given
in the Archives paleographiques de T Orient et de VAmirique, tome i (Paris,
1869-'71).
The Codex Tro, or Troano. — The publication of this valuable Codex we
owe to the enthusiasm of the Abb^ Brasseur (de Bourbourg). On his return
from Yucatan in 1864 he visited Madrid, and found this Manuscript in the
possession of Don Juan de Tro y Ortolano, professor of paleography, and
himself a descendant of Hernan Cortes. The abhd named it Troano, as a
compound of the two names of its former owner; but later writers often
content themselves by referring to it simply as the Codex Tro,
It consists of thirty-five leaves and seventy pages, each of which is
larger than a page of the Dresden Codex, but less than one of the Codex
Peresianus. It was published by chromolithography at Paris, in 1869,
prefaced by a study on the graphic system of the Mayas by the abb(5, and
an attempt at a translation. The reproduction, which was carried out under
the efficient care of M. Leonce Angrand, is extremely accurate.
All three of these codices were written on paper manufactured from
Digitized by
Google
INTRODUOTION. XXXlil
the leaves of the maguey plant, such as that in common use in Mexico. In
Maya the maguey is called ci, the varieties being distinguished by various
prefixes. It grows luxuriantly in most parts of Yucatan, and although the
favorite tipple of the ancient inhabitants was mead, they were not unac-
quainted with the intoxicating pulque^ the liquor from the maguey, if we can
judge from their word for a drunkard, ci-vinic (viniczzman). The old writers
were probably in error when they spoke of the books being made of the
barks of trees; or, at least, they were not all of that kind.
The above-mentioned three Manuscripts are the only ones which have
been published. I shall not enumerate those which exist in private hands.
So long as they are withheld from the examination of scientific men they
can add nothing to the general stock of knowledge, and as statements about
them are not verifiable it is useless to make any. I may merely say that
there are two in Europe and two or three in Mexico, which, from the
descriptions I have heard or read of them, I think are probably of Maya
origin.
In addition to the Manuscripts, we have the mural paintings and
inscriptions found at Palenque, Copan, Chichen Itza, and various ruined
cities within the boundaries of the Maya-speaking races. There is no mis-
taking these inscriptions. They are unquestionably of the same character
as the Manua^cripts, although it is also easy to perceive variations, which are
partly owing to the necessary differences in technique between painting and
sculpture ; partly, no doubt, to the separation of age and time.
Photographs and "squeezes" have reproduced many of these inscrip-
tions with entire fidelity. We can also depend upon the accurate pencil of
Catherwood, whose delineations have never been equalled. But the pictures
of Waldeck and some other travelers do not deserve any confidence, and
should not be quoted in a discussion of the subject.
Both in the inscriptions, manuscripts, and paintings the forms of the
letters are rounded, and a row of them presents the outlines of a number of
pebbles cut in two. Hence the system of writing has been called ** cal-
culiform," from calcultis, a pebble. The expression has been criticised,
but I agree with Dr. Forstemann in thinking it a very appropriate one. It
was suggested, I belisve, by the Abbd Brasseur (de Bourbourg).
Ill M T
Digitized by
Google
XXxiv INTBODUCTION.
5.— EFFOETS AT LNTERPEETATION,
The study of the Maya hieroglyphic system is still in its infancy. It
is only two years since an unquestionably faithful reproduction of the
Dresden Codex supplied a needed standard of comparison for the Codex
Troano. Some knowledge of the Maya language, if not indispensable, is
certainly desirable in such an undertaking, particularly if the writing is in
any degree phonetic. But it was not till 1877 that any printed dictionary
of that tongue could be had. The publication of the Diccionario de la
Lengua Maya of Don Juan Pio Perez was completed in that year, arid,
though still leaving much to be desired, especially in reference to the ancient
forms and meanings of words, it is a creditable monument of industry.
When the Abb^ Brasseur edited the Codex Troano he also attempted an
explanation of its contents. He went so far as to give an interlinear version
of some pages, and wonderful work he made of it! But I am relieved of
expressing an opinion as to his success by his own statement in a later work,
that he had, by mistake, commenced at the end of the Codex instead of its
beginning; that he had read the lines from right to left, when he should
have read them from left to right; and that his translations were not intended
for more than mere experiments.^
The attempt at a translation of the Dresden Codex by Mr. William
BoUaert, published in the Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London^
1870, may be passed over for the same reason. He also "read from the
bottom upwards, and from right to left," and his renderings were altogether
fanciful.
The first who addressed himself to an investigation of the Maya
hieroglyphics with anything like a scientific method was M. Hyacinthe
do Charencey, of France. I append, in a note, a list of his essays on this
subject, with their dates, so far as I know them.^ When they first appeared
1 Br JBseur do Bourboarg, Bibliotheque Mexico-Guai^malienne, pricidee d^un Coup d^CEil sur les JStudea
Jm^rkaineSj p. xxvii, note (Paris, 1871).
^ JTjaciuthe de Charencey, Essai de D6chxfremenl d^un fragment d^inacription P<Henqv4eney in the
Actes de la Soci6t6 Philologique, mars 1870.
Esaai de V^chiffrement d'un fragment du Manuscript TroanOj in the Bevue de Philologie et d^Etkno-
graphie, Paris, 1875.
The above two were republished under the title: Etudes de Paleographxe Jm&ioaine; D^hiffirement
dee £critures CalcuUfomue ou Mayas,
liecherches 8ur le Codex Troano, Paris, Ernest Leroux, dditeur, 1876, &vo., p. 10.
Digitized by
Google
INTKODUOTION. XXXV
I translated the results, and gave them to the public in this country in the
same year (1870), together with a copy of the alphabet of Landa,^ which
was the earliest notice of the subject which appeared in the United States.
The conclusion which M. de Charencey reached was that the Codex
Troano is "largely made up of combinations of numerals and reckonings
more or less complicated, either astronomical or astrological, the precise
purpose of which it were as yet premature to state." He especially ad-
dressed himself to the Plates VIII to XIII, and showed by diagmms the
an^angement in them of the signs of the days, and the probability that this
arrangement was taken from a "wheel," such as we know the Mayas were
accustomed to use in adjusting their calendar.
An ingenious and suggestive analysis of Landaus alphabet and of various
figures in the Dresden and Troano Codices was carried out by Dr. Harrison
Allen, professor of comparative anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania.
It was published in 1875, in the Transactions of the American Philosophical
Society.
In the following year (1876) appeared the first part of Prof. Leon de
Rosny's Essai sur le Dichiffrement de FJS oritur e Hieratiquc de VAmirique Cen-
trales folio. The second part was published shortly afterward, but the third
part not till some years later. Professor de Rosny has collected many
facts which throw a side light on the questions he discusses. He points
out that the signs are to be read from left to right; he gives a valuable list
of variants of the same sign as it appears in different manuscripts; and he
distinguishes the signs of the cardinal points, although it is doubtful whether
he assigns to each its correct value. He has also offered strong evidence
to fix the phonetic value of some characters. Altogether, his work ranks
as the most thorough and fruitful which has heretofore been done in this field.
In 1879 Prof. Charles Rau published, through the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, his work, "The Palenque Tablet in the United States National Mu-
seum, Washington." Its fifth chapter is devoted to the "aboriginal writing in
Mexico, Yucatan, and Central America," and offers a judicious summary of
what had been accomplished up to that date. He defends the position,
1 The Ancient Phonetic Alphabet of Yncatan. By D. Q. Brinton, M. D. New York, J. Sabin &
3ons, 1870, 8vo., p. 8.
Digitized by
Google
XXXvi INTRODUCTION.
which I think is unquestionably the connect one, that the Maya writing is
certainly something more than systematized picture-writing, and yet that
we cannot expect to find in it anything corresponding to our own alphabet
In the same year (1879) Dr. Carl Schultz-Sellack published in the
Zeitschrift fiir Ethnohgie^ Bd., XI, th eresults of some studies he had made
of the Dresden Codex, compared with others published in Kingsborough's
work, especially with reference to the signs of the gods of the cardinal
points. He recognized the same signs as De Rosny, but arranged them
diflFerently. Many of his comparisons of Maya with Aztec pictographs are
suggestive and merit attentive consideration; but he speaks a great deal too
confidently of their supposed close relationship.^
Although Dr. Forstemann, in his introductory text to the Dresden
Codex (1880), expressly disclaims any intention to set up as an expounder
of its contents, he nevertheless compared carefully the three published
codices, and ofi^ers (pp. 15-17) a number of acute suggestions and striking
comparisons, which the future student must by no means overlook.
Finally, the "Studies in American Picture- Writing^ of Prof Edward
S. Holden, published in the "First Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnol-
ogy, 1881," are to be included in the list. He devotes his attention princi-
pally to the mural inscriptions, and only incidentally to the Manuscripts.
The method he adopts is the mathematical one employed in unriddling
cryptography. By its application he is convinced that the writing is from
left to right, and from above downward; that the signs used at Copan and
Palenque were the same, and had the same meaning; that in proper names,
at least, the picture-writing was not phonetic; and that in all probability it
had no phonetic elements in it whatever.
As Professor Holden states that he is entirely unacquainted with the
Maya language, and but slightly with the literature of the subject; as his
method would confessedly not apply to the character, if phonetic, without
a knowledge of the Maya; and as he assumes throughout his article that
the mythology and attributes of the Maya divinities were the same as those
of the Aztec, for which the evidence is very far from sufficient, we must
iDr. Scbultz-SellacVs article is entitled ^^ Die Amerikaniwhtn Gutter der Tier Weltgegenden und
ihre Tempel in Palenque,*'
Digitized by
Google
INTRODUCTION. XXXvii
place his attempt at decipherment along with others which have failed
through an inadequate grasp of the factors of the problem. Nevertheless,,
his attentive study of the relative positions of the signs have yielded results
which will merit the thanks of future students.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
BY CYRUS THOMAS.
CHAPTER I.
THE MANUSCRIPT AND ITS CHARACTER.
This manuscript was found about the year 1866,^ at Madrid, Spain, by
the Abbe Brasseur de Bourbourg, while on a visit to the library of the
Royal Historical Academy, and named by him "Manuscript Troano," in
honor of its possessor, Don Juan de Tro y Ortolano.
So far as I am aware, nothing more is known in reference to its history;
we are not even informed by its last owner where or how he obtained it.
In ordinary cases this would be sufficient to arouse our suspicions as to its
genuineness, but in this case the work itself is sufficient to dispel all such
suspicions, a fact which will become apparent to the reader before reaching
the end of the present paper.
This work was reproduced in facsimile by a chromolithographic process,
by the Commission Scientifique du Mexique under the auspices of the French
Government, Brasseur being the editor.
The original is written on a strip of Maguey paper about 14 feet long
and 9 inches wide, the surface of which is covered with a white paint or
varnish, on which the characters and figures are painted in black, red, blue,
and brown It is folded fan-like into thirt3"-five folds, presenting, when
these are pressed together, the appearance of an ordinary octavo volume.
The hieroglyphics and figures cover both sides of the paper, forming
seventy pages; the writing and painting of the figures having been ex-
> I cannot find that the exact date of the discovery is given anywhere. Bancroft says "about
1665,'' but a careful examinatioQ of Brasseur's Introduction satisfies me it was at least as late as 1866.
1 M T
Digitized by
Google
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
ecuted, apparently, after the paper was folded, so that this does not interfere
with the writing.
The facsimile edition is divided into two parts, paged separately; the
first part containing thirty-five pages or plates, numbered with simple
Roman numerals from I to XXXV; the second with Roman numerals
accompanied by a star, thus: XII*; but this part has only thirty -four
pages, numbered I* to XXXIV* ; the first plate, which appears to be — as
Brasseur has designated it — the "title page," is not numbered.
The two parts I presume are made to correspond with the two sides
of the original ; the title page being at the end of one side and forming the
page on the first fold.
The lines and columns of written characters are uniformly black, some
of the numeral characters red, others black; the pictorial portions are
usually red, brown, or blue, but occasionally varied with black, and often
simply outline figures. The background of the compartments or spaces
on which the figures are painted is usually white, but in some cases it is
blue, in others, brown or red. Several of the plates are more or less
damaged, all of the imperfections, as it is claimed, being reproduced in the
faC'Simile edition.
Our colored plates, which are reproduced from the faC'Simile work,
will give the reader an idea of the characters and figures.
It is admitted by all who have made the comparison, that the written
characters belong to the same class as those given by Landa.
Although there are numerous variations, and also some characters in
the manuscript not given by him, yet most of his letter and day characters,
especially the latter, can be found identical in form and details. As proof
of this I give here the following examples of exact copies after Landa and
the Manuscript:
^CP
Fig. 1.— Comparison of Lauda's cLaracters with tlioso of tbo Troano mannscript.
Digitized by
Google
TiioMAs] DAY AND NUMERAL CHARACTERS. 3
This fact is sufficient of itself to authorize us to pronounce it a Maya
document, a conclusion which we shall find strengthened as we proceed
in our examination of its contents.
As what is known in regard to Mexican and Central American writings
has been presented by Dr. Brinton in the Introduction, I will not go over
the same ground here, but will confine myself to the special object in view,
to wit: an explanation and discussion of what I believe to be real discov-
eries made during my examination of the contents of this work.
As before stated, an examination of this manuscript is sufficient to
convince any one at all familiar with Landa's characters that those here
used are substantially the same, be their signification what it may.
On almost every page are to be found columns of characters agreeing
precisely with those given by him as representing the Maya days. These
are generally placed at the left of the compartments or spaces containing
the figures, and as a general rule there are five characters in a column.
Another prominent feature is the great number of numeral characters —
dots and short straight lines. These are found on every plate, often dozens
on a single page.
The frequent occurrence of these day and numeral characters, often
in connection, led to the belief that the work was a kind of religious cal-
endar, a belief strongly supported by the character of the figures in the
spaces. With this as the only opinion to hamper or aid me, as the case
might be, I began the study of the Manuscript.
I was convinced that if I could form a correct idea of the general
design of the work it would aid greatly in deciphering its characters. As
the day and numeral characters seemed to afford the most direct road to
this desired result, I began with these.
Brasseur de Bourbourg has designated the day columns "legends,"
believing them to contain a summary of what is written, or represented by
the figures in the compartments to which they severally belong.
That they are characters representing the Maya days he admitted, but
as the names of these characters have each one or more significations, it
was his belief that they were used to express this signification, and not
simply as the names of days.
Digitized by
Google
4 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCEIPT TROANO.
To be able to decide positively whether this opinion of the Abbe's
was correct or not, would, I felt, be taking one important step toward ascer-
taining the contents of this mysterious document, as these day columns
form a considerable part of it.
The frequent occurrence of numerals in connection with these day
characters appeared to indicate dates or the numbering of days, somewhat
as we find them in our ordinary calendars.
How to verify or disprove this inference was the first problem that
presented itself.
Digitized by
Google
^
CHAPTER II.
THE MAYA CALENDAR.
The Maya divisions of time (no notice is taken here of the divisions
of the day) were as follows: The day, the week, the month, the year, the
five intercalated days, the week of years, the Ahau or Katun, the cycle of
fifty-two years, and the Ahau Katun or great epoch.
The day (*'Kin" or Sun) was used in the ordinary sense, each of the
twenty days of the month having its name, as we name the days of our
week, and its character or hieroglyph, as follows:
KAN. CHICCHAN. CI Ml. MAN IK. LAMAT«
AKBAL*
g) ® o ©
Fig. 2.— Day characters.
The characters here given are copied from Landa's work, our only
original authority on this point. There are several important variations
from these forms found in the Manuscript, but these, the orthography of
the names according to different authors, together with the significations of
the names, have been given by others, hence will not be repeated here.
Although the month did not always commence with the same day, the order
of the days as here given, to wit, Kan, Chicchan, Cimi, Manik, Lamat,
Digitized by
Google
6
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
Muluc, Oc, Chuen, Eb, Ben, Ix, Men, Cib, Caban, Ezanab, Cauac, Abau,
Ymix, Ik, Akbal, was always preserved. For example, if the month began
with Muluc, tlie second day would be Oc, the third Chuen, and so on to
Akbal; then followed Kan, just as we would name seven days com-
mencing, say, with Wednesday, then Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday,
Monday, &c.
The Maya year contained 365 days and consisted of two unequal parts,
as follows: 360 days, or the year proper, divided into eighteen months of
twenty days each; and five intercalary days, which were addecj at the end
in order to complete the number 365.
The eighteen months were named and numbered as follows:
1. Pop; 2. Uo; 3. Zip; 4. Tzoz; 5. Tzec; 6. Xul; 7. Yaxkin; 8. Mol;
9. Chen; 10. Yax; 11. Zac; 12. Ceh; 13. Mac; 14. Kankin; 15. Muan; 16.
Pax; 17. Kayab; 18. Cumhu.
POP. UO. ZIP. Tzozv rztOh
Fig. 3. — Month characters.
The year always commenced with the sfone month — Pop — the others
invariably following in the order given, so that the number of the month
being given we know its name.
But eighteen months of twenty days each not completing the year, five
days were added after the close of Cumhu — not as a part of that month,
for no month could have either more or less than twenty days — to complete
Digitized by
/
Google
TH0MA8.1 METHOD OF NUMBERING THE DAYS. 7
the number 365, and were called ** nameless days" (though in reality named
as other days); and were considered unlucky.
If the year began with Kan, the last day of the eighteenth month —
Cumhu — would, as a matter of course, be Akbal, the last of the twenty.
The five intercalated days were named in regular order following the last
of Cumhu, and in this case would be Kan, Chicchan, Cimi, Manik, and
Lamat. The next — Muluc — would begin the new year. Muluc being the
first day of the month, Lamat would necessarily be the last — the five added
days at the end of the year would be Muluc, Oc, Ohuen, Eb, and Ben,
making Ix the first of the following year. Ix being the first, Ben would be
the last of Cumhu, and the added days being Ix, Men, Cib, Caban, and
Ezanab, Cauac would be the first of the next year, the added days would
close with Akbal, and the following year commence with Kan. It will be
seen from this, that the year always commenced with one of the four days,
Kan, Muluc, Ix, Cauac, following each other regularly in the order given.
If these were all the peculiarities of the system, the Maya calendar
would be comparatively simple and easily understood.
But another method of numbering the days was introduced, doubtless
long after the calendar had assumed a regular form, and probably by the
priests, for the purpose of complicating it and rendering it as far as possible
unintelligible to the people. This was to limit the number to thirteen, or,
in other words, to divide the year into periods of thirteen days. I have
followed other modern authors in calling this period a week, though it ap-
pears the Mayas gave it no name, nor in fact do they seem to have consid-
ered it a period, but simply a method of numbering the days and years.
As there were twenty names of days to be used, the introduction of this
system of thirteen numerals, as the one chiefly adopted in giving dates,
necessarily greatly complicated the calendar, and, together with the inter-
calation of the five days at the end of the year, produced some singular
results.
To illustrate this I give first a list of days for one month (Table No. I)
numbered according to this system, following it with a table (No. II) num-
bered in the same way for an entire year — something after the manner of
our common counting-house calendar.
Digitized by
Google
8
STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
Table I.
J. Kau.
6. Muluc.
11. Ix.
• 3. Cauac,
2. Chiccbau.
7. Oc.
12. Men.
4. Ahaa.
3. Ciini.
8. Chuen.
13. Cib.
6. Yinix.
4. Manik.
9. Eb.
1. Cabau.
(;. Ik.
5. Lam at.
10. Ben.
2. Ezanab.
Table IL
• 7. AkbaL
Names of tlie
months.
Numbers of
tlio months
Nam'€8ofthe
days,
Kan
Chicchan..
Cimi
Manik
Lamat
Mnlnc
Oo
Chuen
Eb
Ben
Ix
Men
Cib
Caban ....
Ezanab ...
Cuuao
Ahau
Ymix
Ik
Akbal
. I '^
1^ >*
10
N
11
12
1^
13
14
15
16
17
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
c4
-a
2
It will be seen by examining this table, the
year in this case commences with Kan, the other
nineteen days following in regular order as here-
tofore given. They are numbered regularly
from one until we reach thirteen^ then we com-
mence again with one^ the month ending with Akbal 7
Kan
Chicchan
Cimi
Manik . . .
Lamat ..
Digitized by
Google
NAMES AND NUMBEES OF THE YEAiPS.
9
The second month — Uo — begins with 8 Kan; when we reach 13, which
is now Muluc, we must follow it with 1 Oc, and so on to the end of the
year. The last day of Cumhu in this case will be 9 Akbal and the last of
the five intercalated days 1 Lamat; it follows therefore that the first day of
the next year will be 2 Muluc. If we run through this second year in tlie
same way, commencing it with 2 Muluc followed by 3 Oc, 4 Chuen, and so
on, we shall find that the third year will begin with 3 Ix; continuing this
j)rocess we ascertain that the fourth commences with 4 Cauac, the fifth with 5
Kan, the sixth with 6 Muluc, the seventh with 7 Ix, the eighth with 8 Cauac,
the ninth with 9 Kan, the tenth with 10 Muluc, the eleventh with 11 Ix, the
twelfth with 12 Cauac, the thirteenth with 13 Kan, the foui-teenth with 1
Muluc, the fifteenth with 2 Ix, and so on. From this we see that no year,
after the first, commences with a day numbered 1 until thirteen have been
completed, thus forming a period of 13 years, or as it is designated, *'A
week of years" or "Indication." By continuing the above process we shall
find that no year will again commence with 1 Kan until 52, (or 13X4,) —
are completed.
Table III.
KAN TABLE.
•
Muluc
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1*
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Table IV.
CAUAC table.
i
1
1
«5
1
ii
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1*
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
»
10
11
12
13
Digitized by
Google
10 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
In order to make this as plain as possible I will give here a table of
years for one cycle of 52 years. As there is some doubt as to which of
the two years — 1 Kan or 1 Cauac — the cycle began with, I give tables (Nos.
Ill and IV) for both.
By this time the reader is sufficiently conversant with this sytem to
know that if the cycles commence with 1 Kan, as in the left-hand table
(No. Ill), the year following 13 Cauac would be I Kan and the commence-
ment of another cycle. If the true method were as given in the right-hand
table (No. IV), then 13 Ix would be followed by 1 Cauac, the first year of the
next cycle. This follows, as will readily be seen, from the fact that 52 is
the least common multiple of 4 and 1 3.
The importance of knowing which one of these arrangements was that
used by the Mayas will be apparent from the following illustration: A cer-
tain event is dated a particular day in the year 1 Ix; if the table we have
headed 1 Kan be correct it would then be in the 27th year of the cycle;
if the other be the true method it would then be in the 40th year of the
cycle, or thirteen years later. These years are marked with a star in Tables
III and IV.
As this system admits of fifty -two changes in the day on which the
year begins, it would require fifty-two dififerent calendars to cover one
cycle, just as fourteen calendars are required to suit all the years of our
system, seven for the ordinary years and seven for the leap-years. As it
would require much time and space to write these out in full, I have adopted
the expedient shown in the following table (No. V), of abbreviating the
work.
First we have at the left four columns, each containing the names of
the twenty days of the month. As I am inclined to believe that the author
of the manuscript adopted the system which had Cauac as the first day of
the cycle, the first or left-hand column commences with this day, the others,
Kan, Muluc, and Ix, following in the order in which they are found in the
list of days. The first column is therefore the one to be used for all the
Cauac years; the second for all the Kan years; the third for all the Muluc
years, and the fourth for all the Ix years. The reader must be careful to
remember, that when one day of the month is determined it determines all
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS. J
CONDENSED MAYA CALENDAR.
11
the rest, and as a consequence all the rest of the year; therefore when we
find what the first day of the year is, we can easily determine any day of
any month. As each of the four leading days or "year-bearers," as they
were called by the Mayas, can have but thirteen different numbers it is
unnecessary to extend our columns of numbers further than thirteen.
Table V.
iietiittiiL.
Caaao
Abau
Yraix
Ik
Akbal
Kan
Chiccban ..
Cimi
Manik
Laniat
Muluo
Oc
Chaen
Eb
Ben
Ix
Hen
Gib
Caban
Ezanab
Knit
Kan
Cbicchan..
Cimi
Manik
Lamat
Muluc .....
Oc
Cbuen
Eb
Ben
Ix
Men
Gib
Gaban
Ezanab
Ganao
Abau
Ymix
Ik
Akbal
Mill DC
Mnluc
Go
Ghnen
Eb
Ben
Ix
Men
Gib
Gaban .....
Esanab
Ganao
Ahau
Yrai^
Ik
Akbal
Kan
Ghicchan..
Gimi
Manik ....
Lamat
Is
eolutnu.
Ix
Men
Gib
Gaban
Ezanab
Gaoao
Abaa
Ymix
Ik
Akbal
Kan
Ghiccbkn..
Cimi
Manik
Lamat
Molao
Go
Ghuen
Eb
Ben
4 a
IT ' H
10
J3
II
8 10
NCM. ttf
IFm
Daytqf
month.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
IS
10
20
By referring to the table No. II of days and mouths we observe that
when we have completed the thirteenth column, or the column of the
thirteenth month, the next, or fourteenth month, commences with 1; just as
the first month; the fifteenth with 8, as the second; the sixteenth with 2, as
the third; the seventeenth with f>, as the fourth; and the eighteenth with
3, as the fifth. Instead therefore of having eighteen columns in our table,
we need extend it only so as to include the thirteenth, as we can use the
first, second, third, fourth, and fifth for the fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth,
seventeenth, and eighteenth months respectively, as indicated by the num-
bers of the months which we have pi aced above the table over the figure
Digitized by
Google
12 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
columns. The reader must bear in mind that, although we have numbered
the months as commencing with the left-hand column, which has 1 for its
upper figure, yet this only holds good when the year is 1 Cauac, 1 Kan, 1
Muluc, or 1 Ix, and for none of the other years. The first month of the
year may be any one of the thirteen columns, thus: 8 Cauac, 8 Kan, 8
Muluc, and 8 Ix have the second column, which has 8 for its upper figuVe,
as their first month; then the one commencing with 2 will be the second
month column, that with 9 the third, with 3 the fourth, with 10 the fifth,
with 4 the sixth, with 11 the seventh, with 5 the eighth, with 12 the
ninth, with 6 the tenth, with 13 the eleventh, the last or one commencing
with 7 the twelfth. Now we go back to the first — commencing with I —
which will be the thirteenth, with 8 the fourteenth, with 2 the fifteenth,
with 9 the sixteenth, with 3 the seventeenth, with 10 the eighteenth. Thus
we count through and go back to the left, and so continue until we reach
the number of the month desired; We will now illustrate the use of this
table by some examples, but first we must warn the reader not to confuse
the day of the month with the day of the week; the numbers of the days of the
month are given in the extreme right-hand column of the table, which is
not counted as one of the thirteen; the days of the week, as heretofore
stated, are always given thus: 3 Ymix, 12 Caban, 7 Oc, &c.
Now, to illustrate the method of using the table, let us find in what
months and on what days of the months in the years 11 Cauac, 11 Kan,
11 Muluc, and 11 Ix, the day 8 Ahau will fall. For the year 11 Cauac
we must look to the Cauac column. We find here that Ahau is the second
day of the month; iiinning our eyes along the second transverse line,
we find the figure 8 in the thirteenth column, which has 7 as the top num-
ber; going back to the column which has 11 as the upper or top number
and counting the columns up to this (that has 7 as the top number), we find
it to be the sixth month. We thus ascei-tain that 8 Ahau of the year 1 1
Cauac is the second day of the sixth month. To find where it falls in 1 1
Kan we must first find Ahau in the Kan column. By running our eyes
down this column we see that it is the 17th day of the month; then, by
looking along the 17th transverse line we find the figure 8 to be in the col-
umn which has 5 at the top, which is the second or fifteenth from that with
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS. J EXPLANATION OF CONDENSED CALENDAR. 13
11 at the top. Therefore 8 Ahau of the year 11 Kan is the 17th day of the
second and also of fifteenth month.^
In the same way we ascertain that 8 Ahau of the year 11 Muluc is the
twelfth day of the twelfth month, but in this case we have to count the
columns from the one commencing with 11 (always inclusive) to the right,
through to the thirteenth (the one with 7 at the top), and go back to the
first and count up to the one in which we find the figure 8 in the twelfth
transverse line. We also find that 8 Ahau of the year 11 Ix is the seventh
day of the ninth month.
If I have succeeded in making this complicated system thus far intel-
ligible to the reader, I may hope to succeed in conveying a correct idea of
what is to follow.
Now let us test our arrangement by a historical example. In the Perez
manuscript translated by Stephens and published in his "Yucatan," Vol. II,
it is stated that one Ajpula died in the year 4 Kan, the 18th day of the
month Zip, on 9 Ymix.
The year 4 Kan commences with the column of our table which has
4 for the top figure. The third month (Zip) will then be the column with
5 at the top; running down this to the eighteenth transverse line we find
the figure 9; we also observe that the 18th day in the Kan column of the
names of days is Ymix, agreeing exactly with the date given.
In the manuscript Troano there is another method of giving dates
which is very common throughout the work. Thus:
which, according to my interpretation, the reasons for ^ < Red.*
which will be hereafter given, signifies 13 Ahau of the ^ ^ ^
thirteenth month.
As neither the year nor the day of the month is
given, it is evident that we may find more than one day
answering to this date, but let us hunt them out and see
where they fall. Referring to our table we will first take the Ahau
of the Cauac column, which is in the second transverse line; the 13 in
1 The reader can readily see from the table why any day found in the first, second, third ffoitrth, or
fifth month will be fonnd twice in the year.
> As colors cannot be introduced into these figures, the red numerals will be represented in out-
line.
Digitized by
Google
14 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
this line we observe is in the tenth column (12 at top); counting back
thirteen months (always including the one from which we start), we find
that the first month of the year is the column having 6 at the top. The
backward counting is exactly the reverse of the forward method heretofore
explained; count to the left until the first column is reached, then go back
to the thirteenth.
We thus ascertain that 13 Ahau of the 13th month falls on the second
day of the month in the year 6 Cauac. Proceeding in the same way with
the Ahau in the Kan, Muluc, and Ix columns, we obtain the seventeenth day
of the month in the year 4 Kan, twelfth in 9 Muluc, and seventh in 1 Ix.
We thus ascertain that the years are 6 Cauac, 4 Kan, 9 Muluc, and 1 Ix.
If we examine Table III, showing the years of the cycle, we shall find
as a matter of course that these years occur but once in the entire period.
In order apparently to further complicate this calendar, which was
undoubtedly devised by the priests, as Landa says, "to deceive that simple
people," another period called the Ahau or Katun was introduced. This
period, according to most authorities, consisted of twenty years, but accord-
ing to Perez of twenty -four. It is in reference to this period that we find
the chief difference between authorities, because upon the proper determina-
tion of its length, and the numbering, depends the possibility of identifying
dates of the Maya calendar with corresponding ones of the Christian era.
In order to settle these points it is necessary not only to determine the length
of the Ahau or Katun, but also the number of Katunes contained in the great
cycle, the method in which they were numbered, and the proper position of
these numbers in this long period. Up to the present time these are the
rocks on which all the calculations have been wrecked. My chief object,
therefore, so far as the calendar is concerned, will be to settle if possible
these disputed points; but will defer the discussion of these questions to a
subsequent part of this paper, remarking only for the present that, accord-
ing to all authorities, these Katunes were numbered as follows, and in the
order here given: 13, 11, 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2; this number com-
pleting the great cycle or Ahau-Katun,^ which consisted of 260 years if the
» I use this compound term for the grand cycle only. Eaiun and Jhau are used separately oe
equivalents and as applying only to the period of 20 or 24 years ; Ct/cle for the period of 52 years.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.] USE OF DAY AND NUMERAL CHARACTERS. 15
Katun included only 20 years, but of 312 if it contained 24 years, as main-
tained by Perez.
We are now prepared to discuss the question presented as to whether
the numerals and day characters found so frequently in connection with
each other are simply dat^s, somewhat as we find them in our ordinary
calendars, or not. The first point to be determined is whether these day
characters are used simply to denote days, or because of the signification
of the words, as Brasseur supposed. This, as will be readily perceived, also
involves the important question as to whether Landa was connect in his
statement, that they were the symbols or characters used to denote days.
The argument must therefore be somewhat in a circle; hence the evi-
dence adduced must be strong to support the position assumed, and must
agree in the essential points with the Maya calendar so far as positively
determined.
In order to decide this point we now turn to the manuscript itself.
Referring to Plate X we find that the left-hand column of the middle
division (always reading from tlie top downwards) is composed of the char-
acters representing the following Maya days, in the order here given: Oc,
Cib, Ik, Lamat, Ix. If we turn to Table V, containing the list of days, and
count on either of the four columns of names, from one of these names to
the next, we shall find in each case an interval of just six days: from Oc to
Cib six days; from Cib to Ik six days, and so on. The Other column, same
plate and division, is composed of the characters for Ahau, Cimi, Eb, Eza-
nab, and Kan, with an interval of six days between each two. Turning
now to Plate VI, middle division, we find the days in the left-hand column
to be Caban, Ik, Manik, Eb, and Caban, with an interval of just five days
between each two. In the upper division of Plate XVII the interval is
twelve days; and the same is true in reference to the other columns on this
plate. In the left-hand column of the third division of Plate XXXI the
interval is sixteen days.
Although the interval is generally the same throughout a column, yet
there are occasional departures from this rule; for example, on Plate XIII,
the left-hand column of the upper division is composed of the characters for
Digitized by
Google
16 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
the following days: Kan, Oc, Cib, Ahau, and Ik. From Kan to Oc is an
interval of six days; from Oc to Cib six; from Cib to Ahau four; from
Ahau to Ik two
Here we may be allowed to digress for a moment from the direct line
of our argument in order to show how the discovery of this fact may enable
us to detemiine an uncertain or obliterated character.^ The right-hand
column of the middle division of this plate (XIII) contains an unusual
character bearing little if any resemblance to any of Landa's day characters.
The days of this column, in the order they stand, are a» follows: Oc, Ik,
^^|, and Ezanab. From Oc to Ik is an interval of twelve days; from
Ik to Ix twelve days; from Ix to ?(Cimi) twelve days, and from Cimi to
Ezanab twelve days. We may therefore feel pretty well assured that this
unusual character is a variant of Cimi^ and not of Ahau, as Brasseur
supposed.^
The right-hand column of the lower division of the same plate contains
the same unusual character which, if counted as Cimi, gives an interval of
six days between each two.
This regularity in the order of the days is sufficient to prove, beyond
any reasonable doubt, that they were not used on account of the significa-
tion of the words. In some cases the combination, if interpreted according
to the usual meaning of the words, may, by a somewhat strained interpre-
tation, be formed into a sentence, but such cases are exceedingly rare, only
one having, so far, been observed, and here it is purely accidental.
The agreement between the characters found in the Manuscript and
the order of the days as found in the Maya calendar is also a strong proof
that Landa was correct in the characters assigned and in the order of the
days as he has given them. It would be impossible to find such a large
number of agreements — more than 200 columns and over 1,000 days — if
Landa were wrong in either respect, or if we were wrong in our interpre-
1 This was written before I had seen Charency's papers on this subject.
«In a plate of the "Book of Chllan Balam of K^ua/' copied by Dr. Brinton in his article on the
Books of Chilan Balam, presented to the Nnm's. and Antiq. Soc. of Phila., Jan., 1882, p. 16, one character
for Lamat differs from this only in the middle stroke sloping to the left instead of to the right as this
does. Leon de Rosny (Ehsay Dechiff. Ecrit. Hicrat., Ist Livr., 17) interprets it as I do.
'Nor of Caban as interpreted by Charency (Dechif. des Ecrit. Calcnl, Mayas, &c., 1879, p. 26).
Digitized by
Google
THOIIA8.1 NUMERAL CHARACTERS. 17
«
tation. 1 sliall therefore consider the following points settled, and shall
henceforth proceed upon that basis:
1st That the Manuscript is a Maya document.
2d. That Landa has given the order of the days and their symbols
correctly.
3d. That the day characters in these columns are used simply to indi-
cate the days they represent, and not the signification of the words.
It is now generally conceded by all who have studied these hiero-
glyphics that' the Maya method of designating numbere was by the use of
lines and dots, thus: one dot signifying 1, two dots 2, and so on up to 4;
that five was represented by a single short straight line; ten by two lines,
and so on. According to this system, a straight line and a dot, thus ■
would signify 6; two straight lines and two dots, thus A^ t would stand
for 12. '
As heretofore remarked, these numei'al characters are found on every
page of the manuscript, and if we judge by the color, some being red and
others black, they belong to two different classes, or at least are used for
two diffeBent purposes. As they are generally associated with the day
characters, the latter in fact never being without them, the natural inference
is that they are used to denote dates.
As there are two classes, it is not probable that more than one of these
is used to number the days.
If we examine the red numerals on all the plates of the manuscript,
we shall find that — except on the title-page, which is evidently peculiar —
they never indicate a greater number than 13 (there is one apparent ex-
ception where the number appears to be fourteen, but the additional dot is
imperfect, and is either a blotch or evident mistake). In some places we
OOP
find such red numerals as this f 4 , apparently denoting 14, but a more
o
careful study of the plates on which these are found satisfies me that there
are two numbers here, 13 and 1. From this fact I infer that the red
numerals are used here to designate the days or years of the Maya week,
which, iis I have shown, consisted of thirteen days or years, especially in
the computation of time in reference to religious feasts and ceremonies.
2 M T
Digitized by
Google
18
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
But there is still stronger evidence on this point, which I will now
introduce.
For this purpose I will have to ask the reader to observe carefully
Table VI.
Table VII.
§
o
1
5
9
13
4
8
12
3
7
11
2
j6
10
1
5
9
13
4
8
12
3
7
11
2
10
S
2
6
10
1
5
9
13
4
8
12
3
7
11
12
3
3
6
7
10
11
1
2
5
6
9
10
13
1
4
5
8
9
12
13
3
4
7
8
M\
our colored Plates I, II, III, and
IV, which are exact copies of XX-
XXIII of the Manuscript. He will
notice that the extreme left-hand
column of Plate IV (Man. XXIII)
contains only the character for
Cauac, which is repeated thirteen
times, and that over each is a red
numeral. Near the top are certain
other characters with which we
have nothing to do at present.
Commencing with the upper
Cauac and moving down the col-
umn we find the numbers over
them, so far as they cau be made
out, as follows: 10, 1, 5, 9, 13, 4, 8,
12, (?), 7, (?), 2, 6. If these num-
bers relate here to the days of
the week, why this peculiar order?
If we refer to Table II of the days
of the months and year, and run
our eyes along the transverse line
opposite Cauac, we shall find the
order to be as follows: 1, 8, 2, 9,
3, 10, 4, 11, 5, 12, 6, 13, 7, wholly
different from what we see here. If
we construct a table of years simi-
lar to those already given (III and
IV), but extended over two com-
plete cycles of 52 yeai-s each, we
shall be able to explain this mystery. We give here, for the reasons here-
13
1
1
1— 1
i
4
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
^
^
8
J
10 j
hi
12
13
l\
I ^
3
4
5I
\ ^
7
8
91
10
11
12
13 >
> 1
2
3
*1
\ ^
6
7
8<
\ ^
10
11
12
<13
1
2
3<
1 *
6
6
7|
5 ^
9
10
11<
H2
13
1
2)
\ ^
4
5
6?
7
8
J
10
jll
j-JT
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS] EXPLANATION OF THE RED NUMERALS. 19
tofore stated, two tables, one with Cauac as the initial day (VI) and the
other with Kan (VII). Running our eyes down the Cauac column of either-
table to U\ we find thirteen numbers from this downwards, as follows, and
in the order here given: 10, I, 5, 9, 13, 4, 8, 12, 3, 7, 11, 2, 6, precisely as
they are on the plate of the manuscript
On Plate XXII (our Plate III) the repeated character of the left-hand
column is Kan, the numerals over which (reading from the top downwards)
are as follows: 11, 2, 6, 10, 1, 5, 9, (I), 4, 8, 12, 3, 7, 11, precisely the same
and in the same order as we find them in the Kan column of our tables ;
the obliterated one being, as we see from this, 13. On Plate XX (our
Plate I) the repeated character of the left-hand column is Tx. The num-
bers here, so far as they can be made out, are 13, (?), 8, 12, 3, 7, 11, 2, 6,
10, 1, 5, 9, precisely the same and in the same order as in the Ix column
of our tables.
The repeated character on Plate XXI (our Plate II) is Muluc; the
numbers are 12, 3, 6, 10, 1, 5, 9, 13, 4, 8, 2, 7, 3. If we compare these with
the Muluc column of our tables, we find that after the first two numbers
there is a skip of three numbers before we reach the 6 which should follow
according to the plate. But what appears here as a contradiction of my
supposition is, as I believe, the sti'ongest evidence of its correctness. If we
examine the tables carefully we will observe that after reaching the second'
figure, — 3, — in the Muluc column, the next figure in the adjoining column,
is 6, and from thence to 8 the same as on the plate. From this I am led to
believe the writer had before him a table similar to those I have given, except
that it was written in their numeral characters, and that, by mistake in
copying, his eye fell on the wrong column. That such tables were used
by them is rendered probable by the following quotation which Perez makes
from an ancient manuscript in his possession: "They had another number
which they called Ua Katun, which served them as a key to find the Katunes
and according to the order of their march, it falls on the two days of the
Uayebhadh and revolves to the end of certain years: Katunes 13, 9, .•>, 1,
10, 6, 2, 11, 7, 3, 12, 8,' 4." By commencing at the bottom of the right-
hand column of either table of years and running up we find precisely these
numbers and in the order given. It is scarcely possible these could have
been obtained except by a table similar to those I have given.
Digitized by
/Google
20
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
We know that tables of days of this form are to be found in some two
or three of the Mexican Codices; something similar is also to be found in
the Dresden Codex, and by placing the columns of these four plates of the
Manuscript side by side we will have just such a table.^
But be this as it may, the exact agreement in the other three cohimns,
and the fact that the years named and numbered appear to belong to one
continuous period of time — ^an all-important point in this connection — show,
as we think, conclusively that our explanation of these numerals and the
day characters, and of the use here made of them, is correct. If so, then
the red numerals are used to number the days and yeara of the week, or,
in other words, to number the days and years exactly as the various writers
have stated was the usual custom. We have marked this period on the
tables of years with waved lines so as to be seen at a glance, as we shall
have occasion hereafter to refer to it.
As further proof that these red numerals are limited to the thirteen
series, I now call attention to certain short columns found in the middle
division of Plates VII*-X*. These consist of three days each — Cib, Caban,
and Ezanab — and each day has a numeral over it, as follows (I give here
the exact order in which they stand on the plates, although I have doubts
as to the correctness of Brasseur's paging):
6.
Gib.
13.
Gib.
4.
Gib.
11.
Gib.
5.
Gib.
12.
Gib.
2.
Gib.
7.
Gaban.
1.
Gaban.
5.
Gaban.
12.
Gaban.
6.
Gaban.
13.
Gaban.
3.
Gaban.
8.
Ezanab.
2.
Ezanab.
6.
Ezanab.
13.
Ezanab.
7.
Ezanab.
1.
Ezanab.
4.
Ezanab.
' Since the above was written, I have been so fortunate as to procnre a copy of Leon De Rosny's
EsscU svr le DSchiffrement de VEcrilure ffieraiique de VJmerique CentraUy in which I tind a copy of a
plate of the Codex Cortesianus, and also of one plate of the Codex Peresianus. In the former is
part of a table of days arranged precisely as in my table, except that they are placed horizontally, as
here shown, instead of in columns:
Muluc.
y c.
Chncn.
Eb.
Been.
Ix.
Men.
Cib.
Caban
Ix.
Men.
Cib.
Caban.
Ezanab.
Cauac.
Ahau.
Imix.
Ik.
Cauac.
Ahau.
Ymix.
Ik.
Akbal.
Kan.
Chicchan.
Cimi.
Maii^k
Kan.
Chicchan.
Cimi.
Manik.
Lamat.
Muluc.
Oc.
Chucn.
Eb.
Whether or not this fragment contains the commencement, I jim unable to say; that it does i^ot
contain the conclusion, I am satisfied. We have here proof that the order when in lines is from the
left to the right. The other plate (from the Codex Peresianus) contains a column similar to those in
the four plates of the Manuscript Troano, but here the repeated day {Been) is the last of one of the years
as in the Dresden Codex.
Digitized by
Google
TI10MA8 1 EXPLANATION OF THE BLACK NUMEBALS. 21
9.
Cib.
3.
Cib.
10.
Cib.
7.
Cib.
1.
Cib.
a
Cib.
10.
Caban.
4.
Caban.
11.
Caban.
a
Caban.
2.
Caban.
9.
Caban.
11.
Ezanab.
5.
Ezanab.
12.
Ezanab.
9.
Ezanab.
3.
Ezanab.
10.
Ezanab.
If we turn to our condensed calendar, Table V, we see that these three
days follow each other as shown here, and by examining the different
columns we can find all the numbers here given. This fact, together with
the method of numbering, is sufficient of itself to establish the correctness
of the opinion I have advanced in reference to these red numerals.
That they are here used to number the days is evident from the fact
that they are applied to those days which are never used to name the years.
From what has been shown in reference to Plates XX-XXIII (our Plates
I, II, III, and IV) we see that they are also used to denote the years of the
week or ** Indication."
The next point to be determined is the use of the black numerals. Here
we shall find the task more difficult, but it is necessary to determine this
before we can proceed in our effort to fix the dates, which are given in great
numbers in the Manuscript, and by means of which we hope to settle the
disputed points in regard to the calendar.
I shall at present omit any reference to the "title-page," which, as
I have said, is peculiar, and cannot therefore be used in the present inves-
tigation. As we find repeatedly throughout the work black numeral char-*
acters denoting 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18, it is evident they do not refer to the
days or years of the week. They must therefore be used to denote the
numbers of the months, or of the days of the months. That they are not
used to number the Ahaues or the years of these periods is evident from the
fact that these are always numbered by the thirteen series, or, in other
words, never have applied to them any number exceeding 13; the years
are also designated by the four days Cauac, Kan, Muluc, and Ix.
But in order that the reader may see clearly the difficulty of deciding
this point satisfactorily it will be necessary for me to illustrate it by exam-
ples from the Manuscript.
As before mentioned, the day characters are nearly always in columns —
Digitized by
Google
22 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
usually of five characters each — ^at the left of the compartments or spaces,
o OCQ ®^^^ column usually with a red numeral over it For exam-
ple, in the lowest division of V* the column consists of five
characters, as shown here (Fig. 5), which denote the days
(reading from the top downward) Oc, Ik, Ix, Oimi, and
Ezanab. The red numeral at the top is 9. The black nu-
meral at the side in the space is three lines or 15. (In this
case there is but one of these black numerals in the space
or compartment, but usually there are several, and also
several red ones.) Now, I take for granted that placing the
red numeral at the top of the column is equivalent to apply-
ing it to each day in the column, thus: 9 Oc, 9 Ik, 9 Ix,
9 Cimi, and 9 Ezanab. There is also one red numeral —
Fig. 5. 13 — ^in the space, as shown in the annexed cut.
' Leaving this last out of consideration for the present, let us proceed
upon the supposition that the black numeral signifies the day of the month.
Examining our condensed calendar (Table V), we see that of the five days
Ezanab is the only one that ever falls on the 15th of the month. As this
will be found true of at least two columns out of every three throughout
the Manuscript it is apparent that these numerals are not used here for this
purpose; but even could all be found on the proper day of the month we
.would still be without any fixed date. Take, for instance, Ezanab in this
case, which does fall on the 1 5th day of the month in the years commenc-
ing with Kan; the figure 9 in the fifteenth transverse line is found in the
second column. What month? In the year I Kan it is in the second
month, in the year 8 Kan it is in the first month, in the year 2 Kan it is in
the thirteenth month, and so on throughout the thirteen Kan years. Some
may contend that it was not the intention to fix the years, as this is possi-
bly the date of some feast or religious ceremony to be observed each year.
I answer that, laying aside the insuperable objection already given, even
this supposition would be erroneous — first, because in the case before us
Ezanab falls on the 15th day of the month only once every four years, and
with each year the month is changed. But it is unnecessary to discuss this
Digitized by
Google
TII0MA8.) EXPLANATION OF THE BLACK NUMERALS. 23
supposition further, as not one day out of three ever falls on the day given
if these black numerals denote the days of the month.
We will next proceed on the supposition that these indicate the months.
In that case the dates given in the present example will be 9 Oc, 9 Ik, 9 Ix,
9 Cimi, and 9 Ezanab of the 16th month (Muan). In this the feast, relig-
ious ceremony, or whatever the date refers to, occui's always in the same
month, and so far agrees with what is left on record in reference to religious
ceremonies and observances. As only the day and month are given, it is
possible, as heretofore stated, to find four dates to each day. Now, let us
hunt out, by the use of our condensed calendar, the yeai-s on which these
several dates fall. Commencing with 9 Oc, we look first for this day in the
Cauac column; having found it to be the twelfth day of the month, we run
our eyes along the twelfth transverse line of figures until we reach the
figure 9, which we find to be in the eighth column (the one with 11 at the
top) ; counting back fifteen months (including the one 9 is in) we reach the
column with 4 at the top The year is tnerefore 4 Cauac. We next find
Oc in the Kan column; it is here the seventh day of the month, and 9 is in
the fifth column (the one with 3 at the top); counting back fifteen months
(going towards the left until we reach the first column, and then to the thir-
teenth, and moving back toward the left), we reach the fourth column (with
9 at the top). The year is therefore 9 Kan. We next find Oc in the Muluc
column, and by the same process obtain the year 1 Muluc. Next we find
Oc in the Ix column, and by the same process ascertain the year to be 12 Ix.
Pursuing the same method with the other days, we obtain the following
result:
9 0c.
9 Ik,
9/x.
9 Cimi,
9 Ezanab.
Years.
. . . 4 Cauac.
12 Cauac.
13 Cauac.
8 Cauac.
9 Cauac.
Years.
... 9 Kan.
10 Kan.
5 Kan.
13 Kan.
IKan.
Years.
... 1 Muluc.
2 Muluc.
10 Muluc.
11 Muluc.
6 Muluc.
Years.
...12 Ix.
7Ix.
2Ix.
3Ix.
11 Ix.
Now, let us construct a table (No. VIII) of yeai-s for one cycle, as this
includes all possible variations in the numbers and names of the years, and
see where those obtained will fall. Marking each of the years with a star,
we find that they belong to one continuous period. So far the result is
favorable, and what will probably attract the attention of those who have
Digitized by
Google
24
A STUDY OF THE MANU8CBIPT TEOANO.
devoted some time to the study of this subject is the fact that the period
embraced is precisely that which is supposed by most authorities to con-
stitute one Ahau. But let me here warn such reader against a too hasty
conclusion.
Supposing we are so far correct, what use are we to make of the red
numeral— rl3 — in the space! Let us suppose that it is also to be applied to
the days as the other red numeral, using the same month. This gives us
the following years:
13 Oc. 13 Ik, VMx, laCtwi. n Ezanab.
Years — 8 Oauac. 3 Ganac. 4 Gauac. 12 Gaaac 13 Gauac.
Years 13 Kan. 1 Kan. 9 Kan. 4 Kan. 5 Kau.
Years — 5 Moluc. 6 Mulac. 1 Mulac. 2 Malac. 10 Malac.
Years. . . . 3 Ix. 11 Ix. 6 Ix. 7 Ix. 2 Ix.
If we attempt to locate these in the same cycle as the preceding period,
Table VIII. ^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ t^^^* the two clash with each other — that
is, that some of the years of the first are the same as
some of the second; but it is evident they may be located
in another cycle.
Before proceeding further with the discussion of
this difficult question, we must remind the reader of
what possibly he has already inferred — that in our
allusion to the "intervals'* between the days of the col-
umns, our object then was simply to show a regularity
not consistent with the idea that they were used on
account of the signification of the words, and not to
lead him to suppose that the real interval intended was
only the number of days mentioned. We also wish to
call his attention to another fact which is becoming more
and more apparent as we proceed — ^that the regularity
of the intervals which seems apparent, whatever may
be our final conclusion as to what the black numerals
refer to, and the great number of dates as compared with
the text, preclude the supposition that the work is historical. I shall there-
fore proceed upon the theory that it is, to a large extent at least, a kind of
religious calendar — not with any particular desire to maintain this opinion.
1
1
1
o
4
1
2
3
6
6
7
^
pg*
io»jYi»
12»j
I 13»
!•
2»
3*\
\ *'
6*
6»
7»|
I ^*
9»
10*
ll»|
\j^
13»
!•
2*\
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS] METHOD OF FINDING DATES INDICATED BY NUMERALS. 25
but simply because I find the evidence pointing in this direction, and also
that it is next to impossible to advance farther without having some theory.
Table IX From what has been shown it is apparent that the
interpretation I have given is a possible one, the chief
objections to which are, firsts the large number of dates
in the Manuscript that this plan would give us, which,
according to a rough calculation I have made, would
amount to something like ten thousand; second^ the ex-
tent of time these dates must necessarily cover, which
cannot be less than one great cycle of 312 years.
The Dresden Codex, which is evidently similar in
character to the Manuscript Troano, presents, if possi-
ble, still greater difficulties to the settlement of this ques-
tion, as here we find the black numeral for 19 fi'equently
connected directly with the red ones. But so far as I
have examined dates of this kind they do not appear to
be necessarily associated with the day characters on the
same page. In this codex the dates are also much more
numerous than in the Tro. Ms., a number of pages being
filled almost exclusively with numerals and day charac-
ters. Month characters are also introduced ; hence it is
probable the day of the month is often given.
On page II (Tro. Ms.), in the left column, middle
division (see fig. 99), the days (counting from the top
downwards) are Manik, Cauac,^ Chuen, Akbal, Men,
the red numeral over the column 1. In the space are three black nume-
rals 6, 11, and 9, also two red ones 10 and 3. Using the red 1 and the
black 6, as heretofore, we find the years to be as follows:
1 Came, 1 Chuen, 1 Akbal, 1 Men,
5 Gauac. G Oauac. 1 Oauac. 2 Gauac.
3 Kan. 11 Kan. 12 Kan. 7 Kan.
8 Mulac. 3 Muluc. 4 Muluc. 12 Muluc.
13 Ix. llx. 9Ix. 4Ix.
The period is found to be continuous, and is suiTOunded on the annexed
table (No. IX) by a continuous dark line. In this case it commences with
> Gauac is represented here by an unusual character.
1
1
c5
a
a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
13
10
11
12
1 1*
2»
3*
1 4»
5»
6»
7»:
i 8»
9»
10»
11»|
il2»
13»
1»
2*:
1 3»
4»
5»
6»|
1 '•
i »l
9 1 10
11
|l2«
13*
1»
2*
3»
4»
5»
6»
7*
8»
9»
10»
11»
12»
13«
1*
6»
2»
3»
4»
10
7
11
8
12
9
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1 Mattik,
Years — 10 Gauac.
Years 2 Kan.
Years 13 Muluc.
Years 5 Ix.
Digitized by
Google
26 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
Kan. If we use the red 3 and the black 6 the result will be as shown in
Ihe group surrounded on the table by the dotted line. As the reader is
perhaps by this time aware, it might be located below the first by extending
the table, but still would give us no clue to the proper position of the
Ahaues.
There are two other possible suppositions, to wit: that the red numeral
over the column refers to the number of the Ahau, and that in the space to
the number of the days; and, second, just the reverse of this, that the red
number in the space refers to the Ahau and that over the column to the
number of the days, the black one in each case denoting the number of the
month.
As it will be impossible for us to decide in reference to these supposi-
tions until we can locate the Ahaues and determine their numbers, I will
postpone further discussion of the point for the present, proceeding for the
time being upon the only plan so far found consistent with what is known
of the Maya calendar.
As heretofore stated, the greater number of the day columns contain
just five characters. Why this number! If we use the numerals as shown
by the above examples, this will give us for each red numeral twenty years,
agreeing with the number counted to the Ahau, whether we follow most
authorities or Perez; for, according to the latter, who holds that there are
twenty four years in this period, only twenty are usually ** counted"; four
being generally omitted as unlucky, or for some other reason. That some-
thing of this kind, arising from the system itself, was the cause of placing
five days in so many columns is more than probable. If I am correct in
this supposition, it not only agrees with the method of using the numerals
above suggested, but it will also determine the years that form the diflferent
Ahaues.
Following up this suggestion, let us see if it is possible to determine
from the Manuscript the length of the Ahau as understood by the author.
As the most likely method of deciding this question, I will select a
number of the day columns, find from them the years indicated according to
the plan heretofore given, and locate them in tables of years. We can then
see what relation they bear to each other.
Digitized by
Google
Table X.
T1I0MA8.1 METHOD OF FINDING DATES INDICATED BY NUMERALS. 27
The first I select is found in the lower division of Plate XX VL The
column is as liiere shown — Fig. 6 — the days are Aliau, Eb, Kan, Cib, Lamat
o o o In addition to these red numerals, we find in the space occu-
pied by the figures five black and five red numer-
rals, each thirteen. Why there should be five
pairs of numerals, each denoting the same num
ber, I confess myself unable to decide; I shall
therefore leave this question to be discussed here-
after, if I find any reasonable explanation Ac-
cording to the interpretation already given, the
red numerals indicate the days, the black the
months. Hunting out the years as in the pre-
ceding example we find them to be as follows:
\ZAkau, XZEb, 1.3 JTaii. 13 Ct5. 13 Xomat.
Tears . .6 Gaaac. 7 Gauac. 2 Gaaac. 3 Ganac. 11 Gauac.
Years.. 4 Kan. 12 Kan. 7 Kan. 8 Kan. 3 Kan.
Years.. 9 Maine. 4Mulac. 5Maluc. 13Maluc. 1 Maine.
Years., llx. 2Ix. 10 Ix. 6Ix. 6Ix.
Fig. 6.
These years are marked with a star and the
group surrounded by a continuous dark line on the an-
nexed table of years. No. X. For reasons hereafter given
I adopt the system which commences the cycle with 1
Cauac.
As Plate XXVII relates obviously to the same gen-
eral subject, I select the left-hand day column of its upper
division as our next example. The days are Ahau, Eb,
Kan, Cib^ and Lamat, the same as in the preceding exam-,
pie, the red or day numeral 11, the black or month nu-
meral 13.
These give us the following yeai's:
10
11
1*1 2»
6*
9»
13
4*
"8
12
G*
10*
1*
13
1
^
12* 13»
i :
3*
4#i
7*
8*!
11»
i2»i
2»
3»;
G
10
11
3»j 4»
11»|12»
2»
6»
3»
I»i 2»
5»| 6»'
9»!l0*
13*1
4»|
6»
8 I 9
10
11
;i2«
3»
13^;
4»l
1»
2»
i 6»
6»
7*
8»|
9*
10»
11»
12»i
U3»
1 4*
1»
5»
2»
3*i
\ 6
10
7
8
9
11
Days.... 11 Alvavk,
11^6.
ll^on.
11 C/6.
11 LamaU
Years 4 Caaac.
5 Gaaac.
]3 Gaaac.
1 Gauac.
9 Gaaac.
Years.... 2 Kan.
10 Kau.
5 Kan.
6 Kan.
IKan.
Years 7 Muluc.
2 Muluc.
3 Muluc.
11 Mulac.
12 Muluc.
Years.... 12 Ix.
13 Ix.
8Ix.
3Ix.
4Ix.
These are also marked on the annexed table with a star, but the group
is surrounded by a dotted line. In order to enable the reader to understand
Digitized by
Google
28 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROAKO.
what I mean by "properly locating" these periods, I have extended the
table so as to include one complete cycle, the close of another, and the com-
mencement of another. I have also located this last period — as a matter of
course according io the years obtained — ^in the only two possible positions
in the table; surrounding each by a dotted line. If the table had been
extended it could of coui-se have been located in other cycles. I call atten-
tion to the fact that both these periods commence with a Muluc year, which
would render it impossible for the commencement or ending of an Ahau, if
these are Ahaues, to coincide with the commencement or ending of a cycle
or grand cycle. If we suppose the Ahau to contain twenty-four years, and
the periods marked on Table X to omit two years at the commencement
and two at the close ; in other words, extend the upper and lower lines
bounding the groups, across the table, we will then have no difficulty in
making all the periods agree with each other and with the cycles. After
all, we are not yet authorized to say positively that these periods are Ahaues,
or that they are even embraced in or coincide with them; still, the oft-
repeated five-character day columns, and the resulting groups of years,
justify us in assuming that they do at least coincide with them.
Before proceeding further in our discussion of the Manuscript it will
be necessary for us to decide in referei)ce to the following points relating
to the calendar upon which we have incidentally touched:
First. The number of yestrs contained in an Ahau.
Second. The position of these periods in the grand cycle or Ahau-
Katun.
Third. The respective numbers of these periods as thus fixed in the
Ahau-Katun.
Fourth. With which one of the four days (year bearers) the grand
cycle begins.
That the older authorities, so far as we are aware, without exception,
give 20 years as the length of an Ahau, is admitted. Landa, for example,
says (in § XLI), **The Indians had not only the computation of the year
and the months, but they had also a certain manner of computing the times
and events by ages. This they did by 20 and 20 years, computing 1 3
twenties with one of the twenty letters of their month called Ahau, but
Digitized by
Google
TnoMA8i LENGTH OF THE AHAU OR KATUN. 29
without order, and alternate only as on the boundary of the wheel afore-
said/'
CogoUudo (Hist, de Yucathan, Lib. IV, Cap. 5) says:
"They compute their eras and ages, which they write down in their
books, by 20 and 20 years and by lustres of 4 and 4. They fix the first
year at the east, to which they give the name Cuch-haab. The second, at
the west, is called Hiix; the third, at the south, is named CaiuiCy and the
fourth, MuluCj at the north. Five of these lustres being completed, make
twenty years; this is what they call a Katun, They place a sculptured
stone upon another stone, equally sculptured, fixed with lime and sand in
the walls of the temples."
The Perez manuscript,- as is well known, counts twenty years to an
Ahau. Most of the recent writers have also decided in favor of the same
number. Two or three of the most recent authorities, as Dr. Brinton,
Charency, and Rosny, are disposed to follow the opinion of Perez, that it
contained twenty-four years. I am satisfied that the opinion which holds
twenty-four years to be the number is the correct one, and will now pro-
ceed to give the proof I have been able to obtain bearing upon this point.
First. If I am correct in my interpretation of the numerals, then the
groups of years obtained by using these, as heretofore shown, will necessa-
rily require twenty-four yeai-s to the Ahau, no matter with which of the
four year-bearing days we begin the cycle; for, although these groups con-
tain but twenty years there is an interval of four years between each two
that is not counted.
Second. The method of numbering these periods cannot, as I believe,
be accounted for on any other supposition. According to all authorities
who have mentioned the subject they were numbered, as I have already
stated, thus: 13, 11, 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, the number 13 being
the first, 1 1 the next, and so on. It is not reasonable to suppose that this
singular series was wholly an arbitrary selection; on the contrary, it is
more than probable that it was obtained in some way through the use of
the "13 series." If we examine the table of years. No. XVII, we will see
that, commence where we may, and divide it into periods of twenty-four
years by transverse lines, the first years of these periods taken in the order
they come will accord exactly with this series. Take for example the
Digitized by
Google
30 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TBOANO.
Ahaues as there given: the first commences with the year 1 Cauac, the
second with 12 Cauac, the third with 10 Cauac, and so on. As the great
C3''cle contains thirteen of these periods, it follows that we shall find all these
numbers in it by thus dividing it. It is true this does not prove that the
first period was numbered 13; moreover it is possible (though I do not
think probable) that the number was not taken from that of the first day of
the year, but from the second, as suggested by Perez. According to the
theory advanced by this author these periods were numbered fi'om the sec-
ond day of the Cauac years, which would necessarily be Ahau, because,
as he supposes, some notable event in their history occurred on that day.
Even on this supposition the series could not commence with the first period
of the grand cycle, as this would be Ahau No. 2, but would begin with the
second, which would be Ahau No. 13.
It may not be improper to call attention at this point to a remark made
by Dr. Valentini in his article on the Perez manuscript (Proc. Am. Ant Soc.
No. 71): *'Nor do we understand the reason why, just here, the topic of
the succession of the numbers 13, 11, 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, IJ, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, was
introduced. Could it have been with the intention of showing that this
singular enumeration of alternating Ahaues, which we shall hereafter speak
of, occurred only in cycles of twenty-four years, and that therefrom a proof
might be derived for establishing the pretended cycle of twenty-four and
three hundred and twelve years? Evidence of this should have been given
by a table showing the series, and by still another table in which should
be shown that such an alternating succession did not occur in cycles com-
posed of twenty years. Not one single fact can be detected in Seiior Perez's
text by which the long established assumption of a twenty years' cycle has
been disproved."
The object Seiior Perez had in view in introducing this series at this
point was for the very purpose of showing that this "singular enumeration"
could be obtained only by dividing the series into periods of twent3^-four
years. As he was not fortunate enough to hit upon the plan of a table that
would bring this clearly before the e3'e, I call attention to Table XVII,
which meets precisely the requirements of Dr. Valentini. Dividing it into
periods of twenty-four years will give this singular enumeration, while
dividing it into periods of twenty years will not.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAa.1 LENGTH OF THE AHUA OR KATUN. 31
Third. Additional proof to the same effect I think is also to be derived
from a symbolical figure in the Manuscnpt itself The most notable figure
in the upper compartment of Plate XXIII (our Plate IV) is the blue one in
the upper left-hand corner on a black background surrounded by a white
border, the latter crossed by dotted ra3'8, each ray terminating with a little
ring; a dagger is piercing the eye of the blue sitting figure. If we count
these clubbed rays we shall find there are twenty-three of them, but exactly
where the dagger crosses the border there is room for one more According
to my interpretation the whole of this figure taken together is a symbol of
the Katun or Ahau, the inner blue figure probably denoting the year.^ If
I am correct in this interpretation, then we have here positive evidence that
Perez was right in holding that the Ahau consisted of twenty-four years.
The whole figure is therefore intended to indicate the close of an Ahau; —
when one more year has expired the light of another Ahau will be forever
extinguished and the new one will begin its course.
We find, as I think, something similar to this method of marking the
missing year on Plates 7.0 and 76 of the Borgian Codex. These two plates,
which are evidently parts of one picture, 76 being the upper and 75 the
lower part, are symbolic representations of periods of time. The figures
around the central circle of 76 are probably intended to represent the
marching years. There are only twelve of them, but in the pathway at the
bottom we see the footsteps of one that has passed on. At the four corners
outside the circle we see the four "year-bearers.''^
On Plate 75 the chief figure is that of Kingsborough's supposed cruci-
fied Quetzalcoatl; on the body is a large sun or circular disk with seven
points, but in the lower margin, where there is the proper space for another,
the circle is pierced by the obsidian knife of the priest who holds the with-
drawn heart in his hand. Around the figure are similar but smaller disks;
counting these we find there are eighty the exact number of pointsTequired
to complete the central disk, and the number of periods (Indications) in an ^
age. Possibly other periods are intended, as I have not studied the Mexican
Calendar with sufficient care to express any decided opinion on this point;
^FoituDately, the correctness of this suppositioo, which I mentioned in an article in the Ameri-
can Naturalist for Angust, 1881, has since heen verified by Dr. D. G. Brinton— "The Books of Chilan
Balam/' p. 15.
' Not those nsaally given, but those evidently used for this purpose in this and other codices.
Digitized by
Google
32 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
my only object in referring to these plates being to illustrate the idea ad-
vanced in regard to the meaning of the dagger piercing the eye of the blue
figure on Plate XXIII of the Manuscript Troano.
The next point to be determined is the position of the several Ahaues
in the grand cycle. This larger group, as admitted by all authorities, con-
sisted of thirteen Ahaues; as 24 X 13 = 312, it follows that, assuming the
Ahau to be a period of 24 years, this longer period would consist of 312
years. If the first year of the grand cycle coincided with the first year
of an Ahau, the position of these latter groups would be determined by
simply dividing the former into grougs of 24 yeare, as shown in Table No.
XVI, where the dark transverse lines mark the divisions between the Ahaues
as thus obtained. This conclusion is so natural that it would seem to follow
as a matter of course from the numbers used, and from the fact that the
number of years in a grand cycle is an exact multiple of the number of
years in an Ahau.
But as Selior Perez, who is our chief authority for what pertains to the
Maya calendar, has advanced a different opinion, and as his suggestion
affords a means of escape from a very serious difficulty, I will call attention
to it before deciding as to which I believe to be the true method of locating
these periods. But in order that his theory may be clearly understood it is
necessary for us first to determine the dominical day with which the first
years of the Ahaues commenced; for it is evident, whether we count twenty
or twenty-four years to these periods — as each is a multiple of 4 — ^that if
they followed each other in regular order the first year of each would begin
with the same dominical day though not the same number. In other words,
if one of the series began with a Kan year all the rest would begin with a
Kan year. If the first year of a cycle were also the first year of an Ahau,
as we would naturally presume, then determining the first year of any one
will determine all the others.
In the manuscript discovered by Perez and translated into English by
Stephens (from the Spanish translation of the discoverer), we find the fol-
lowing statement: '*In the 1 3th Ahau Chief Ajpula died. Six years were
wanting to complete the Vdth Ahau. This year was counted toward the east
of the wheel and began on the 4th Kan. Ajpula died on the 18th day of
the month Zip on the 9th Ymix." Taking for granted that the day, the
Digitized by
Google
TH01U8.1 FmST TEAB OP THE AHAU. 33
number of the day, and the month as given here are correct, it is easy to
deteimine from our condensed calendar that the year must necessarily have
been 4 Kan. As there were twenty -four years in an Ahau, and six were
yet wanting to complete that referred to in the quotation, it follows of neces-
sity this 4 Kan was the 18th and that this Ahau must have commenced with
the year 13 Cauac and ended with 10 Ix. This will be seen by making a
list of the years in regular succession, so that 4 Kan shall be the 18th. We
give such a list here (Table No. XI), marking in italics the 4 Kan.
Table XI.
1—13 Ganac.
2— IKan.
3— 2 Muluo.
4— 3Ix.
6 — 4Gaaac.
6 — SEad.
7— 6 Muluc.
8— 7Ix.
9— 8 Cauac.
10— 9EiUL
11—10 Muluc.
12— lllx.
13— 12 Cauac
14—13 Kan.
16 — 1 Muluc.
16— 2 Ix.
17— 3 Cauac.
18— 4 Kan.
19— 5 Muluc.
20— 6 Ix.
21— 7 Cauac.
22— 8 Ean.
23— 9 Muluc.
24—10 Ix.
If we place these years in tabular form, as heretofore given, the Ahau
will be in the form shown in the annexed table (XII). Here, then, we
3 M T
Digitized by
Google
34
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
©
o
CB
1
d
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4»
6
6
7
8
9
10
have positive evidence, if to be relied on, that this Ahau at least commenced
with a Cauac year (whether the Ahau contained 24 or 20 yeara), and, if so,
all the others of the series.
A somewhat careful examination of Seflor Perez's Cronologia Antigua
Table XTI satisfies me that his whole scheme was based upon what
he believed to be two established facts: firsts that the
Ahaues commenced with a Cauac year; and, second^ tha£
they were numbered from the second day of these years.
• I am pretty well satisfied from some things observ-
able in the Manuscript Troano that it recognizes Cauac
as the dominical day of the fii^st year of the Ahaues.
First The order of the four plates XX-XXIII, which
refer exclusively to the four dominical days. That Bras-
seur has paged these plates in exactly the reverse order
to what they should be, I think is evident from the fol-
lowing facts: As now paged they bring these days in the following order:
Ix, Muluc, Kan, Cauac, exactly the reverse of that in which they come
in the calendar. This alone is sufficient to cause us to suspect a reversal.
But it is not the only reason for believing this. If we follow the order of
the plates in marking the years, we obtain no continuous period, as is evi-
dent from the annexed Table XIII.
Second. The numeral (1), over the second Cauac character on Plate
XXIII (our Plate IV) and also that over the fifth Muluc character on Plate
XXI (our Plate II) is surrounded in each case with a circle of minute
dots. Although there are other numeral characters on these four plates
denoting one^ none except these two are thus distinguished. What is this
intended to signify? My answer is, it signifies that those two years are
the first of important periods that are included in, or at least begin in,
the time embraced by these four plates. Now let us test this by giving two
tables embracing the period covered by them, marking the Ahaues on one
according to the plan I have given, and on the other according to Seiior
Perez's method.
Table XIV commences with a Cauac year, and is of the usual form,
as heretofore given. Table XV begins with a Kan year, and is made in
Digitized by
Google
TBOIUa.]
FIRST YEAR OF THE AHATT.
35
accordance with the theory advanced by Perez, who holds that the cycle
began with a Kan year, although contending that the Ahaues commenced
Table XIII. Table XIV. Table XV.
A
c5
s
i
\4
§
4
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
in
12
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
W\
11
P
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
1 7
8
9
10
1 11
12
13
1
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 9
13
10
1
11_
2
12 .
3
4
5
6
• 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
7
11
4
__8
12
5
9.
13
el
10
1
2
3
4
5-
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Digitized by
Google
36 A STUDY OP THE BIANUSCRIPT TROANO.
with a Cauac year. On each, the divisions between the Ahaues are marked
by solid, heavy, black lines; the usually counted twenty years of each are
surrounded by a single dotted line, and the period covered by the four
plates by a continuous waved line. The point at which tlie grand cycle
begins is marked thus: :o: . If we examine Table XIV we see that
1 Cauac is the first year of a cycle, and 1 Muluc the first of the usually
"counted years" of an Ahau, and that both are within the period covered
by the four plates; each is surrounded by a ring in order to designate it.
As a matter of course, each is the first year of an "Indication" or week of
years; so are 1 Kan and 1 Ix in the same period, yet neither of these is
thus distinguished.
If we turn now to Table XV, in which the cycle begins with a Kan
year, we cftn see no reason why either the 1 Cauac or the 1 Muluc in the
period embraced by the waved Kne should have any special mar^ of dis-
tinction.
It is proper to state here that unit numerals surrounded in a similar
manner by a circle of dots, are to be found on other plates where it is diffi-
cult to apply the theory here advanced.
Another difficulty which arises, if we adopt Perezes theory, is that the
last Ahau of a grand cycle does not close with the end of that period, but
includes one or more years of the following, according to the place the
division begins.
Taking all these facts into consideration, it appears that the calendar
system followed by the author of the Troano Manuscript commenced the
cycles and the Ahaues with a Cauac year. I think, therefore, the evidence
that the Ahaues at least began with a Cauac year is too strong to leave any
doubt on this point.
As bearing upon, and, as I believe, tending strongly to confirm this
conclusion, I will introduce here some examples from the Manuscript.
In the second division of Plates XXX and XXXI, commencing on the
left half of the former and continuing through the latter, we observe a series
of figures all similar to each other, except the one to the right on Plate
XXX, which is the long-nosed god.
Over each figure, except one, there is a red numeral, but these diflfer
Digitized by'
Google
THOMAS.]
FmST YBAE OF THE AHAU.
37
from each other in the numbers indicated. In front of each face is the
black numeral character for 11. The red numerals are (I), 9, 7, 5, 3. The
first is obliterated, but if we judge by the space it would be 1, if by the
order, 1 1 ; but since the result will be the same, except as to the position
of the period obtained by this one in the table of years, it makes no par-
ticular difference for the present purpose which we assume is correct.
Assuming 11 to be the missing one, the numbers of the days will then be
11, 9, 7, 5, 3.
The days in the column at the left of the compartment on Plate XXXI
are Kan, Cib, Lamat, Ahau, and Eb. Hunting out the years in the manner
heretofore described, we find them to be as follows:
11 Kan.
11 Cih.
11 Lamat.
11 Ahau,
11 Eb.
"Years.
... 1 Cauac.
2 Cauac.
10 Cauac.
5 Cauac.
6 Cauac.
1 1 \
Years .
... 6 Kan.
7 Kan.
2 Kan.
3 Kan.
11 Kan.
11) ^
Years.
... 4 Moluc.
12 Muluc.
13 Muluc.
8 Muluc.
3 Muluc.
Years.
... 9Ix.
4Tx.
5Ix.
13 Ix.
llx.
9 Kan,
9 Cib.
9 Lamat.
9 Ahau.
9Eb.
\
Years.
Years .
... 12 Cauac.
13 Cauac.
8 Cauac.
3 Cauac.
4 Cauac.
(9)i
... 4 Kan.
5 Kan.
13 Kan.
IKan.
9 Kan.
[Years.
^ Years.
... 2Muluc.
10 Muluc.
11 Muluc.
6 Muluc.
1 Muluc.
... 7Ix.
2Ix.
3Ix.
lllx.
12 Ix.
7 Kan.
7Cib.
7 Lamat.
7 Ahau.
7 Kb.
"
'Years.
...10 Cauac.
11 Cauac.
G Cauac.
1 Cauac.
2 Cauac.
(7)^
Years.
... 2 Kan.
3 Kan.
11 Kan.
12 Kan.
7 Kan.
Years.
...13 Moluc.
8 Muluc.
9 Muluc.
4 Muluc.
12 Muluc.
Years.
, . . 5 Ix.
13 Ix.
llx.
9Ix.
10 Ix.
b,Kan.
5 0ift.
5 Lamat.
5 Ahau.
&Eb.
Years.
... 8 Cauac.
9 Cauac.
4 Cauac.
12 Cauac.
13 Cauac.
(5)'
Years.
...13 Kan.
IKan.
9 Kan.
10 Kan.
5 Kan.
Years.
... 11 Mulac.
6 Muluc.
7 Muluc.
2 Muluc.
10 Muluc.
Years.
... 3Ix.
lllx.
12 Ix.
7Ix.
8Ix.
3 Kan.
3 Cih.
3 Lamat.
3 Ahau.
3Eb.
\
Years.
... 6 Cauac.
7 Cauac.
2 Cauac.
10 Cauac.
11 Cauac.
(3)^
Years .
...11 Kan.
12 Kan.
7 Kan.
8 Kan.
3 Kan.
Years.
... 9 Mulac.
4 Muluc.
5 Muluc.
13 Muluc.
8 Muluc.
Years .
... llx.
9Ix.
10 Ix.
5Ix.
6Ix.
In order to show the position of these groups in the series of years,
and how they stand in reference to each other, I give here a table (XVI)
covering one entire grand cycle, and including the last cycle of tlie pre-
Digitized by
Google
38 A STUDY OP THE MANUSOBIPT TEOANO.
Table XVI.
i
§
1
4
1
2
3
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
6
1
2
1
^'
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8 9
\W
"ill
2;
|12
13
1
I 3
II 7
4
8
5
9
6 1;
10 i
ill
|| 2
12
3
13
1^^
j^...^........
....6j 7|r8^^
.■.■.■:::.::,
|iio
11
12
13 II
S
I 1
2
3
4:^
1 5
6
7
8|
11 9
10
11
12;:
|13
1
|2| 3
4 5 ilfT
7il
il 8
9
10
111
S
|12
1 3
13
4
1
6
21;
6il
II 7
8
9
10 1
|U_
12
:il3| 1
2 3
TT
""6:1
9:1
;i 6
7
8
5*
illO
11
12
13 1:
li 1
1
1
A
2
3
^l
II 5
6
10
7
8
iiii"ri2
^^
13
1
1 2
1
3;
7
IH
i ^
6
6
i 8
9
10
11:
|12
13
1
2l
:l 3
i| 7
4
8
6
el
|| 9 1 10
11
12
ll3
1
5
9
2
6
3
7
4
8
10
11
12
13
1
5
2
6
3
4
J 71 8
9 1
LIL
P"
12
3
13
1
2
g
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
_3_
13
4
1
2
J 5 6
71
8
PI
13
1
11
12
t^
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
i
1
1
A
1
2
3 1 4
6 1 6
"7"
6
12
9
10
11
13
1
2
3
S
4
8
12_
5
9
13
6
10
7
11
f
JTl 2
3| 4
J^
-7
10
7
8
9
CO
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
8
9
jl2 1 13
:o:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Digitized by
Google
TuoMAB] FIRST YEAR OF THE AHAU. 39
ceding and the first cycle of the following grand cycles. As I have as-
sumed that the cycle (and hence the great cycle) commenced with the
year 1 Cauac, it follows that, in carrying out the above supposition, the
first Ahau of the series must also begin with this year. The divisions be-
tween the Ahaues are marked on the table by transverse solid black lines.
The point at which the first great cycle ends and the next (which is given
com'plete) begins is marked thus: :o: . I next locate the fore-
going groups of years so as, if possible, not to clash with each other, and
also in such a manner that the period represented by a group shall fall
within one of the Ahaues marked off on the table.
Each gi'oup is surrounded by a continuous dark line, so as to be easily
distinguished from other periods marked on the same table; they are also
numbered at the sides thus: (11), (9), (7), (5), (3), these numbers corre-
sponding with the day numbers by which the different groups were
obtained.
These groups, each consisting of twenty years, not only fall within the
lines marking the Katunes, but come in regular succession, leaving four
uncounted years between each two periods — two belonging to one and two
to that which follows. In other words, while the Katun or Ahau as a whole,
according to the theory upon which I am now proceeding, always com-
menced with a Cauac year, the twenty "counted years" in the present
example begin with a Muluc year. But, as appears from what has already
been shown, this is not always true in regard to these periods, yet it is gen-
erally the case.
If we observe carefully the five figures in the first or uppermost division
of the plates under consideration, we see that they correspond in character
to those in the second division to which we have just alluded, and that the
black numeral is also the same, (11). The only red numerals recognizable
are the 13 over the long-nosed god on Plate XXX, the 8 facing the left-
hand figure on Plate XXXI, and the 2 over the left-hand figure on Plate
XXX. According to the arrangement of the numbers in the second divis-
ion, those in this division would be 8, 6, 4, 2, 13, reading from left to right.
If we assume these numbers to be correct, and the days to be Eb, Kan,
Digitized by
Google
40
A STUDY OP THE MANU80EIPT TBOANO.
Cib, Lamat, and Ahau, as shown by those not obliterated, the years would
be as follows:
13^.
13 Kan.
13 ab.
13 Lamat.
13 Akau.
f Years...
. 8 Cauac.
3 Cauac.
4 Cauac.
12 Cauac.
7 Cauac
^i Years...
.13 Kan.
8 Kan.
9 Kan.
4 Kan.
5 Kan.
1 Years...
. 5 Muluc.
6 Muluc.
1 Muluc.
2 Muluc
10 Muluc.
t Years...
. 3Ix.
11 Ix.
6Ix.
7Ix.
2Ix.
8^6.
SKan.
sab.
6 Lamat
8AKau.
Years...
. 3 Ganac.
11 Cauac.
12 Cauac.
7 Cauac
2 Cauac
Q
Years...
. 8 Kan.
3 Kan.
4 Kan.
12 Kan.
13 Kan.
O-
Years...
.13 Muluc.
1 Muluc.
9 Muluc.
10 Muluc
5 Muluc.
Years...
.11 Ix.
6Ix.
llx.
2Ix.
10 Ix.
6Eb.
6Ean.
eCib.
6Lamai.
6AKav.
{ Years...
. 1 Cauac.
9 Cauac.
10 Cauac
6 Cauac
13 Cauac
6.
Years...
. 6 Kan.
IKan.
2 Kan.
10 Kan.
11 Kan.
Years...
.11 Muluc.
12 Muluc.
7 Muluc.
8 Muluc
3 Muluc
Years ..
. 9Ix.
4Ix.
12 Ix.
13 Ix.
8Ix.
4Eb,
.4 Kan.
ACib.
A Lamat.
A Ahau.
CYears...
. 12 Cauac.
7 Cauac.
8 Cauac
3 Cauac
11 Cauac
. J Years...
1 Years...
. 4 Kan.
12 Kan.
13 Kan.
8Kdn.
9 Kan.
. 9 Muluc.
10 Muluc.
5 Muluc.
6 Muluc.
1 Muluc.
Years. .•
. 7Ix.
2Ix.
10 Ix.
11 Ix.
6Ix.
2 Eh.
2 Kan.
2Cib.
2 Lamat
2 Ahau.
C Years...
] Years...
^1 Years...
.10 Cauac.
5 Cauac.
Cauac
1 Cauac
9 Cauac
. 2 Kan.
10 Kan.
11 Kan.
6 Kan.
7 Kan.
. 7 Muluc.
8 Muluc.
3 Muluc.
4 Muluc.
12 Muluc.
Years...
. 6Ix.
13 Tx.
8Ix.
9Ix.
4Ix.
Locating these on the same table (XVI) as shown by the groups sur-
rounded by dotted lines, we find that they follow each other in precisely the
same order ais the other groups. As these groups all fit into the Ahaues as
I have divided them oflf, we have in this fact a strong presumption that our
division is correct; still, it is proper to state here, as will be shown here-
after, that all these periods will also fit into the Ahaues if the grand cycle
is divided according to the theory advanced by Selior Perez. Yet, even on
this plan, these periods begin with Cauac years and have the same num-
bers; the only difierence between the plans, so far as this matter is con-
cerned, is that equivalents do not occupy precisely the same position in the
grand cycle, but overlap each other three years.
Digitized by
Google
TH0M1B.1 FIKST YBAE OF THE AHAU. 41
Whether the Dresden Codex commences the series with the same year
as the Manuscript Troano is a point not yet decided; but from what is
shown on Plates 25-28, Kan does not appear to be the first. I think there
can be no doubt that these four plates represent the fetes and ceremonies of
th|B supplementary days described by Landa (Relac. de las cosat, § § XXXV-
XXXVIII). The reasons for this opinion will be given hereafter. It is
evident from the day-characters in the left-hand column that the plates are
numbered in the proper order. These days — of which there are but two
on a plate, though each is repeated thirteen times— are probably the last
two of the supplementary days of the year. As those on Plate 25 are Eb
and Been the year denoted must be Muluc or Ix; that is, the closing Muluc
year or commencing Ix year. It is quite plain that the year Kan is not
the one denoted. As I will refer more at length to these plates hereafter I
will not undertake to determine anything further concerning them here, my
only object at present being to show that neither Codex appears to com-
mence the series of years with Kan.
Before closing the discussion in reference to the dominical day of the
first year of the Ahau, it is proper to call attention to what Cogulludo says
on this point. According to his statement in a quotation from his work,
found elsewhere in this paper, the Indians fixed the first year of these
periods to the east, to which tfiey gave the name Cuch-haah; the second,
called Hiix^ they placed at the west; the third, named CattaCy at the south,
and the fourth, MuIMj at the north. It is evident that Cuch-haab here is
the equivalent of Kan, and if we take the numbers as this author gives
them, Kan would be the first, but the order in which the other three follow
each other would not agree with that found in the calendar. If we com-
mence with Kan and follow the order of these years as given in the calen-
dar, the order of the cardinal points would then be east, north, west, south.
It is apparent therefore that this statement throws but little if any light on
the subject. It is well known that the south, at which Cauac was placed,
was, to some of the Maya nations at least, the point of departure or chief
cardinal point. We have therefore as much authority for assuming it as the
fii'st of these periods as the simple fact that Cogulludo gives Kan as the first,
especially as the number he gives applied to the lusters.
Digitized by
Google
42 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROAKO.
Our next step is to determine the respective numbers of the Ahaues as
located in the grand cycle.
We start as a matter of course with the understanding that the num-
bers were as heretofore stated — 13, 11, 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2 — and
that they al#ays followed each other in the order here given; that is to say,
1 always followed 3, 12 always followed 1, and so on.
On folios 71, 72, and 73 of the Dresden Codex we find the following
figures placed in one con-
tinuous line (Fig. 7); (a suf-
ficient number for illustra-
FiG. 7. tion only are given) :
Commencing with the left-hand figure and reading to the right, the
numbers given in them are 11, 13, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1, 3, 5, 7; in the lower
right-hand corner of page 73 we find the missing 9. The fact that the order
is here reversed, if read from left to right, is no evidence that this is the
order in which the Ahaues (if these figures refer to these periods) followed
each other, as it is possible they should be read from right to left. But
the fact that we here find thirteen peculiar figures, with the knot de-
noting the tying of years or period of years, with numbers following each
other in the order, whether direct or reversed, of those used in numbering
the Ahaues, is suflficient to justify us in believing that they refer to these
periods. The only reason I see for any doubt as to the correctness of this
conclusion is that on pages 62 and 63 we find similar figures containing
numeral characters for 16, 15, 17, and 19, numbers that cannot refer to the
Ahaues. Possibly they may be used to designate the years of the Ahaues,
but be this as it may, a close inspection of the knots will show that they
are different from those on pages 71, 72, and 73.
Knowing the order in which they follow each other, it is evident that
if we can determine the number of any one in the series it is a very simple
matter to number all the rest.
As the possibility of our being able to compare dates of the Maya
system with those of the Christian era depends on the correct determination
of this point, I will give not only my own conclusion, illustrating it by
means of a table (XVII), but will also show the result of following out
Digitized by
Google
iHOMAB.! METHOD OP NDMBEEING THE AHAUES. 43
Sefior Perez's theory, the only other possible one, so far as I«am able to
see, illustrating it also by tables (XVIII and XIX).
According to the statement in the Perez manuscript already quoted,
Chief Ajpula died in the 13th Ahau in the year 4 Kan, and there were
six years wanting to complete this Ahau. As it appears more than prob-
able, judging by the contents of the. manuscript itself, that it was written
soon after the Spaniards came into possession of the peninsula, we may, I
think, rely upon this date as correctly given, although the manuscript is
evidently confused and, in some respects, inaccurate and even contradictory.
If the grand cycle was divided into Abaues of twenty-four years each,
as heretofore suggested, and as shown in the annexed table (XVII), it
follows that the one in which this event occurred must necessai-ily have
been that which I have numbered XIII, as there is no other one in the
entire grand cycle that has six years remaining after the year 4 Kan.
Each of the tables (XVII, XVIII, XIX) includes one entire grand
cycle, also one cycle of the preceding and one of the following grand
cycles. The commencement and ending of the grand cycles are marked
thus : :o: ; the divisions between the Ahaues are marked by solid
black transverse lines, each group of the usually counted years is sur-
rounded by a single dotted line; the period embraced by Plates XX-XXIII
(our Plates I-IV) is surrounded by a single waved line; the Ahaues are
numbered with Roman numerals. '
Table XVII begins with a Cauac year, and is made in accordance
with the theory I have advanced. Tables XVIII and XIX commence
with a Kan year, and are made in accordance with the theory advanced
by Perez; XIX, upon the assumption that the first Ahau commenced
with the fourth year of the grand cycle; XVIII, upon the theory that it
began with the last year of the preceding grand cycle, as one of these two
plans must be adopted to carry out his theory.
Digitized by
Google
44
A STUDY OF THE MANUSOEIPT TBOANO.
Table XVII.
i
a
1
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
wr
4
6i
7
8
.1
9
10 j
11
12
13
li
i
3
4
51
•
6
7
8
9il
iilO
W
12
13
1 -
:o:
(1)
2
i 3
4;
.
6'
' 7
8;
:
i 9
113
10
1
1
11
I
2
12 1
3\
1 4
5
6
7!
[.8.
9i
10|11
13
..........
,„ 1
'12;
i-3-
1©
6
2:
6:
i 7
111
8
12
9
11
13
10;
ll
i 2
3
4
51
1 6
7i
8
9
«?_| I Wn/| I
12
1
e5
a
1
3
4;
i 1
2
1 5
1 9
6 7
10*11
8l
12 1
113
: 4
1
51
2
3|
6
7
"^
9
jlO
111
jiii"
13
1
2;
\ 3
i*7
4
Tl
8
5
ru
9
6;
10;
111
12
13
1;
i 2
3|
4
6
7
I 8'
9;
13 1
iio
11
12
1
TI
1 1
2
3
4|
! 6
6
7
8|
1 *
113
10
ll
t
11
12 1
2
3
■ror-
4
5
iV
7;
f8"
9-
10
111
|12
1 3
13
■
4
1
r
5
2I
6\
i 7
8
9
10 i
ill
12;
13
1
T
3
1 4
5|
i 6
7
8
9I
Uo
1
I
11
I
12
13 1
13
o
I
2 . 3
II
6 I 7
10: 11
MiMUiiiiMta
I ^
1 12
i 3
i 7
2
6
10
XIII
13
t4
8i
n
("2
\ 6
1 10
i 1
I 6
tiir
_9
ii3
4
I 8
112
I 3
m
11
i 2
6
;10
12
3
7
11
113
4
8
12
XI
10
"i'
5
9
13
4
^
12
3
7
11
2
6
10
1
5
9
13;
4I
8
ftffnfmmmm
IX
ill
2
6
10
1
6"
12
3
9
13
4
TII
7
11
8
12
12;
3;
71
111
21
6
10
13
s
i 1
HSf
13
! 4
8
12
10
1
6
9
13;
tuff
_3
■■■■7
11
2
6
10
4
12
B
I
7
11
2
6
10
......
13
3
7
111
III
4
8
12"
81
121
3!
7:
111
■""2
6|
10 1
l|
5I
9!
-:o:-
1
2
3
6
6
7
9
10
11
13
1
2
4
5
6
8
9
10
12
13
1
3
4
5
7
8
9
11
12
13
2
3
■ 4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
8
12
3
7
11
2
6
10
1
5
9
13
• Year 1436.
1 1536, year AJpnla died.
Digitized by
Google
THOIUB.]
METHOD OF NUMBERING THE AHAUBS.
Table No. XVIII.
45
s
I
5
6
9
10
13
1
4
6
8
9
12
13
3
4
7
8
11.
2
6
10
9
11 12 13
a
12
3
7
11
6
2
6
10
3
7
11
4
8
12
1
5
9
13
lao'
•:o:-
1
6
3
7
1 5
i 8
10
11
1
113
1
2
! 4
6
6
1 sl
9 16 1
4
8
12
3
MM
11
i
1
»d
i
§
4:
1 1
2
3
\ 5
6
7
8:
X
i d
10
11
12 i
113
1 41
1
6
2
6
31
im
7
r
fT
"To
11
112
13
1
2
i 3
4
6
6
▼HI
1 "^
8
9
10 '
111
12
13
1
Ul
3
4
HM
9';
[ 7'
8
iio
11
12
131
VI
1 1
2
3
4 J
; 5
6
7
8i
9
10
11
12:
iisj
1
2
3
1440
4
; 5
6
7l
: 8
9
10
111
;12
13
1
2i
IT
! 3
4
5
6i
; 7
8
9
10;
ill
12
13
uu
1
5 I
2
13
4
i 6
7
8
9!
lio
II
11 12
131
1
M
M
i
o
4l
\ 1
2
3
II
i 6^
i 9i
6 |_7 _
10 11
81
i4n
12
13
i 1
2
3]
1 4»
5
6
7;
: 8
9
10
111
XIII
;12
13
1
2!
1 3
i :
1 7
4
6
«i
8
9
Mlt
10
"Tj
5!
11
3
4
2
6
7
8
9j
10
11
12
13 1
XI
1
2 1 3
4i
^
6
7
9
ifio-
1
ir
2
•12]
3i
|13t
\ 4
5
6
7!
IX
i 8
9
10
11
:12
1 3i
13
1
2|
4
6
1500
6
_7
j 8"
9
10 1
111
12
13
li
! 2
3
4
6i
TII
i 6
7
8
dj
iio
U
12
13 1
9
13
4
8
I
10
1
6
9
12 113
3 ! 4
7
11
2
6
10
12
11
2
6
10
9
13
III
3
7
ii
4
8
12'
12
3
7
11
10
1
5
9
13
-:o:-
1
2
3
6
6
7
9
10
11
13
1
2
4
6
6
8
9
10
12
13
1
3
4
5
7
8
9
11
12
13
2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
4
8
12
3
laM
11
6
10
1
6
9
13
1493.
flMl.
Digitized by
Google
46
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
Table XIX.
1
i
•a
1
6
2
6
3
7
4
8
12
9
10
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
1
. 2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
zfT
13
•
i
i
li"
1
A
1
2
3
4:
i 5
6
7
81
■
i 9
10
11
12i
Il3
1
2
3i
1 81
5
6
7i
9
10
11
12;
13
i"
2|
: 3
4
6
6
i 7
8
9
10 i
XII
ill
12
13
li
1 2..
3
4
6i
u.
7
8
9
101
li
12-
13]
1
2
3
4:
6
6
7
81
X
1 9
10
11
12:
1 13
1 *[
1
2
3i
7»
6 6
8;
9"
10
ill
1 12
13
1
2|
\ 3
4
TI
5
II
e;
; 7
8
9
10;
ill
12
13
1;
i 21
3
4
5
:
7 1 8
TI
9;
ilO
11
12
13;
1
; 1
•
1
2
^
i
1
3
4!
! 6
6
7
8|
1 *
;13;
TI
10 1 11
121
1
2
A
6
8
9
10
11;
12
13
1
2;
3
IT
41 6
6;
7
11;
B
9
10;
TtttP
1
12 13
, 2i
3
4'
6;
1 6
7
8
9;
|10
11
12
13;
II
I 1
2
3
4;
i 5
6
7
8;
mat
12
9;
10
11
13;
1
2
31
; 4»
6
6
7i
1 8
9
10
Hi
112
XI
13
n
1
21
i 3
4
5
6;
; 7|
'~8
9
10
Hi
■■12"
13
1;
i- 2
3
4
5;
1 6
7
:i
8
9;
IlO
11
12
13;
:
1
i
1
•
a
es
O
; 1
2
3
4i
|8
1 6|
6
7
9i
10
ii
12
;13
1
2
3
; 4
1 8
6 6
IX
9 1 10
7
11
ii2
13
1
2
i_3|
4
6
6
-10
....7i
8'
" 9'
ill
12
13
l;
2
6
3 4
TII
7 8
si
9i
jio
11
12
13!
1
:o:
-
_JJ
3
i
8
6
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
12
9
13
10
1
11
2
6
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
8
12
9
fir
1
1
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.] METHOD OF NUMBERING THE AHAUES. 47
If I am correct in the plan of the ta^ble given, and the division into
Ahaues, it follows that the rest of these periods in the grand cycle would
be numbered as shown by the Roman numerals on Table XVII. These
numbers agree precisely with the numbers of the first years of the respect-
ive Ahaues, and furnish, as heretofore suggested, an explanation of the
singular method of enumerating these periods. If we now turn to Table
XVI, showing the periods obtained from the dates on Plates XXX and
XXXI of the Manuscript, we will see that their position and numbers
agree exactly with those given in Table XVII.
As tending to confirm this conclusion, it will be necessary for me to
introduce here a comparison of Maya dates with those of the Christian era.
As the designated 4 Kan corresponds, according to the manuscript
quoted, with the year 1536, the last year of that Ahau (10 Ix) was 1542.
Taking this as a stai-ting point, I have given on the table the year of our
era corresponding with the first year of each Ahau. Now let us test this
result by the two or three additional dates found on record, and which the
authorities have failed to make agree with any explanation of the Maya
calendar heretofore given.
Bishop Landa (Relacion de Cosas, § 41) states that ^Hhe Indians say,
for example, that the Spaniards aiiived in the ^ity of Merida in the year
of the nativity of our Lord and Master, 1541, which was precisely the first
year of the 11th Ahau." We may assume as certain that the Indians gave
the bishop no such date as 1541, or any other year of the Christian era or
Gregorian Calendar, as they were wholly unacquainted with that system;
the year given must have been according to their method of designating
dates, or by counting back the years.
As he understood the twenty "counted years" to constitute an Ahau,
and supposed one of these periods to follow another without any interven-
ing years, he would probably take 9 Muluc of the 13th Ahau as the first of
the 11th, which, as will be seen by reference to the table, is 1541, exactly
the date required.
It is evident that either he or the author of the Perez manuscript was
mistaken, for according to the latter the 13th Ahau ended with the year
Digitized by
Google
48
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
1542 (whether we count 20 or 24 years to the Ahau), while according to
Landa it closed with 1540.
He asserts, while writing his work in Spain in 1566, that: '*It is now
120 years since Mayapan was destroyed." As this number could have
been obtained only by counting Ahaues, it must have been understood by
him as covering just six of these periods, and hence the correct number
would be 144 years instead of 120. This number carries us back to the
year 1422 or 1423, the last of the Xth or first of the Vlllth Ahau. Co-
guUudo places the destruction of Mayapan about 1420 of the Christian era;
the Perez manuscript places it in the 8th Ahau. As the above calculation
places it in the last of the tenth or the first of the eighth, the discrepancy is
but slight, and the agreement as close as could be expected in an attempt
to reconcile such general statements.
Sefior Perez seems to have taken as his chief authority, in comparing
dates of the two systems, the statements of certain writers to the effect that
the year 1392 of our era corresponded with the year 7 Cauac of the 8th
Ahau of the Maya system.^
Unfortunately he mentions but one of these authorities — Don Cosme
de Burgos — whose work he informs us "has been lost.^
1 " Serie de los alios corridos en doe Ahaa Eaton, tomando su principio en 13d2 en que pasd segnn
loe manuscritos el 8 Ahau en el a&o 7 Cauac:
8« Ahau Katun.
1392 7 Cauac.
1393 8 Kan.
1394 9Muluc.
1395 lOHix.
1396 11 Cauac.
1397 12 Kan.
1416 5 Cauac.
1417 6 Kan.
1418 7Muluc.
1419 8Hix.
1420 9 Cauac.
1421 10 Kan.
1398 13Muluc.
1399 IHix.
1400 2 Cauac.
1401 3 Kan.
1402 4Muluc.
1403 5Hix.
1404 6 Cauac.
1405 7 Kan.
1406 SMuluc.
1407 9Hix.
1408 10 Cauac.
1409 11 Kan.
» Ahau Katun.
1422 llMuluc.
1423 12Hix.
1424 13 Cauac.
1425 IKan.
1426 2Muluc.
1427 3Hix.
1428' 4 Cauac.
1429 5 Kan,
1430 6Muluc.
1431 7Hix.
1432 8 Cauac.
1433 9 Kan.
1410 12Muluc.
1411 13Hix.
1412 1 Cauac.
1413 2 Kan.
1414 3Muluc.
1415 4Hix.
1434 lOMulnc.
1435 UHix.
1436 12 Cauac.
1437 13 Kan.
1438 IMuluc.
1439 2mx.
" El punto de apoyo de que se valen para acomodarlos Ahau Katunes & los alios de la era Cristiana
7 contar los periodos y siglos que en ella ban pasade, y entender y saber concordar los afios que citan
los indios en sus bistorias con los que oorresponden & los de dicba era, es el alio de 1392, el cual segun
todos los manuscritos, y algunos de ellos ^poy^ndose en el testimonio de D. Coeme de Burgos escritor y
conquistador de estai>enin8ula cuyos escritos se ban perdido, fu^S el referido afio, en el cual cayd 7 Cauac
y di6 principio en se seguudu dia el 8 Abau; y de este como de un truuco se ordenan todoe los que
anteccdieron y sucedieron segun el orden numerico que guardan y va espuesto : y como con este concuer-
dan todas las series que se ballan en los manuscritos, es necesario creerlo como incontrovertible."
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.]
METHOD OF NUMBERING THE AHAUES.
49
We are therefore left in doubt as to whether the calculation necessary
in comparing the date in one system with the same date in the other was
made by his authorities or was his own. It is evident that it must have
been made by them or by him, as it could not have been given by the
Indians. Be this as it may, it is based upon the theory that the 7 Cauac
mentioned was the first year of thfe Ahau in which the event noted occurred,
a supposition by no means necessary.
Following out this supposition, he is compelled to place the death of
Ajpula in the year 1493, thus antedating this event by 43 years. It also
leads him into the absurdity of placing the first arrival of the Spaniards
on the coast of Yucatan — which occurred in the 2d Ahau — between the
yeai-s 1464 and 1488.
In order to make this plain, I refer to the Tables XVIII and XIX
constructed on his theory, and also to the continuous list of years covering
the 8th, 6th, 4th, 2d, and 13th Ahaues (Table XX). The year 1392 and
that in which he places the death of Ajpula (1493) are designated on the
tables and on the list by a star.
Table XX.
VIIlTH Ahau.
7 Caaac 1392*
8 Kan 1393
OMuluc 1394
10 Ix 1395
11 Canac 1396
12 Kan 1397
13 Muluc 1398
1 Ix 1399
2 Canac 1400
3 Kan 1401
4 Muluc 1402
5Ix 1403
6 Cauac 1404
7 Kan 1405
8 Muluc 1406
9 Ix 1407
10 Cauac 1408
11 Kan 1409
12 Muluc 1410
13 Ix 1411
1 Cauac 1412
2 Kan 1413
3 Muluc 1414
4 Ix 1415
4 M T
VlTH Ahau.
5 Cauac 1416
6 Kan 1417
7 Muluc 1418
8 Ix 1419
9 Cauac 1420
10 Kan 1421
11 Muluc 1422
12 Ix 1423
13 Cauac 1424
1 Kan 1425
2 Muluc 1426
3 Ix 1427
'4 Cauac 1428
6 Kan 1429
6 Muluc 1430
7 Ix 1431
8 Cauac 1432
9 Kan 1433
10 Maine 1434
11 Ix 1435
12 Cauac 1436
13 Kan 1437
1 Muluc 1438
2 Ix 1439
IVth Ahau.
3 Cauac 1440
4 Kan 1441
6 Muluc 1442
6 Ix 1443
7 Cauac 1444
8 Kan 1445
9 Muluc 1446
10 Ix 1447
11 Cauac 1448
12 Kan 1449
13 Muluc 1450
1 Ix 1451
2 Cauaci 1452
3 Kan....^ 1453
4 Muluc 1454
5 Ix 1455
6 Cauac 1456
7 Kan 1457
8 Muluc 1458
9 Ix 1559
10 Canac 1460
11 Kan 1461
12 Muluc 1462
13 Ix 1463
Digitized by
Google
50
A STODY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
II D Ahav.
1 Cauao 1464
2 Kan 1465
3 Muluo 1466
4 Ix ...1467
5 Cauac 1468
6 Kan 1469
7 Muluc 1470
8 Ix 1471
9 Cauac 1472
10 Kan 1473
11 Muluc ; 1474
12 Ix 1475
13 Cauac 1476
1 Kan 1477
2 Muluc 1478
3 Ix 1479
4 Cauac 1480
5 Kan 1481
6 Muluc 1482
7 Ix 1483
8 Cauac..... 1484
9 Kan 1485
10 Muluc 1486
11 Ix 1487
XIth Ahau.
10 Cauac 1512
11 Kan 1513
12 Muluc 1514
13 Ix 1515
1 Cauac 1516
2 Kan 1517
3 Muluc 1518
4 Ix 1519
5 Cauac 1520
6 Kan 1521
7 Muluc 1522
8 Ix 1523
9 Cauac 1524
10 Kan 1525
11 Muluo 1526
12 Ix 1527
13 Cauac 1528
1 Kan.... 1529
2 Muluo 1530
3 Ix 1531
4 Cauac 1532
5 Kan 1533
6 Muluc 1534
7 Ix 1535
XIIIth Ahau.
12 Cauao 1488
13 Kan 1489
1 Muluo 1490
2 Ix 1491
3 Cauac 1492
4 Kan *1493
5 Muluc ^... .1494
6 Ix 1495
7 Cauac 1496
8 Kan 1497
9 Muluo 14961
10 Ix 1499
11 Cauac 1500
12 Kan 1501
13 Muluo 1502
1 Ix 1503
2 Cauac 1C04
3 Kan 1505
4 Muluc 1506
5 Ix 1507
6 Cauac 1508
7 Kan 1509
8 Muluc 1510
9 Ix 1511
IXth Ahau.
I 8 Cauac 1536
I 9 Kan 1537
' 10 Muluc 1538
I 11 Ix 1539
1 12 Cauac .' 1540
! 13 Kan 1541
Following out this theory we will have to place the taking of Merida
by the Spaniards (1541) in the sixth year of the IXth Ahau, instead of the
first of the XIth. As Landa went to Yucatan about the year 1549, we are
not waiTanted in supposing that he made an error of thirty years in refer-
ence to an event that occurred but a few years before his arrival.
It is apparent from these facts that, assuming, as Perez does, that the
year 1392 was the year 7 Cauac, and the first of an Ahau, conflicts with
. every other date left on record.
I think we may therefore take for granted that there was some error
in the calculation by which this author, or those from whom he quotes,
obtained this date. As this calculation antedates the death of Ajpula just
43 years, let us add that number to 1392: This gives us 1435. If we turn
now to Table XVII, made according to my theory, we find that 7 Cauac
Digitized by
Google
TnoMAHj METHOD OF NUMBERING THE AHAUES. 51
of the 8th Ahau is the year 1435, and that by adding the 43 years— the
number Perez has antedated the death of Ajpula — all the dates agree sub-
stantially, and also drop into their proper places in the Maya Calendar.
As the authorities to whom Perez refers obtained their information
from the Indians, the date was as a matter of course given according to the
Maya method of reckoning time; hence the "year 7 Cauac and 8th Ahau"
are most likely to be correct. It is very probable this was the date of some
notable event in the history of that people, and as it gives when corrected
the year 1435, 1 am of the opinion it relates to the destruction of Mayapan,
which, according to the manuscript translated by Stephens, occurred in the
8th Ahau.
Another error arising from this mistake on the part of Perez was that he
was forced to place the death of Ajpula in the 6th year of the 13th Ahau,
instead of in the 1 8th as given by his manuscript, in order to get it in 4 Kan.
An examination of Tables No. XVIII and XIX, which are constructed
according to his theory, will show that there is no Ahau but number I, in
which 4 Kan is the 18th year. This is true no matter where we com-
mence dividing the grand cycle, according to his idea.
As Table XVIII commences the division with the last year of a gi*and
cycle, I have given at the same place another (XIX) on his plan, commenc-
ing with the fourth year of this period, in order to illustrate the above
statement
Taking into consideration all the evidence I can obtain bearing upon
the points now under consideration I am forced to the following conclusions:
1st. That the series of years began with Cauac.
2d. That the first year of a grand cycle was also the first year of an
Ahau.
3d. That the thirteen Ahaues of a grand cycle were numbered as
shown in Table XVII.
4th. That they were numbered according to the number of their first
years respectively.
But it is best perhaps for me to call attention here to the following facts
in reference to the numbering of these periods.
First. That the division of the grand cycle according to the plan I
Digitized by
Google
52 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
have adopted, which is repeated on the annexed Table XXI, does not
preclude us from accepting Perez's theory that they were numbered from
the second day of the first year, which, as the periods begin with Cauac,
would be Ahau. This would change the position of tlie Ahaues so far as
their numbers are concerned, and they would then stand as shown in this
table; that is, the first one in the grand cycle would be No. II, the next
XIII, and so on in the usual order. But one very serious objection to this
plan of numbering is that 4 Kan of the Xlllth Ahau would be the sixth
instead of the eighteenth year.
I am of the opinion that the only foundation Perez had for thus num-
bering these periods is the fact that the name "Ahau" was applied to them.
It is probable that it was sometimes so applied on account of their impor-
tance, but a careful study of the language of Landa and CoguUudo lead
me to believe that Katun was the name by which they were usually desig-
nated. The latter author gives this term only. Landa simply remarks that
**they counted 13 twenties with one of the twenty letters of their month
which is called Ahau, without order and alternate onlv as on the border of
the wheel above; they called these, in their language, Katunes.^^^
The most serious objection which, so far as I see, can be urged against
my theory is that the series of Almues does not begin with XIII, or, in
other words, that the first of the grand cycle is not XIII. But this objec-
tion applies with equal force to Perez's scheme. If we adopt the division
shown in Table XVIII, and suppose the numbering to correspond with the
first year (Cauac) of each period, we would then commence the grand
cycle with the Xlllth Ahau. To illustrate this I give a table (XXII) sim-
ilar to XVIII so far as the division of the grand cycle is concerned, but
numbered as above suggested.
^ '*No solo tenian los indios cuenta en el afio y meses, como qiieda dicho, y seMlado atras pero
tenian cierto modo de contar loe tiompos y bus cosas por edades, las qualcs hazian do yeynte en yeynte
a&os, contando XIJI veyntes con una do las XX letras do loe meses qae llaman Ahau^ sin orden siuo
retrnecanados como pareceran en la siguiento raya redouda; llaman les a estos en sn lengna Katv^ne^j
y con ellos tenian a maravilla cuenta con bus edades, y la fue assi facil al viejo do quien en el priraero
capitnlo dize avia trescientos afioe accordarso dellos.^ (Landa, Relacion de las Cosas, $ XLI.)
Digitized by
Google
TBOIUS.I
METHOD OF NUMBERING THE AHAUES.
53
Table XXI.
i
1
a
1
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
'I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
■
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
-
:o:
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
I
10
I
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
III
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
1
1
1
o
4
2
3
6
6
7
8
9
10
.1
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
G
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
I.
4
X
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
TII
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
UI
11 12
13
i
§
o
1
1
2
1
1-1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
XII
11 1 12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
TI
3
II
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
1
1
2
1
A
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5 1 6
7
8
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
"T
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
I
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
1
■
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
XI
12
In
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Digitized by
Google
54
A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
This plan has this fact in its favor: it not only throws the Xlllth Ahau
at the commencement of the grand cycle, but 4 Kan is also its 18th year.
Table XXII.
»
6
p
a
^
a
H
l-H
1
2
3
4
8
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
9
13
10
1
11
2
1163
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
jio i
ii^7
8
»
RlO:
5Hii
W
13
1
i 2
1 6l
3
4
5i
7
8
|9
13 i
10;
11
12
i 1
1
1
M
^
1
2
3
4:
I 5
6
7
S\
1 9
■
10
11
12;
!13
1
2
3;
i 4i
5
epY
8i
»
10
11;
ii2
13
1
2;
1 3
4
6
61
1 7
8
II
9
:
10;
111
12
13
1
5
1 2i
3 4
g; 7
J
8
9;
iio 11
12
13
T
1 1
2
3
4
\ 5
6
7
8
1 9
10
11
12
:13i 1 2
3
4;'
'5"\ 6'
• ■7.
1 8
9
10
11;
U2
13
1
2'
1 3
11
4
II
5
6
1 7
8
9
10
11;
12 13
13^1
1
2i'
3
4"
6j
: 6
7
8
9!
|10
11 12
13;
s3
"a
HI
] Canac.
1
2
3
4
5
6* 7
8;'
■ 9:
10 11 Hi^'
13
r"i"
2'
3|
1 4
5
6
7i.
; 8
9
10
11!
12
13
u
1
2i
i 3
; 7;
4
5
6i
8
9
|10
11
: 12
13
Ij
I 2
3
4
5i
i 6
7
8
9i
|10
3
11
12
•
13 1
1
1 1
i 5;
2
3
41
8
6 7
9
10 11
■•12-:
;13
1 2
3
; 4
5 6
7»;
\ 8
9
■■
10
11
il2
Lii
13
1
2:
4 1 5
6
7
f J8
9
w
11
12
13
1
i 2
3
4
5;
^ 6
1
7
'I
8
9
10
11
12
13:
Ij
1^
1-1
1
2
3
4
5
U
7
8
9
10
11
12 i
13
1
2
3:
1 4
IT
5 6
7;
1 8
9 10
111
iii
13 1
1 ^
3
8
S"
9
6i
101
: 7
in
12
13
l|
1 2
11
3 4
5\
; 6
!io]
7_
11
8
12
9|
i4i»
13
1
:o:
-
i 2 -
3
il
1 5
6
7
8!
1 9
10
11
121
113
XIU
1 2
3!
1 8|
5 6 1 71
9 10
TSi.-
11
12
113
l"
2
; 3
4
6
6
i 7
8
9
10
;11
12
13
l|
; 2
3
4
:
51
; 6!
7| 8|
9
10;
IT
..„_...
"13"]
1435.
tl536.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAd] METHOD OF NUMBERING THE AHAUES. 55
Be this as it may, there is nothing in Maya history or the calendar
which makes it necessary that the gi'and cycle should commence with the
Xlllth Ahau. As suggested by Perez and Dr. Valentini, this number of
the series may have been selected as the one with which to begin their
count because of some notable event in their history occurring in it. The
serious objection to the plan of Table XXII is that it requires the Xlllth
Ahau to begin with the last year of a grand cycle, which, I think, is suffi-
cient to condemn it
Perez's statement bearing on this subject is as follows :
"As the Indians considered the number 13 as the initial number, it is
probable that some remarkable event had happened in that year, because,
when the Spaniards arrived in the Peninsula, the Indians then counted the
8th as the 1st, that being the date at which their ancestors came to settle
there; and an Indian writer proposed that they should abandon that order
also, and begin counting from the 1 1th, solely because the conquest had
happened in that Ahau." (Cron. Antig., § IX, Valentini's Trans.) ^
I have already quoted from Perez, as pertaining to the calendar, the
statement in reference to what he believes to be another kind of cycle or
method of computation. I called attention to the fact that the numbers
given might be found by running up the columns of our table of yeare. I
will now explain what I believe to have been the object and use of these
number.
"They had another number which they called Ua Katutiy which served
them as a key by which to adjust and find the Katunes, and following the
order of their march, it falls on the two^ days of Uayeb haab and revolves
to the end of certain years; Katunes 13, 9, 5, 1, 10, 6, 2, 11, 7, 3, 12, 8, 4."
Perez quotes this, as he states, in the exact words of his authority
(unfortunately not given). As Bancroft's translation omits the *'two" be-
fore ''days," I have given here a translation of the original as found in
Perez's Cronohgie Antigiui.^'
^ As neither Volentini's nor Brasseurs' translation is literal, I will give the original :
*' £s probable quo principio en el nunero 13 por haber acontecido en el algnn suceso notable pues
dospues se contaban por el 8; y acabada la conquista de esta peninsula proptiso un escritor indio comen-
zasen & eontar en lo sucesivo esta^ ^pocas por el 11 Ahau por que en el se verified aquella."
'Not the "aecoiid day of the Vayeb haab" as Perez seems, as appears from his comment, to have
understood the expression. It is strange that he should have so jiervcrsely misinterpreted his own.
manuscripts.
Digitized by
Google
56
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TKOANO.
We see by reference to the annexed table of years (XXIII), which
contains exactly one cycle, that by commencing at the bottom of the right-
hand or Ix column and running up, we find the numbers given in the quo-
tation and in precisely the same order. As these figures mark the terminal
Table XXIII. years of the lustres it is evident that the authority quoted
applied the name ** Katun" to these periods, and that this
word is not used here as an equivalent of '^ Ahau."
If the series began with Cauac, as shown by this
table, these numbers would then denote Ix years; but
if it commenced with Kan they would then be Cauac
years. In either e^se it is evident that by remembering
these numbers and their order it would be an easy matter
to locate or give the number of any year in the cycle,
and in the grand cycle also, if they had any method of
numbering the cycles. But I am unable to see how
this could be of much service in counting the Ahaues,
and am therefore inclined to believe that this method of
counting back was chiefly in vogue among the common
people, they being unable to fully understand and use
the complicated calendar of the priests. Although Landa,
when speaking of the facility with which they counted
back the years, evidently alludes to the Ahaues, yet it is quite probable the
old Indian who traced back their history for three hundred years did so by
the use of this key, unless he was a priest.
It is difficult to understand what is meant by the expression "they fall
on the two days of Uayeb haab^^ [intercalated days].
In thje four plates of the Dresden Codex heretofore mentioned (25-28),
which certainly refer to the feasts of the intercalated days, we notice that
the left-hand column of each contains the characters of but two days — the
25th the days Eb and Ben, the la«t two of the intercalated days of the
Muluc years; the 26th, Caban and Ezanab, the last two of the Ixyeare,
and so on. •
Although these, as here noted, may not have any reference to this
1
f
6
a
I
•
4
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.] METHOD OF NUMBBEING THE AHAUES. 57
method of counting, their use in this manner shows that they were consid-
ered important.
If the lustres ended with an Ix year, as I have assumed, Ezanab would
be the last of the intercalated days. Now as will be seen by carefully
examining the calendar for one year as given in Table II, page 8, the num-
ber of the last intercalated day will always be the same as the first day of
the year. Having thus determined the name and number of the year, and
remembering the series as given in the quotation, it was an easy yiatter to
count back to any desired year. Let me illustrate this: Suppose that at
the close of an annual feast of Uayeh haab which has ended on Ezanab, an
Indian was desirous of determining what year of the cycle had just termi-
nated. Knowing the day to be 1 Ezanab, he knows by this that the year
was 1 Ix; remembering the numbers of the key, he commences his count
with 1, and running back thus: 1, 10, 6, 2, 11, 7, 3, 12, 8, 4, ascertains that
the year is the 40th of the cycle (10x4).
A little careful study of this subject will suffice to convince any one at
all acquainted with this calendar that by simply knowing the number and
itUma of the last intercalated day of any year will be sufficient to enable
him to determine what year of the cycle it is If he forgets the key he can
easily find it by the continued subtraction of 4, commencing with 1 3, adding
] 3 when the number to be subtracted from is 4 or less than 4. The only thing
#
necessary to be remembered is that the years Cauac, Kan, Muluc, Ix ter-
minate, respectively, with the days Akbal, Lamat, Ben, and Ezanab.
Suppose the last day of a certain year to be 9 Lamat, this gives 9 Kan
as the year; the next year would be 10 Muluc, the next 11 Ix, the last of
the lustre. If we remember the key, we count back the following num-
bers or lustres: 11, 7, 3, 12, 8, 4, showing that It Ix would be the 24th
year of the cycle and 9 Kan the 22d. These calculations are based upon
the supposition that Cauac was the first year of the cycle, but the same
rule will apply with Kan or any other as the first of the series.
I think it probable that this will furnish an explanation of the phrase
"they fall in the two days of Uayeb haab and return to the end of certain
years.'' The manuscript from which this statement was taken by Perez was
evidently written by one not thoroughly familiar with the system.
Digitized by
Google
58 A STUDY OF THE MAXUSCBIPT TROANO.
On the title-page and on Plates XX-XXIII (see Plates I-IV) are cer-
tain red semicircular or crescent-sbapeS figures like this P^VIy which we
have good reasons for believing served as characters to denote one of the
Maya periods, either the Ahau, Cycle, Indication, or part of the grand cycle.
This is the proper place to discuss their signification; but as this can be done
more satisfactorily after we have learned what we can in reference to the
figures given on these plates and the subjects to which they relate, I will
now proceed to give such interpretations of the figures and characters on
them as I believe are waranted by the discoveries I have made.
Digitized by
Google
CHAPTER III.
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES AND CHARACTERS ON PLATES
XX-XXin OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO AND 25-28 OF
THE DRESDEN CODEX.
As heretofore stated, the figures that occupy the spaces on Plates XX-
XXIII^ appear to relate, in part at least, to the close and commencement of
the more important periods of time. I have already given my reasons for
believing that the blue figure in the upper compartment of Plate XXIII
represents an Ahau, and that the piercing of the eye with the dagger sig-
nifies that the last year of the period has arrived and is about to close.
Referring to Landa's Behcion de Cosas §§ XXXV-XXXVIII, I find the
following account of the religious festivals which occurred during the inter-
calated or closing days of the old and the commencement of the new year,
each of the four years, Kan, Muluc, Ix, and Cauac, having its own* peculiar
ceremonies.
As this is really the key to the explanation of the figures on the four
plates mentioned^ I quote his statement in full, translated from Brasseur's
French, giving the original Spanish in Appendix No. 1.
*'JXXXV. — Fetes of s^upplemenial days — Sacrifices of the com^nencement of the
new year of the sign Kan.
"It was the custom in all the cities of Yucatan that there should be at
each of the four entrances of the place — that is to say, the east, west, north,
and south — two heaps of stone facing each other, intended for the celebra-
tion of two feasts of unlucky days. These feasts took place in the following
manner:
^ The reader is remiDded again that Plates XX-XXIII of the Manascript are the siune as oar
Plates I-IV, a fact which will not be repeated hereafter in the text.
59
Digitized by
Google
60 A STUDY OF THE MA]^USOBIPT TBOANO.
''The year of lyhich the dominical letter was Kan the omen was HcbnUj
and, according to the belief of the Yucatecs, they both reigned in the region
of the south. This year, therefore, they fabricated a hollow image or figure
of baked earth, of the idol which they called Kan-thUayeydb^ and carried
it to the heap of dry stones which was on the south side. They elected a
chief from the citizens, at whose house they celebrated the feasts of these
days. . At this ceremony they made also the statue of another god, named
Bolon-Zacab, which they placed in the house of the chief elect, in a spot
where every one could approach.
''This done, the nobles, the priest, and the citizens assembled together.
They returned, by a road swept and ornamented with arches and foliage, to
the two piles of stone, where they found the statue, around which they
gathered with much devotion. The priest then perfumed it with forty-
nine grains of bruised maize mixed with incense. The nobles placed their
incense together in the censer of the idol and perfumed it in their turn.
The maize mixed with the priest's incense is called mcah, and that which
the nobles present is called chahalte. Having incensed the image, they cut
off the head of a fowl and presented to it.
"When this was finished they placed the statue on a litter called
Kante, and on its shoulders an ' angel ' as an omen of water and the good
year which they should have. As to these 'angels,' they were frightful in
appearance.
"Then they carried the statue, dancing with much gaiety, to the house
of the chief, where he found the other statue of Bolon-Zacab. While they
were on the way one of them carried to the nobles and the priest a drink
composed of four hundred and twenty-five grains of burnt maize, which
they called Picula-Kukla, and all partook of it at the same time. Arrived
at the chiefs house, they placed the image which they carried, face to face
with the statue which was already there, and made many offerings of drinks
and viands, of meat and fish. These offerings were afterwards divided among
the strangers who were present, and they gave the priest only a leg of
venison.
"Others drew blood from themselves by scarifying their ears, and
anointed with it a stone which they had as an idol, called Kanal-Acanttm.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB-i FESTIVALS AT THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE KAN YEARS. 61
They modeled a heart from the dough of their bread, and in the same way
another loaf, of gourd seeds, which they presented to the idol KanrthUay-
eyab. It was thus that they guarded this statue and the other during the
unfavorable days, perfuming them with their incense and with incense mixed
with grains of bruised maize. They believed that if they neglected these
ceremonies they would be subject to the calamities which were the result of
this year. The unlucky days having passed, they carried the statue of the
god Bohn-Zacdb to the temple, and the image of the other to the eastern
entrance of the city, ia order to have it for the next year. They left it
there, and returning home each one occupied himself with preparations for
the celebration of the new year.
**As soon as the ceremonies were terminated and the evil spirit dis-
pelled, according to their mistaken idea, they believed this year to be fortu-
nate, because with the sign Kan reigns the Bacab-Hobnil^ who, as they say,
has not sinned as his brothers, and for this reason no calamity befell them
in that year. But as it frequently happened that this occurred notwithstand-
ing, the demon was conciliated by establishing these ceremonies, so that in
case of misfortune they attributed the fault to their ceremonies and to those
who served in them, so that they remained always in error and blindness.
"At his instigation, then, they fabricated an idol called Yzamna-Cauilj
which they placed in his temple, and burnt before it in the court three pellets
of milk,^ or resin, which they called kik; they sacrificed to it either a dog
or a man, which was done with the ceremony spoken of in chapter one
hundred on the subject of victims. There was, however, some difference
in the manner of offering this sacrifice; they put in the court of the temple
a large heap of stones, and the man or animal who was to be sacrificed was
fastened to a sort of elevated scaffold, from whence they hurled him onto
the heap of stones; the officers immediately seized him and tore out his
heart, which they carried to the new idol, offering it to him between two
plates. They made still other offerings of comestibles. At this feast the
old women, selected for this occasion, danced, clothed in peculiar garments.
They believed that an angel descended then and received the sacrifice.
>By the term <'milk/' as here used, is meant the milky juice of some plant.
Digitized by
Google
62 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
" XXXVI. — Sacrifices of the new year at the sign of Muluc — Dancing on the
stilts — Dance of the old women with the dogs of baked earth.
"The year of which the dominical letter was Multic had for the omen
Canzienal. When the time arrived, the nobles and the priest elected the chief
who should celebrate the feast. This done, they modeled, as in the pre-
ceding year, the image of the idol called Chac-u-Uayeyab, and carried it to
the heap of stones at the eastern side, where they had left it the year before.
They made a statue of the god called Kinch-Ahau^ which they placed in a
suitable spot in the house of the chief; then, from^ there, setting ©ut by a
road neatly swept and ornamented, they returned together with their accus-
tomed devotion to the statue of ChaC't4'Uayeyab.
"Having arrived here, the priest perfumed it with his incense and forty-
three grains of bruised com, which they called zacah; he gave to the nobles
the incense called chaJmlte to put in the censer, after which they cut off the
head of a. fowl, as formerly. They raised up the statue on a litter called
Chacte and carried it with devotion, while the crowd executed around it cer-
tain war dances called Holcan-Okotj Batel-Okot They carried at the same
time, to the leaders and the principal citizens, their drink composed of three
hundred and twenty-four grains of burnt corn, as before.
"Arrived at the house of the chief they placed the statue facing that
of Kinch'AhaUj and presented to it the customary offerings, which they
divided afterwards as at the last time. They offered to him bread made in
the form of the yolk of an egg, and others like the hearts of deer, and another
composed with diluted spice. There were, as ordinarily, good men who drew
blood from themselves by piercing their ears and anointing with it the stone
of the idol named Chacan-Cantun}
"Here they took small boys and forcibly pierced their ears, making
incisions on them with knives. They guarded this statue until the end of
the evil days; meanwhile they burned before it their incense.
"When these days were passed they carried it to the north side, where
they were to receive it the next year, and deposited the other in his temple,
after which they returned home to prepare for the ceremonies of the new
year They believed that if they neglected to celebrate the aforesaid cere-
monies they would be exposed to great evils of the eyes.
^ Doubtless iDteuded for Chao^Acaniun,
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS ] FESTIVALS AT THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE IX YEARS. 63
"This year, of which the dominical letter was Muluc and in which
reigned Bacdb-Canzimaly they regarded as fortunate; for they said that this
was the greatest and best of the gods Bacab; also they made him the first
in their prayers. With all this, however, the demon inspired them to fabri-
cate an idol named Yax-Coc-Ahmut, which they placed in the temple, after
having taken away the old statues; they set up in the court which is towards
the temple a heap of stones, on which they burnt the incense with a pellet
of resin or milk (kik), invoking the idol and asking of him deliverance from
the misfortunes of the present year. These calamities were the scarcity of
water, the abundance of shoots in the maize, and other things of the same
kind. As a remedy for these evils the demon commanded them to ofier up
squirrels and a cover of cloth without embroidery, woven by the old women,
whose office it was to dance in the temple in order to praise the god Yax-
Coc-Ahmut
"They threatened them still more with a crowd of other misfortunes
and evil signs relative to this year, although it was considered fortunate, if
they did not accomplish the duties which the demon imposed on them ; one
among others was a feast with a dance, which they executed mounted on very
high stilts, and a sacrifice which they offered of the heads of turkeys, of
bread, and of drinks of maize. It was also imposed on them to present
images of dogs in baked earth, carry ing bread on the back. The old women
were obliged to dance with these images in their hands, and to sacrifice to
the god a small dog with black spots, and which was still virgin. Those
who were the most devoted to this ceremony were to draw blood from the
animal and to anoint with it the stone of the god Chac-Acantum. These
rites and this sacrifice seemed to be very pleasing to the god Yax-Coc-
AhnmC •
"XXXVII. — Sacrifices of the new year at tlie sign of Yx— Sinister prognostics;
how they prevented those results.
"The year of which the dominical letter was Yx and the omen Zac-
Ciuiy the election of the chief who celebrated the feast being finished, they
formed the image of the god called Zac-u-Uayeyab and carried it to the
piles of stone where they had left the other, the year before. They mod-
Digitized by
Google
64 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
eled a statue of the god Yzamna and placed it in the house of the chief,
after which, by a road ornamented according to the custom, they returned
devoutly to the image of Zac-UrUayeydb. On their anival, they perfumed
it with incense as they had done before, and there cut off the head of a
fowl. The image having been afterwards placed on a litter called Zachia^
they carried it devoutly, accompanying it with dances called Alcabtan-Kam-
Ahau, They carried their usual drink on the way, and arriving at the house
the image was placed in order before that of Yzamna and they made their
offerings, to divide them afterwards; before the statue of Zac-u-Uayeyab
they presented the head of a turkey, patties of quails, different drinks, etc.
**A8 formerly, there were among the spectators some who drew blood
from themselves, with which they rubbed the stone of the god Zac-Acantun.
In this manner tliey guarded the idols during the days preceding the new
year, and incensed them according to their custom until the last day; then
they carried Yzamna to the temple and Zac-u- Uayeyah to the west of the
city, leaving it there until the following year.
**The misfortunes to which they were exposed this year, if they hap-
pened to neglect these different ceremonies, were fainting fits, swoons, and
diseases of the eye. They considered it as a year unfortunate as to bread,
but abundant in cotton. It was this which they signalized with the char-
acter rir, and in which the Bacah Zac-Ciui reigned, who foretold nothing
very good; according to their belief, the year must bring calamities of all
sorts, a great want of water, days when the sun would shine with excessive
heat which would dry up the fields of maize; the consequence would be
famine; from famine arose robberies and from robberies slavery for those
who rendered themselves guilty. All this would naturally be the source of
discord and internal wars among the citizens and among the towns. They
believed that in the year marked by this sign there also generally happened
changes among the princes or the priests, in consequence of the wars and
dissensions.
^'Another omen which they also held, was that some of those who
sought to gain authority would not an-ive at their end. This year was
also sometimes signalized by an irruption of locusts, the consequence of
which would be famine and the depopulation of a large number of locali-
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB ] FESTIVALS AT THE COMMENCEMENT OP THE CAUAC YEARS. 65
ties. In order to remedy these calamities, which they feared entirely or in
part, they made, at the instigation of the demon, the statue of an idol named
Kinch'Ahau-Yzamna; they placed it in the temple, where they offered to it
all kinds of incense and oblations, drawing their blood and sprinkling with it
the stone of the god Zac-Acantun, They executed different dances, the old
women dancing as usual; at this feast they formed anew a small oratory
to the demon ; they assembled there to offer sacrifice to him and to give
him presents, and finished with a solemn orgie, where every one became
intoxicated, for this feast was general and obligatory. There were also some
fanatics who, of their own accord, and through devotion, made another idol,
like that which is mentioned above, which they carried into other temples,
making it offerings and intoxicating themselves in its honor. They regarded
these orgies and sacrifices as very agreeable to their idols and as preserva-
tives capable of preventing the misfortunes with which they believed them-
selves threatened."
"XXXVIII. — Sacrifices of the new year at the sign of Caiuzc — Uvil prognos-
tics prevented by the fire dance.
"This year, of which the dominical letter was Cauac and the omen
Hozanekj after they had elected a chief of the ceremonies, they formed, in
order to celebrate it, the image of the god Ek-u-Uayeyah ; they carried it to
the piles of stone at the west entrance, where they had left the image of
the year before. They made at the same time the statue of the god called
UaC'Mitun-AhaUj which they placed, as usual, in the most convenient spot in
the chiefs house. From there they went together to the place where they
found the image oi Ek-u-Uayeydb, having taken care previously to orna-
ment the road; arriving there, the nobles and priests incensed this image,
after their custom, and cut off the head of a fowl. When this was finished,
they took the statue on a litter called Yaxek and placed on its shoulders a
gourd with a dead man and, besides, the ashes of a bird which they called
K^Lch, as a sign of gi'eat mortality ; for this year was considered very unfor-
tunate.
"They afterwards carried it about in this manner, with devotion min-
gled with sadness, executing several dances, among which there was one
5 M T
Digitized by
Google
66 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
like the crotteeSy which they called Xibalba-Okoty which signified dance of
the demons. In this interval the cup-bearer arrived with the drink for the
nobles, which they drank in the place where the statue of Uac-Mitun-Ahau
stood viS'd'Vis with the image of which they had the care. Immediately
they commenced the oblations, the perfuming, and their prayers; a great
number drew blood from diflferent parts of their bodies and anointed with
it the stone idol called EkelrAcantun. Thus passed the unfortunate days,
after which they carried Uac-Mitun Ahau to the temple and Ek-u-Uayeyah
to the south entrance, where they left it until the following year.
''This year, signalized by the character Cauac, and in which the Bacah-
Hozanek rules, besides the plague with which it was threatened, was par-
ticularly regarded as fatal; they said that the extieme heat of the sun
destroyed the fields of maize, without considering the multiplication of
ants and birds that devoured the remainder of the seed; however, they
added, these calamities need not be entirely general, there were some
places where subsistence could be obtained, although with great difiiculty.
To prevent these calamities they made, at the instigation of the demon,
four idols, named Chichac-Chob, Ekhalam-ChaCj Ahcan-Uolcdby and*^*&wZwc-
Bdlam ; after having placed these together in the temple, where they per-
fumed them as usual, they presented to them two pellets of resin named
kiky to be burned, also iguanas, bread, and a miter, with a bouquet of flowers
and a stone which they considered of great value. Besides, they raised, for
the celebration of this feast, a large arch of wood in the court, filling it with
wood above and on the sides in order to bum, leaving in it, however,
gateways for entering in and going out Then, the greater part of the
men took each one a bundle of long dry sticks and, while a musician
mounted on the top of the funeral pile sang and beat the tambour, all
danced with much order and devotion, entering in and going out, one after
the other, under the arch. They continued to dance in this manner until
evening, when, leaving their bundles of sticks, they went home to rest and
refresh themselves.
''When night fell they returned, accompanied by a gi*eat crowd; for
this ceremony was regarded with great respect among them. Each one
taking then his bundle, lighted it and put the fire on the funeral pile, which
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
us. 6. AND G. SURVEY
MANUSCPIPT TROANO PI .1.
^^-^•-^fgitr^d by Google
FAC -SIMILE OF PLATE XX OF THE CODEX TROANO.
i:\i I »\
!'L\]"
07
•aj't i]ii.> tJi-' ; r. \ , .♦.
«M.!K ili ;ii .'^ \i i\'. '•• :' .
It.'- .... i
\i\ ., ' ( t- ,.!-
J ;< .iM'! M. • :•'•
.■ T'l * f» '^t .• .1 P • !'**: t * f til- ill '/■
>.U'1\' 1:0'!i ^ i
.ii '1.1*1 ■"■ "! , .ii' rt- t"*\\ •»- r:'ur I'^ iu
M. N ' ■ r
\i .i:iU- -'OiTN. n'i i^J;)^» LK; ' ri 'i . ^ '4 L .,.■:,, 1 I'/iJ.i' t'.t' 1 i>t lv\ t .ri* til*-!
.. I lutt' JT jn. \ :i
:i 1 1 ^\t- iK i\- i;.-: :• <. . t t^- *
yt'ins ill ,1 <'\ « 1 \
III t'.» /'ill J I'.i)' fS U»' sa** ir liit^ l'.»\V^ -t \ «•:;']<• T'^' J o! ♦
tli(3 piic^t ] 'Miii;:' iTi it's liMvl a Icc. li* -s i*'vv^ •..■•'' i?' 'X- 'V
-J.;:i:Ja'^ \v< r;'.;, 'S/ / /A/ j/' f')( t fjar-p^t f/ •->' Ic y/' ' '''■'(-//. - 'y'<:cirf(^ ; *"'•
Ih tlu; Mpixn' a'\:-ii)U of onrh we JSCf tll'.i cIj )^i n a^^^t '.t v^^'l
!:< a.l r-ial tali of uv ( ! ac, la'arh'^r on L's ')<u !v tliv- ii- vly-r>r::i' '1 *■ v
Ki*- laaiv'li t»» '1 (^ I'ltip i^'stoT.i-s at tli** l»* i Irr of tl'C vii; v -. o- • i -
of tl>*^ St. l( N,.l clii'jf
Li the iratMU d'vi^ion we b( <? tiic jn'it.st lui^. *i ^ *• • •
wjs tl »;Ir Cll^u•lT). to Jr*\e avv;\v the ev'il s;*iiit: :*
Digitized by
Google
;,Nl
r^-
^•'■^.■y.'L
- , •-
•t f ^' -
.«
UaJU. • ,
■yi\
(•n. * .•' » .■
i -
r^ «.• :
^v*^ - •
-- r ,v.
V'?*' T I
-' ^
- ^
/;:.. >^-
,f
^^^'*.,
c-^^ .
r^
I ^^t-y-
t\ LL' .' * t^:./>"t. > ^ 'J^ '■"»r
Digitized by VnOOQ IC
THOMAB] EXPLANATION OF FIGURES IN THE PLATES. 67
immediately cauglit fire and burned rapidly. As soon as there was only
one brand left burning they announced it to the throng, and those who had
danced before assembled together and attempted to cross it, some passing
over without injury and some being slightly or seriously burned, imagining
that thus they prevented the plague and the anger of the gods, and to
avert the evil omens of the year, in the belief that nothing could be more
conciliating to their gods than this kind of sacrifice.
"This finished, they returned home to drink and intoxicate themselves;
for this was required by the custom of the feast and the heat of the fire.''
If we turn now to Plates 25, 26, 27, and 28 of the Dresden Codex and
study them carefully, I think we shall find enough there to warrant us in
deciding that they are intended to represent these four festivals.
In the first place, it is apparent that these four plates, which are copied
on our Plates V, VI, VII, VIII, all relate to the same subject, and that they
are quite different from those which precede or follow them.
In the second place, the left-hand day-column of each plate contains
but two days, and in each case these are the last two of the intercalated
days; those on Plate 25 (PI. V) being Eb and Ben, the last two days of the
Muluc years; on Plate 26 (PI. VI), Caban and Ezanab, the last two of the
Ix years; on Plate 27 (PL VII), Ik and Akbal, the last two of the Cauac
years; and those on Plate 28 (PI. VIII), Manik and Lamat, the last two of
the Kan years. A fact worthy of note in this connection is that each of
these days is repeated thirteen times, the exact number of each of these
years in a cycle.
In the third place, we see in the lowest compartment of each plate
the priest holding in his hand a headless fowl; agreeing exactly with
Landa's words, ^^degollavan una gallina y se la presentavan o offrecian^^ ; *Hhey
beheaded a fowl and presented it as an offering."
In the upper division of each we see the chosen assistant with the
head and tail of the Chac, bearing on his back the newly-formed image on
his march to the heap of stones at the border of the village, or to the house
of the selected chief.
In the middle division we see the priest burning incense, in order, as
was their custom, to drive away the evil spirit; the sign or glyph ''Ik" in
Digitized by
Google
68 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TBOANO.
the midst of the flame renders almost certain the correctness of this inter-
pretation.
This agreement in so many particulars between these plates and Landa's
statements is certainly sufficient to warrant us in assuming that the two refer
to the same things; that is, to the festivals held during the Umjeyah haab or
closing days of the diflterent years.
Before attempting to show the relation these plates of the Dresden
Codex bear to those of the Manuscript Troano, it will be necessary for me
to ask the reader to examine them carefully as I enter into more particular
details.
It is apparent from Landa's language that the festival of the last days
of one year was intended as a celebration of the new or incoming year;
that is to say, the festival of the last days of the Kan year was intended as
a celebration of the incoming Muluc year, and, in fact, did not close until
the first or second day of the latter. This being the case, we presume that
the plate containing the last two days of the Kan year, for example, repre-
sents the commencement of the Muluc .year, and that some, at least, of the
figures and characters shown on it refer to that year. Following up this
idea, I conclude that Plate 25, on which the days are Eb and Ben, the la^t
days of the Muluc year, refers to the commencement of, and may properly
be called the plate of the Ix years; that Plate 26 refers to the beginning of
the Cauac years, Plate 27 to the Kan years, and Plate 28 to the Muluc
years.
Taking for granted that this conclusion is correct — which I think few
if any will doubt — ^let us see what further can be deduced from it.
Landa, CoguUudo, and Perez tell us that each of the four dominical
days was referred by the Indians to one of the four cardinal points. As the
statements of these three authorities appear at first sight to conflict with
each other, let us see if we can bring them into harmony without resorting
to a violent construction of the language used. Perez's statement is clear
and distinct, and as it was made by one thoroughly conversant with the
manners and customs of the natives, and also with all the older authorities,
it is doubtless correct.
He says, ** the Indians made a little wheel in which they placed the initial
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB.] ASSIGNMENT OF YEARS TO THE CARDINAL POINTS. 69
days of the year. Kan at the east, Muluc at the north, Gix or Hix at the
west, and Gauac at the south, to be counted in the same order."^
The statement of CoguUudo, which agrees substantially with this, is as
follows: " They fixed the first year at the east, to which they gave the name
Cuch'haab; the second at the west, and called it Hiix; the third at ihe south,
named Cauac, and the fourth, Muluc, at the norths
Turning now to Landa's work (Relac. des Cosas, §§ XXXIV), we are
somewhat surprised to find the following language: "The first of these
dominical letters is Kan. The year having this character was the first, and
had for its sign the Bacab, the other names of which were Hobnil, Kanal-
Bacdb, Kan-pauah'tun, Kan-xib-chac. They placed this on the south side.
The second letter is Muluc, which is placed on the eastern side, and this year
has for its sign the Bacab, which is called Canzienal, Chacal-Bacab, Choc-
pauah'tun, Chac-xib-chac. The third of these letters is Yx. The sign during
this year was the Baccib named Zac-zini, Zacal-Bacab, Zac-pau^h-tun, Zac-xib-
choc, and it signified the northern side. The fourth letter is Cauac; the sign
of this year is the Bacab called Hozan-ek, Ekel-Bacab, Ek-paiuiJi-tun, Ek-
xib'Chac, which is assigned to the western side."^
This, as we see, places Kan at the south, Muluc at the east, Ix at the
north, and Cauac at the west, conflicting directly with the statements made
by Cogulludo and Perez. If we turn now to the descriptions of the four
feasts as given by Landa, and heretofore quoted, I think we shall find an
explanation of this difference. From his account of the feast at the com-
mencement of the Kan year (the intercalated days of the Cauac year), we
learn that first they made an idol called Kan-u-uayeyab, which they bore to
the heap of stones on the south side of the village; next they made a statue
of the god Bohn-Zacab, which they placed in the house of the elected chief,
* '^Estos indios pintavan nna nieda peqnefia, eu la coal ponian los cuatro geroglificos de los dias
con que principiava el afio, Kan al oriente, Muluc al norte, Hix al ponieutc, y Cauac al sor, para que se
contasen en el mismo orden." (Cronologia Antigna, J VII.)
^ '^La primera pnes de las letras doniinicales es Kan, El afio que esta letra servia era el aguero
del Bacdb que por otros nombres Uaman HobnU^ Kanal Bacahj Kan-pauah-tunj Kan-xih-chao. A este sefia-
lavan a la parte de medio dia. La segunda letra es Muluc sefialavanle al oriente, su afio era aguero el
Bacab que Uaman Canzienal^ Chacal Bacabj Chac-pauah-iun^ Chac-xib-chac. La fercera letra es Yx. Su afio
era aguero el Bacab que Uaman Zaczini-zacaU Bacdb, Zac-pauahtuny Zac-xibchac^ sefialavanle a la parte del
norte. La quatra letra esCktuw; su afio era aguero el Bacab que Uaman Eozanek, Ekel-Bacab, Ek-pauah-
tun, Ek-xib-chac; a este sefialavan a la parte del poniente."
Digitized by
Google
70 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
or chief chosen for the occasion. This done, they returned to the idol on
the southern stone heap, where certain religious ceremonies were performed,
after which they returned with the idol to the house, where they placed it
viS'drvis with the other — just as we see in the lower division of Plates XX-
XXIII of the Manuscript Troano. Here they kept constant vigil until the
unlucky days (Uayeb-Jiaab) had expired and the new Kan year appeared ;
then they took the statue of Bolon-Zacab to the temple and the other idol
to the heap of stones at the east side of the village, where it was to remain
during the year, doubtless intended as a constant reminder to the common
people of what year was passing.
Similar transfers were made at the commencement of the other years;
at that of Muluc, first to the east, then to the house, and then to its final
resting place on the north side; of Ix, first to the north, then to the west;^
of Cauac, first to the west, then to the south.
This movement agrees precisely with the order given by Perez; and
the final resting places of the idols for the year being the cardinal points of
the dominical days where he fixes them; that is, Kafi at the east; Muluc at
the north ; Ix at the west, and Cauac at the south.
There is therefore no real disagreement between the authorities on this
point.
If we turn now to Plate VI of the Manuscript Troano we find these
four characters in the spaces of the upper and middle divisions. No. 3
No.L No. 2. No. 3. No. 4.
Fig. 8.
is in the upper left-hand corner; No. 2 in the lower left-hand corner; No.
1 in the lower right-hand corner, and No. 4 in the upper right-hand cor-
ner. We find the same characters placed in the same order in the upper
and middle divisions of Plate VII and the upper division of Plate VII*.
They are also found in the comers of the spaces of Plates XVIII*, XXVI,
XXIX*, XXX*, XXXI*, and XXXII*, but not always in the same order.
^ BniBscur makes a mistake iu his truDslatiuD, giviug cast instead of west.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
U S G AND G SURVEY
MANUSCRIPT TROANO PL II
•^^
Dipitized by
Google
FAC-SIMILE OF PLATE XXI OF THE CODEX TROANO
■•t 1
Iii t^o r
\ .
• '. .1 ^
Hi .
«
Digitized by
Google
•m>- «(
1^ '
■V-
i \, *
■V
*/*'
ftc
•v r'
... ,'
'■ t
. V
t ^*
Digitized by VjOOQIC
TU0MA8.J CHAEA0TER8 FOR THE CARDINAL POINTS. 71
Turning to the **title page" of the same manuscript, we find that these are
the first four characters in the second transverse line.
The position of the characters on the plates mentioned led me, at an
early stage of my investigations, to believe they were intended to denote the
four cardinal points; but the fact that the order was not always the same,
and the apparent impossibility of finding words in the Maya lexicon agree-
ing with Landa's letter characters and at the same time denoting the cardi-
nal points, induced me for a time to doubt the correctness of this theory ;
but the discovery of th§ signification of these four plates of the Dresden
Codex induces me now to believe that this first impression was correct It is
possible these characters have also some other signification, but that they
are intended to designate the cardinal points I can no longer doubt.
In the last or lowest transverse line of characters on Plate 27 of the
Dresden Codex (our Plate VII) — the one relating to the close of the Cauac
and commencement of the Kan years — we find the character No. 1 (Fig. 8)
in close proximity with another character, which I will presently show signi-
fies "stone" or a "heap of stones." If this indicates a cardinal point it must
be south or east; if it refers to the place to which the idol was fii'st taken it
would then signify south, if to its last resting place it would then signify
east. In the corresponding line of Plate 28 (our Plate VIII) we find char-
acter No. 2; in that of 25 (our Plate V), character No. 3; in that of 26 (our
Plate VI), character No. 4. If we suppose these characters to indicate the
final resting places of the idols then character No. 1 would signify east, 2
north, 3 west, and 4 south; but if the first resting place, then character No.
1 would signify south, No. 2 east. No. 3 north, and No. 4 west. That Nos.
1 and 3 relate to the places of the rising and setting of the sun, I think is
evident from the following facts:
First. That these are the only two out of the four characters which
have anything similar in them.
Second. The lower half of each is precisely like the lower half of
Landa's symbol for the month Yaxkin, from which we may infer that it
signifies kin, **sun." This also agrees with the fact that the Maya words
for east and west (likin, chikin) both end with **kin," which signifies sun
or day. Although Landa gives this figure without the wing as the character
Digitized by
Google
72 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
for the letter "T," I think there can be no doubt that when combined with
the side wing it signifies '^sun" or *'day," both words being the same in the
Maya language. I find that Brasseur and Dr. Valentini' reached the same
conclusion respecting this character, which bears some resemblance to the
Mexican symbol for dayf ^^ V and a still closer resemblance to that for
year. | '* | I am satisfied, therefore, that these two characters refer to
the east and the west, and hence that the only point left for us to decide is,
which appertains to the east and which to the west This I think may be
determined from the plates of the Dresden Codex. If No. 1 on Plate 27
must there be either south or east, and our reasoning showing that it could
not be either south or north be correct, it follows that it must signify east,
the direction assigned to the Kan year, and that here it refers to the final
resting place of the idol Kan-'Ur Uayeyab.
If I am so far correct then character No. 1 (Fig. 8) signifies east. No.
2 north, No. 3 west, and No. 4 south.
If we turn now to Plates 46, 47, 48, 49, and 50 of this Codex we find
on each, two square groups or masses of character consisting of either five
or six transverse lines and four columns. One transverse line of each group
is composed of these four characters, which, as I believe, are here used to
indicate the cardinal points. Assuming my interpretation of them to be
correct, it will be necessary to read these lines from right to left to obtain
the order given by Perez; for example the lines on these plates read, as
the characters stand, thus:
First group, Plate 46. — North, east, south, west.
Second group, Plate 46. — West, north, east, south.
First group, Plate 47. — North, east, south, west.
Second group, Plate 47. — West, north, east, south.
First group, Plate 48. — North, east, south, west
Second group, Plate 48. — West, north, east, south.
And the same on Plates 49 and 50. Reading these from the right to
the left we have the order given by Perez, but the initial days will be as
* Albo Rosny.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB] ASSIGNMENT OF DAYS TO THE CARDINAL POINTS. 73
follows: for the groups marked "first," Ix, and for those marked "second,"
Gauac, and the order in which they succeed each other, as follows:
1st Ix, Cauac, Kan, Muluc.
2d. Cauac, Kan, Muluc, Ix.
The first agrees exactly with the order of the days referred to by
Plates 25-28 of this Codex, and the second precisely with Plates XX-
XXIII of the Manuscript taken in reverse order to the paging. The first
also agi'ees exactly with the order in which the first four chai'acters in the
second line of the title page of the Manuscript come, if read from left to
right as the numbers above them indicate. If we turn to Plate XXXII* of
the last-mentioned Manuscript^ we will see that the left-hand column of the
upper division consists of the four dominical days placed in the following
order, reading from the top downward: Ix, Cauac, Kan, Muluc, precisely in
the order of the four plates of the Dresden Codex; we also find in the space
of this division the characters which I have supposed mark the cardinal
points, but placed as shown here.
Landa, speaking of the ceremonies connected with the making of idols
of wood, remarks (p. 308) that "they offered incense to the four gods
called Acantunes, which they had placed at the four parts of the world" (the
four cardinal points). But these were of stone, as we have already learned
from the extracts referring to the festivals of the supplemental days.
In the lowest division of Plate XXV* there are four idols over which
are these four characters; the first, or left-hand one, is the headless figure
seen on Plate XXIII, the character over it that which denotes the west;
the second the spotted dog seen on Plates XX and XXI, the character over
it signifies the north; the third a monkey, possibly the same as seen in the
lower division of Plate XXI, the character over it the east; the fourth a
bird, the character over it the south.
1 Roman numerals refer to the plates of the Manoscript ; Arabics to those of the Codex.
Digitized by
Google
74 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
There are other plates on which these characters appear to indicate
the cardinal points, but what has been given is suflScient to show the evi-
dence upon which I base my opinion as to the meaning of the characters.
The presence of these on Plates 25-28 of the Oodex, in the manner there
given, is perhaps the surest guide as to the quarters to which they respect-
ively belong; the fact they are so often found occupying the four corners
of the spaces of the plates of the Manuscript is what leads us to suspect
that they indicate the cardinal points. The chief, and, so far as I can see,
the only objection to this interpretation is the occasional change of order
in the spaces; but, as we have seen, this seldom, if ever, occurs where they
are in a line. The chief doubt is as to the points assigned them.
If my explanation is correct, then it is possible that the Maya words
which they represent are as follows :
No. 1 (Fig. 8), Likin, ^^east" No. 2, Xaman, "north."
No. 3, Chikiriy "west." No. 4, Ma-yam^ "the middle of the earth"
(south), or Nohol, "south."
The inverted character for Ahau in No. 3, and that for Manik in No. 1,
may raise an objection in the minds of some to this interpretation, but the
reader must bear in mind that I do not yet insist that these characters are
the symbols for the words above given. They may refer to priests, uten-
sils, or other things connected with or used during religious ceremonies;
for example. No. 3 may be the symbol for Ahkin, "priest," No. 4, for Mayac,
"table"; No. 2 for Anij the sacred stone used in casting the horoscope, &c.,
but at the same time these, by the relative positions they occupy during
ceremonies, may serve to indicate the cardinal points, and hence the days.
This being the case, the characters, by long usage for this purpose, would
ultimately become the symbols of this secondary signification.
RefeiTing again to Landa's account of the festivals, here-
tofore quoted, we observe that one of the idols was finally
placed on the heap of stones at the margin of the village In
the lowest division of each of the plates — 25-28 of the Co-
^^* ^' dex — we see an idol resting on a character like this (Fig. 9);
the idol on Plate 25, with a head somewhat similar to that of the Tlaloc
Digitized by
Google
•'-^-.^ r,.
i #».
\
. ■,"■■ -t'
■" '' ■
' '
1 .'. '^'*"'
.^•'
■ ■C.
-:"•; . Jf.
i ' .
• •*^- ».. ,
-■* ■
* 'j^
A- ■
>
.'
■ V ' .i
' \ ■*■
.i"v«
. ■ • f 'i •
% -J y
r-
■;
■? •-
• .'>,..,
• ' ' -i> .
'-
- -f.J
!•- r • ^^.
f .
. t '
•«*.*
•r* ' •'-
i. ,
■•
•
w.. ^V^v^s
:"'■■,• ^i r^'
J-*.--^* «,' '^
-^V j^ ^'
. . i* •■.
" ■*".-'>'• *
,
*
"^*: / i *
«.
■ '
■/
» - .'.•■ *.. .- .<
>.
t'^
...'♦.(. ■♦■ * <
*>*••*.
^V.-,. ..
, .
^ -r •;■
f* •'"" ;
~j ' f '
^:"<:> ■
\
*-^--
,
'
: <<i:"^'
U'i'r'
- V. L'--' ^ ■' ■■*■
A..^
Digitized by
. f \
Google
. i \
.1 • . :
Digitized by
Google
U.S.G.AND G. SURVEY
MANUSCRIPT TROANO PL. III.
FAC-SIMILE OF PLATE XXII OF THE CODEX TROANO .
.3.1^ y Google
Digitized by
Google
TH0MA8J EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 75
figures in the Manuscript; those on Plates 26, 27, and 28 apparently
part of the trunk of a tree clothed, and around which a serpent is coiled.
From this fact I infer that the character signifies a "stone" or "stone-heap."
The same character is also found under the figures placed opposite each
other in the lower divisions of Plates XX-XXIII of the Manuscript, the
only exception being that under the left figure in the lower division of
Plate XXII. I had, from a study of the character itself, come to the con-
clusion, previous to the discovery of the signification of the four plates of
the Codex, that it was the symbol for stone, especially for the stone used
in marking the divisions between periods of time. I was led to this con-
clusion by a careful comparison of Landa's symbol for the month Pax with
other similar characters in the Manuscript. If I am correct in this opinion,
then the character probably represents one of the two Maya words Piz, sig-
nifying "a stone serving to form the divisions in a Katun or cycle," or Ppic,
"stones placed one upon another, serving to count the intervals in the
cycles." We find this character, as before remarked, in the lower trans-
verse lines of the plates of the Codex, in close proximity to the symbols of
the cardinal points, which agrees very well with Landa's statement.
In the third or lowest division of Plate 27 we see the figure of a fish
on two Kans, which are in a vessel. This probably represents the "angel"
placed on the "palo" or litter "as a sign of water;" though it is possible it
simply denotes one of the offerings made to the idol before which it is
placed. It is worthy of note that a similar figure is found in the second
character of the fifth line of the title-page of the Manuscript ; but, in this
case, it is in the column which has the symbol for "south" as its second
character. As Plate 27 of the Codex relates to the close of a Cauac year,
as well as to the commencement of a Kan year, the presence of this figure
in these places agrees very well with the interpretation above given.
Although we have by no means exhausted our explanation of the four
plates of the Codex, we are now prepared to compare them with the four
of the Manuscript, and will proceed to make the comparison, reserving
what further interpretations we have to give of them to a subsequent part
of our paper.
There are four plates in each, relating to the four dominical days or
Digitized by
Google
76 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
year bearers, aod the days used to designate the years are repeated thirteen
times on each plate; in the Codex, the last two days of the year are selected
for this piupose ; in the Manuscript the first only, but even here we see the
symbols of the terminal days in the transverse line between the two spaces.
The idols in each are placed on the same character — that which I have
interpreted as signifying the "stone" or "stone heap" used to mark the
divisions of time. The serpent appears in three plates of each work, and is
wanting in the fourth, the latter in both cases being that which relates chiefly
to the Ix years. At the bottom of the lower division of Plate 28 (Codex)
we see a figure resembling the leg of a deer bound by a double cord ; a
similar figure appears at the upper left-hand corner of the lower division of
Plate XX (Manuscript), our Plate I. I think it is evident ttiat Brasseur
was right in interpreting this as the symbol of the Maya word hau, "the
quarter of a deer or other animal,*' from Landa's statement in his account of
the festival of the Kan year — ^^davan al sacerdote una pierna de venadOy^
"they gave the priest a leg of venison."
It is true that this figure is found, in the Codex, in the plate supposed
to relate to the Muluc year, while in the Manuscript it is in that which
applies to the Ix year, and that in Landa it is mentioned in connection with
the ceremonies of the Kan year ; but this is not sufficient to destroy the
value of these coincidences in our eflFort to interpret these plates. For, in
the first place, there is no reason for supposing the Codex relates to the
same time and place as the Manuscript ; in the second place, each of the
plates in both works appears to refer, in part, to two years ; in the third
place, Landa's description is not sufficiently exact and minute to make the
comparison full and complete. I may also add that, while the plates of the
Codex appear to relate only to the ceremonies of the supplemental days, those
of the Manuscript apparently refer to other festivals, especially those held at
the close and commencement of long periods of time. For example, what
is symbolized by the two left-hand figures of the upper division of Plate
XXII of the Manuscript appears to be represented in Plate 30 of the Codex.
The Uayeyab idols of the two works are certainly different from each
other, though I think it very doubtful whether the figures in either are true
representatives of the images ; possibly those on the Codex plates are.
Digitized by
Google
TiioMAB.] EXPLANATION OF FIGURES ON THE FOUR PLATES. 77
A careful comparison of the chief figure in the lowest division of Plate
27 of the Codex with the left-hand figure in the lower division of Plate
XXIII of the Manuscript convinces me that the two are intended as sym-
bols of the same idea or as representatives of the same person. That the
former is essentially diflferent from the corresponding figures on Plates 25,
26, and 28 is apparent to any one who will take the trouble to compare
them. The cape is here in front instead of on the back. The anklets and
bracelets — which appear to be used as tokens of caste — are different from
the others. There is also a wide variation in the head-dress, which, together
with the exposed bone of the lower jaw, the docked nose, and lines of dots
on the limbs, indicate that this priest is here representing Death or the god
of Death. A cursory examination of other plates of both works where the
same figures will be found is sufficient to satisfy any one of the correctness
of this opinion. I refer the reader who may have the works at hand to
Plates XXX, XXXIV, IIP, XXIP, XXX*, XXXIP of the Manuscript, and
also Plates 6, 11, 12, 18, 45,* and 53 of the Codex.
A somewhat similar figure is borne on the back of the Chac in the
upper division of Plate 28 of the Codex, on which we see the same brace-
lets, head-dress, exposed jaw-bone, and lines of dots. Landa states, as will
be seen by reference to his account of the festivals of the intercalated days
heretofore given, that at the commencement of the Cauac year they carried,
among other things, a **dead man." According to the interpretation given,
Plate 27 refers to the close of the Cauac and commencement of the Kan
year, and 28 to the close of the Kan and commencement of the Muluc
year, which would place this ceremony in the year following that given by
Landa.
Referring now to Plate XXIII of the Manuscript, which relates in part
at least to the Cauac years, we see in the lower left-hand corner of the lower
division a white figure with the same anklets and bracelets; and, although
portly and apparently clothed with flesh, the ribs denoting death are plainly
marked. A hand is stretched out as if to catch the skull, which is dropping
from the head-dress that arises out of the earthen vessel.
I note the following additional items in which they correspond; in the
Digitized by
Google
78 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
canopies, or whatsoever they may be, behind the sitting priests in the mid-
dle divisions of the four plates of the Codex we observe this figure
a St. Andrew's cross, surrounded by the usual circle — those on Plates 26
and 28 with the cross white on a black ground. Precisely the same figures
are found on three of the plates of the Manuscript, those on XX and XXIII
with black ground and white cross.
In the lowest transverse line of characters of each of the four plates
of the Codex, we find, as heretofore remarked, a symbol of one of the
cardinal points. The same thing is true of the plates of the Manuscript, as
will be seen by examining the lowest transverse line above the upper space.
The head of the Ara is seen on Plate 28 of the Codex in the same
space (lowest division) as the bound "leg of venison." The two are in the
Manuscript (Plate XX, lower division), but here the whole bird is figured.
In the upper division of Plate XX we notice issuing from the mouth
of the dog two lines of dots each terminating in a little circle or circular
dot. In the lower division of Plate 25 of the Codex we see two similar
dotted lines arising from the severed neck of the bird. In both works these
peculiar lines are on the Ix plates only.
Such are the chief resemblances between the plates of the two works.
Some, it is true, are those of common occurrence, and taken alone would
not be sufficient evidence to indicate that the plates relate to the same sub-
ject: but when we take all the resemblances into consideration, especially
the more important ones mentioned, I think there can be but little doubt
left upon the mind of any one that these four plates of the two works, in
great part, at least, relate to the same subject — the festivals described by
Landa as occurring at the close of the years. To which year or years a
given plate refers I admit is a point in regard to which there is yet some
uncertainty. This necessarily leaves us in some doubt respecting the proper
assignment of the cardinal or direction symbols; but this fact does not
affect the general correctness of my conclusions as to the subject-matter of
these plates and the meaning of the figures and characters.
Leaving the further consideration of the plates of the Codex to a future
page, I will now call attention to other figures and characters on the four
Digitized by
Google
K X
'■>
^••Wi', i
^ V.V'^ r< ' . . . . ...
*r>'i ^ - ..■••■
r/>. '"?"" 1 ' . -.' : ' .' i
■,■ "'..if ' .■> ■**.',*■■•<-." •■ .
Tf ^i-'' .,y"w*C»
IJ: :
\
Digitized by
f \L : n f ' -' p../ ' \ A
Google
:■* ' \ \ ;
. 1
r- i;
1' .
(^
. . /
;! .. K
I' .\
't •
I '» ' (
• 1. . I
.1
W »1 -.;
.M ■ 'I ■ ' • 1 * . t A
■s ))'-.' \» 1- : ■ , ' ' jt ;Mi'> , li Tin- 1 ' . I ,> . I, .' ^
■ t:-', "I I *!•; -'v .;..'.•( < jp ■>. ^ -^ \rti. ^ivr-.*
• lir ^ ■ ' . f i'' .' .\'t - .»i tti-' tv t- ^\ ;".l ., '1
. .- 1'- 'ii ^,'" .«* rowl.t ] '. J "T'l : * ^- ;.l ]"'!
1 .
f '
- . t f'u \\'h X "w u hi
'• : ^ ''.b'U'.i! cMjr^u't ,'1 s <'>n ti ' t -rr
Digitized by
Google
U S.G. AND. G. SURVEY
MANUSCRIPT TROANO PL. IV.
T. Smdair k So&Xidk.
Digitized by
FAC-SIMILE OF PLATE XXIII OF THE CODEX TROANO.
Google
.OF
^_
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS. 1 EXPLANATION OF FIGUEBS ON THE FOUE PLATES. 79
plates of the Manuscript and give the signification of them so far as I have
been able to make this out. I will start with the assumption that the con-
clusion drawn from the comparison just made — that they relate in part at
least to the festivals of the supplemental days — is connect; and as affording
additional evidence, I first call attention to the following facts: Landa, in his
account of the ceremonies relating to the Muluc year, remarks that ^Hhe
devil commanded them to offer squirrels and a cloth cover (or cloth orna-
ment), without embroidery, woven by the old women whose office it was to
dance in the temple for the purpose of appeasing the god Yax-coc-AhmuV^
In the upper division of Plate XXI (that relating to the Muluc year)
we see this cloth, which we judge from the figure was to be worn by the
priests. It is plain and without ornamentation, save what is on the strips
at the side.
The same account, as will be seen by reference to the quotation in full
heretofore made, mentions that "among other things performed at this festi-
val was a ballet or dance executed on very high stilts" (en muy altos zancos).
In the upper division of the same plate (XXI) we see one of the dancers
on stilts.
It also states that "they were required to present dogs of burnt clay
bearing bread on the back"; that "the old women were obliged to dance
with these dogs in their hands, and to sacrifice to the god a little dog with
black shoulders." In the lower division of the same plate we observe three
figures of small unspotted dogs, two of which are seated on human feet,
which is doubtless intended to denote that they are carried during the
dance. To the right is another figure of a dog marked with large black
spots, and bearing on its back the symbol of Ymix or Imix mounted on
that of Kan.
It is true these figures do not agree exactly with Landa's description,
as he does not appear to refer to the two classes of dog images — the plain
and the spotted — but to the latter only. But we may expect this writer,
who mentions these things more incidentally than otherwise, to be more or
less confused where so many particulars are to be remembered, especially
if his work was written in Spain, where he had necessarily to rely to a
great extent upon his memory. But the fact that these figures are found on
Digitized by
Google
80 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
the plate that relates to the Muluc years; the peculiarly marked dog, bearing
these symbols on its back; the little dog images on the feet, together with
the agreement in other particulars, are sufficient to warrant us in concluding
that these figures relate to the ceremonies he describes. Taking the figures
and statement together I conclude that the little plain dog-images, three of
which are represented, were those canded during the dance, while the
spotted one bearing the characters on its back — of which there is but a
single figure — represents that which was to be sacrificed. In the collection
of pottery made by Colonel Stevenson in 1880 among the Pueblos of New
Mexico, are quite a number of plain little animal images, chiefly those of
birds, which he informs me were used in Hke manner by the Indians of
these pueblos.
If I am correct in this interpretation, we will then be warranted in con-
cluding that the double character (Fig. 10) signifies **bread," doubtless
* * bread of maize." Taken separately we know that the upper is used
as the symbol of the day Ymix or Imix, and the lower of Kan;
but the primary significations of these words, or rather the words
Fig. 10. that these symbols stand for, is somewhat doubtful. Perez gives no
definition of the former, neither in his lexicon nor Cronologia. Brasseur
gives the following signification in his Vocabulary — ''Deep pit; issue from
a focus or of the breast"; but in a note to the Cronologia (§ II) he makes
this remark: ''YmiXj written Imox in the Quiche Calendar, in that of Chiapas
is represented under the image of a marine monster of a peculiar form; it
is the Cvpactli of the Mexican Calendar, given by Nufiez de la Vega, as the
first father of the race of these countries." The latter {Kan) has several
significations, such as **a cord or string of henequin," "yellow," "a certain
measure," '* red earth," **clay," &c. He also gives as other meanings, "in-
creased," "elevated," "manifest," "consolidated," &c. But I judge from
Perez's language that the ancient signification was somewhat uncertain.
The Maya word for "maize" is Ixim^ and I am strongly inclined to
believe that Imix is but a synonym, also that the symbol was originally
used to signify this great food plant. I think it also probable that the sym-
bol for Kan was used originally to represent the "grain" of corn, hence the
gathered and stored com or ears, and that the name was derived from the
Digitized by ^ ...... -.^
Google
THOMABj CHABACTERS YMIX AND KAN. 81
yellow or golden color. On Plates XIX* and XX* of the second part of the
Manuscript — ^lowest division — we observe women bearing burdens on their
backs in baskets; the substance carried by three out of six is represented
by Kan symbols, and is probably gathered maize.
It is worthy of notice that one of the names of tlieir chief deity Zamna
or Itzamna, is Itzen-caan, signifying the *'dew of heaven," or '^substance
from heaven." Jfeen and Itzam are given by the lexicons as equivalents,
and tzeny and its derivatives, contains throughout the idea of food or that
which sustains life. Ixkan-Leox was the name of a female divinity supposed
to be the spouse of Zamna; the signification of the name, according to
Brasseur, is " CeUe de la fronde jaune atix grains de mais^^\ in other words, the
" silk." In the upper division of Plate 19 (Codex) is the figure of a woman
bearing the same characters on her back,* one above another, as on the Manu-
script plate. Just behind her is the figure of a man or male deity, which I
judge from the long beard to be Kukulcan, or Zamna, bearing on his back
the same two characters. From these facts and others which might be
mentioned I am satisfied there was an intimate connection in the minds of
this people between maize and this deity.
The two symbols in this form (Fig. 11), and also in reverse order, some-
times with and sometimes without the accompanying char-
acters over them, are of very frequent occurrence in the
Manuscript and Codex. That characters similar to the ac-
companying ones here shown are used in the Mexican Codi- ^^* ^^'
ces to represent cakes of bread or tortillas is well known; whether they have
the same signification in this connection is a point that will be discussed
hereafter.
Our next step will be to determine, if possible, which of the figures shown
on these plates represent the Uayeyab idols. As we have already shown,
there were, according to Landa, four of these, as follows: Kan-u-Uayeyab^
for the Kan years; Chac-u-TJayeyab, for the Muluc years; Zac-u-Uayeyaby
for the Ix years, and Ek-u- Uayeyab, for the Cauac years. We may assume,
I think, without any fear of being in error, that the left-hand figures in the
lowest division of the four plates of the Codex are intended as representa-
tives of these images. They are the only ones placed on the stone-heap
6 M T
Digitized by
Google
82 A STUDY OF THE MAIfUSCBIPT TEOANO.
symbol ; three of them are exactly alike, and to them the priests are offering
the decapitated fowls.
Turning to the plates of the Manuscript we find the question more diffi-
cult to solve; first, because there are on each plate (except one) two figures
seated on stone symbols; and second, because these figures are wholly dif-
ferent from those in the Codex. I think there can be no doubt that one of
each of these pairs represents one of these idols. But which one? The
one not seated on the symbol is that at the left of the lower division of Plate
XXII. We may therefore assume that the white figure at the right with a
sinuous line down the face, and seated on the stone symbol is the idol Kan-
UrUayeydb or Chac-VrUayeyab ; the former, if the ceremonies here shown
refer to the commencement of the Kan year, the latter if they refer to the
close. As the corresponding figure on Plate XXIII (Cauac year) bears on
its head the Kan symbol it most likely represents the former, and that on
Plate XXII the latter. The corresponding figure on Plate XXI varies con-
siderably from the other two noticed; still there is sufficient resemblance to
induce me to decide that it (the one at the right in the lower division) is the
Uayeyab idol — Chac-u-Uayeyab or Zac-u-Uayeyab.
The figures on Plate XX present still greater difficulty, if possible, that
on the right being wholly different from the others. As this plate refers to
the Ix years we should expect this variation, having found such to be the
case on the Codex plates, and would decide at once, notwithstanding this
difference, that it represented the Uayeyab idol, were it not for certain facts
to be noticed. During the festival of the Ix years one of the images made
represented the god Yzamna or Itzamna. Whether this deity was identical
with Kukulcan or not is a question in reference to which the authorities are
undecided. If we assume they are identical, the beard on the figure at the
right would lead us to conclude that it was intended to represent this deity.
But, on the other hand, the bird with the protruded tongue seated on the
head-dress of the figure at the left is one of the symbols of Quetzalcoatl,
the equivalent of Kukulcan. We also observe that the Ara, the sun emblem,
is immediately opposite the latter, toward which he is pointing his fingers,
which is a well-known symbol of Itzamna. Taking all these facts into
consideration, I conclude that the figure to the right is the Uayeyab idol,
Digitized by
Google
U, S. G, AND G. SURVEY.
MANUSCRIP7 TROANOPl. V,
Fac Sjmilb op Plate 25 op the Dresden Codex.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
TH0MA8.I EXPLANATION OF FIGURES ON PLATE XXIII. 83
and that the one at the left represents Itzamna, whom I believe to be a dis-
tinct personage from Kukulcan. I have been unable to arrive at a satis-
factory conclusion in regard to the opposite or left-hand figures on the other
plates, except that on Plate XXIII, which I think represents the god of
death.
We will now turn to the upper division of Plate XXIII and examine
some of the figures contained in it. Near the left margin is the figure of a
headless trunk marked with dotted lines and little circles; on it is the sym-
bol of Caban and the figure of a machete. It is probable that this repre-
sents the body of the *'dead man" which Landa says was carried during
the festival of the Cauac years, as the dotted lines and circlets thereon cor-
respond with that borne by the Chac in the upper division of Plate 28 of
the Codex. As the festival of the Cauac years was observed during the
closing days of the Ix yeai's — those with which, according to the theory I
have advanced, the lustres, ahaues, and cycles closed — I think it probable
this figure is intended to signify the close of one of these periods, possibly
the first, as this appears to be the idea signified in the Codex. I am fully
aware of the difficulty of reconciling this explanation with the fact tliat this
figure appears on the plate in the Codex which apparently refers to the
Muluc years and is* marked by the terminal days of the Kan years. But
this fact will not warrant the rejection of my interpretation, as the error, if
there is one, relates to the order in which I have arranged the years. I
would also suggest that it is possible the calendars of the two works are not
precisely alike — one may commence the series with a different year from
that with which the other begins; in fact, the order of the plates in the two
works seems to indicate this. It can scarcely be doubted that 25 of the
Codex corresponds with XX of the Manuscript, yet that in the Codex is first
while that of the Manuscript is the last of the four (the order here being, as
I have shown, the reverse of the paging). The year in which the figure
appears, according to the Manuscript, corresponds with Landa's statement,
while that of the Codex does not. If we decide that the series of years
commenced with Kan and ended with Cauac, the interpretation would still
agree with the Manuscript and Landa, as then we would have to suppose
that Plate XXIII refers chiefly to the close of the Cauac and commence-
ment of the Kan years.
Digitized by
Google
84 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
In the lower left-hand comer of the same division we observe the figure
of a deity, with a fiery red face, marked as the symbol for Ahau, bearing
in his hand a torch and on his head what appears to be two Mttle wings
This I presume represents Kinch-Ahau-Itzamna (Kinch-Ahau, the lord of
the mouth or eye of the sun or day), one of the idols made during the
festival of the Ix years. Here it appears to be sinking out of sight below
the western horizon, casting back its fiery rays as indicated by the torch.
As it belongs to the Ix year, which is here brought to a close, it would of
course be retired. The headless figure immediately above it, and the Caban
or Cab which signifies "to descend" or "sink below," and the signification
of the blue figure, as heretofore explained, all agree exactly with this in-
terpretation. The wings [if such they be] on the head probably refer to
the Ara, the sun token. The bird in the center, seated on the head-dress,
may possibly represent or symbolize the "burnt bird," or "bird reduced to
ashes" (the meaning of the original is very obscure), of which Landa speaks;
the bill in the figure, it is true, is scarcely appropriate for a rapacious bird,
which the Ktich appears to have been, but exact representations ai-e not to
be expected in this work.
The color appropriate to the Cauac year (the one assigned to the
south), as indicated by the Maya word Ek, was black; according, with this,
the large figure at the right of the upper space, and the bird in the lower
space, are of this color.
The serpent, we know, was a symbol used in the Mexican Calend^u* to
denote a long period of time, especially the cycle of 52 years. It is also a
prominent figure on these plates of the Manuscript, being found, in three of
them, coiled under the clay vessels. (See both divisions of XXI, XXII,
and XXIII.) Under each of the vessels in XXIII, and that of the upper
division of XXII, it is in two coils; in the lower division of the latter the
head is thrust out, apparently in compliance with the solicitation of the
white personage to the right ; on Plate XXI (both divisions) but one coil
remains; and on Plate XX we see nothing more of it. What is it designed
to represent on these plates ? That it is a symbol of some period of time
will scarcely be doubted ; but what period ?
Digitized by
Google
™oMA«.) THE SEBPENT SYMBOL. 85
Turning to the plates of the Codex, we find that it appears there also
on but three out of the four, being absent in both cases on the page refer-
ring to the Ix years. We also observe that on each plate of the Manuscript
where the serpent appears the vessels bear Kan symbols.
It is evident, from what has already been shown, that the four plates
in each work are intended to cover exactly one cycle. This is proven by
the fact that on each the day symbols are repeated thirteen times. It is
true that the period embraced by the plates of the Manuscript does not coin-
cide with any one cycle, but it covers the thirteen different years of each
of the four dominical days, giving them in regular order, thus making one
complete cycle. The design in the Codex appears to be to indicate in a
general manner the character of the feasts of the supplemental days only, and
to show by the thirteen day-sjrmbols that this is to be applied to all the years
of the cycle ; while the plates of the Manuscript are apparently designed to
give the same general idea, but at the same time to refer to a specific period,
and also that this period shall include the close and commencement of the
two great periods; hence the years are specified in the latter, while they
are not in the former; the latter also includes allusions to other festivals
than those of the Uayeyab.
Taking for granted, then, that these plates are intended to cover one
cycle, and that the serpent denotes a period of time, the natural presump-^
tion would be that it here represents a cycle, for, although we find evident
allusion to the Ahau in these plates of the Manuscript, we see nothing of
the kind in those of the Codex.^
We might very reasonably suppose those on the plates of the Codex
indicated the year, but a close inspection of that on Plate 26 will show that
it differs considerably from the other two, is evidently in a dying condition,
and is marked with the fatal dotted line. I can see no reason for this dif-
ference if they were used, to denote the year, and, aside from this, the fact
that each one of the idols around which they are coiled is crowned with four
leaves, indicating the four dominical days, would seem to forbid this inter-
pretation, which certainly cannot be applied to those in the Manuscript.
1 The reader will understand that the word '< plates" in this connection is to be understood as
meaning only the foar of which I have been treating.
Digitized by
Google
86 • A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TBOANO.
If they refer to the cycle, then each coil will denote two Indications, a
supposition with which the pyramid of four steps on Plate XXII (to which
I will presently allude) agrees very well. A fact worthy of notice in this
connection is that, proceeding with the pages in the order I have adopted,
we find on XXIII, where Cauac is the ruling day, the two coils are com-
plete; on the lower or closing division of XXII, where Kan is the ruling
day, one coil is partially withdrawn; on XXI, where Muluc is the day,
there is but one coil; and on XX, where Ix — the year with which the cycle
closes — ^is referred to, there is none.
The most serious objection to this theory is that if any allusion to the
Indications were intended there should be four coils instead of two, as there
are four of these periods in a cycle. But the serpent may be used here only
as the symbol of the cycle and the coils may have no particular significa-
tion; still I think they do have, as there are two to each on the Codex
plates, and that they denote the two halves of the cycle. Landa mentions
the fact that the two halves of the Ahau were specially noted by the Indians.
It is possible that on the Codex each serpent represents the series of
years of one dominical day included in one cycle; that is to say, one
column of a cycle as given in the previous tables. I have been led to make
this suggestion from what I find on Plate 43 of the Borgian Codex.
Here we see four serpents,^ coiled so as to form the sides of a square,
and the four squares brought together so as to bring the heads to the center.
On the body of each is a series of circles representing as I believe years;
counting the small subcaudal one, there are exactly thirteen on each ser-
pent
Each of these serpent figures may represent an Indication, but the
figure and the day signs in the spaces and the order in which they stand
incline me to believe that they relate to the series under the respective
dominical days. The five day signs in the spaces are doubtless the five
added days — this can, I presume, easily be determined ; but as I have not
entered upon the study of the Mexican Calendar, and have not the proper
works at hand for this purpose, I leave this for others to decide. In the
upper right-hand square the inclosed figure is black, reminding us of the
^ These are really monsters, as they are represented with anterior limbs.
Digitized by
Google
U, S, G. AND G. SURVEY.
MANUSCRIPT TROANOPL VI.
^ >
J
f^HorK)li¥cCixN.Y
Fac Simile of Plate 26 of the Dresden Codex.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
THOMABi EXPLANATION OF FIGUEES ON PLATES XX-XXIIL 87
black figure in Plate XXIII of the Manuscript. In front of each inclosed
figure, and immediately over the head of the serpent, is an urn. The snout
of each serpent is crowned with a plume-tipped process. These resem-
blances, notwithstanding the otherwise great dissimilarity of the figures of
this plate of the Borgian Codex to those of the other two works, render it
quite probable that they relate to the same general subject.^ I think it
very probable that the serpent was sometimes used to symbolize the Ahau,
as for example on Plates 33, 34, 35, and 69 of the Dresden Codex; that on
Plate 33 to denote the 6th Ahau, that on 34 the 3d; that on 35 the 8th, and
that on 69 the 10th. The lustres are evidently indicated on the last by
the colors.
Turning again to the plates of the Manuscript, we notice the figure of
an animal of some kind mounted on the right-hand personage in the upper
division of XXI, XXII, and XXIII. The peculiar form of the eye shows
these to be quadrupeds. They are doubtless mounted on these individuals
to show that they are Chacs, corresponding with those in the upper division
o/ the Codex plates.
We may as well call attention here to the fact that several of these
things which appear on the other plates and seem to be equally applicable
to all the years alike, are wanting on Plate XX, which relates to the Ix
years. For example, the serpent is wholly wanting here; there is no animal
denoting the Chac, and one at least of the clay vessels is missing. What
does this signify ? I confess that I am somewhat at a loss how to account
for it, but, from my examinations and what has been ascertained, am dis-
posed to explain it by the fact that Ix is the closing year of the lusters and
cycles, and that the things mentioned, being symbols of one or the other of
these periods or depending upon them, properly disappear with this year.
If this view be correct, it will probably enable us to assign a signification to
the large (supposed) red-clay vessels placed on the serpent coils in Plates
XXI-XXIII. Uayeb'haab or Uayeyah (the latter is but a contraction of the
'In a pamphlet by Sr. J. M. Melgar, of Vera Crnz, entitled ''A comparative view of the sym-
bolical signs of the Ancient Systems of Theogony and Cosmogony, and those existing in the Mexican
MSS., as published by Eingsborough, and the alto-relievos on a wall in Chichen-Itza/' 1872, which Dr.
Foreman, of the Smithsonian, has very kindly t^janslated for me, I find a somewhat different interpreta-
tion of this plate of the Borgian Codex. This will bo found in my Appendix No. 2.
Digitized by
Google
88 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
former) signifies the "bed of the year." As the vessels are placed on the
serpent, and hence cannot represent incense-burners, it is not impossible that
they are symbols of the idea expressed in these Maya words.
The character C q LLUJ^ «> which, according to Landa is the hieroglyph
for the letters, which in Maya signifies "vase" (also "moon"), is common on
the vase-figures throughout the work; but on these vessels we notice parts of
other characters which together with the one given may be the symbols for
Uayeyab. This I admit is a mere supposition, but it does not appear to be a
forced one; moreover, the following explanation by Perez may serve to
strengthen it: "They called them [the added days] also uayab or uayeb-
haaby which may be interpreted in two different ways. The word uayab may
be derived from uay which means 'bed^ or * chamber,' presuming the Indians
believed the year to rest during those days; or uayab may equally be derived
from another signification of tmy^ viz: 'to be destroyed,' * wounded,' 'cor-
roded by the caustic juice of plants,' or with ley and other strong liquids."^
I think it probable that these are cinerary urns, given as symbolic rep-
resentations of the idea that the years have closed — are dead — ^and as th©
ashes of the dead rest in the urns so the ashes of the years may be said to
rest in these vessels. This idea appears to be borne out by the fact that
the vessel in the middle division of Plate 28 of the Codex, which appears to
correspond to these of the Manuscript, has on it the figure of cross-bones,
on the top of which are placed three Kan symbols.
Stephens in his "Yucatan" mentions the fact that it is the custom of the
Indians to gather up the bones of the dead and preserve them in baskets,
boxes, and other similar vessels. He mentions one case where "they were
clean and bright as if polished, with the skuU and cross-bones in front, the
legs and arms laid on the bottom," &c.^ It is more than probable that this
custom was handed down from ancient times.
What the Kan symbols contained in these vessels signify is a question
that puzzles me, and which I have so far been unable to answer satisfacto-
rily. In the Manuscript we see three in both vessels of Plate XXIII;
three in the upper and two in the* lower division of Plate XXII; also three
in the upper and two in the lower division of Plate XXI, but the top one
» Appendix to " Stepbens^s Yucatan," I, 437. « Vol. I, p. 417.
Digitized by
Google
THOMi^l MEANING OF THE KAN SYMBOLS. 89
I
in the upper is surrounded by a heavy black border, while in the lower a
black bird appears to be in the act of devouring a third, presented to it by
the white personage at the right On Plate XX there are two in the similar
vessel in the lower division, and two connected with another character in
the upper.
Turning to the Codex, we find the aiTangement, so far as these charac-
ters are concerned, quite difierent/ On Plate 25 we see but one, and that
in the middle division; on 26 one in the middle and two in the lower
division; on 27 two in the third or lowest division, with the figure of a
fish upon them; on 28 three in the middle, above the cross-bones. If the
vessels are to be considered as cinerary urns, figuratively holding the ashes
of the dead years, these Kan symbols must be in some way connected
therewith, but the numbers on the different ones cannot easily be made to
agree with any of the periods of the calendar. Possibly they may simply
represent ears of maize or tortillas cast into these vessels. The fish placed
on those in the third division indicate, as I believe, that here they are
intended to represent com or bread, for the position of the figure shows
that it is meant for one of the offerings made to the idol, which Landa says
consisted of *' drinks, dishes of food, meats, fish," &c. The vessel just above
this, in the same division, probably contains fruits or gourds (calabashes).
If we suppose them to be time symbols, we may possibly find an
argument in favor of interpreting them years in the fact that on Plate
XXIII, where there are three in the vessel in the lower division, there is a
fourth one on the head of the personage at the right, who we have sup-
posed is the personage that represents the year. By counting this we have
the four years. The one withdrawn and placed upon the head of the image
represents (say) the Cauac year. This leaves three, as shown in the vessel.
In the lower division of Plate XXII there are but two, another having been
withdrawn to represent the Kan year. So far we meet with no obstacle to
our interpretation; but when we come to Plate XXI we find there are
three, and on Plate XX two, a fact which is difficult to explain on this
theory.
Turning again to Plate XXII,- we observe on the head of the individ-
ual at the right of the upper compartment two triangles. These remind
Digitized by
Google
90 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
US very strongly of the triangles on the outer circle of the Mexican calendar
stone, and, although these are at the head of the animal, while those ai-e at
the tails of the serpents, I think it probable they have the same significa-
tion — the completion of the cycle. This opinion, I believe, is confirmed
by the figures at the left of the same compartment. Here we observe two
falling figures. The lower, pale brown, with cords on his arms and legs, is
being dashed to pieces on the pyramidal pile, on which he falls, as shown
by the blood which is streaming over it The upper one is white, the side
of the head marked with a sinuous line, as that in the lower right-hand
comer of the lower division of Plate XXIII. That these two figures sym-
bolize periods of time can scarcely be doubted, the dark one striking the
pyramid that which is expiring. The four steps of the pyramid probably
denote "indications" or "weeks of yeai's," and, hence, all taken together
represent the cycle. In the dark base we see a sigmoid character similar to
that which Landa gives for the letter N, which may possibly be the symbol
for the Maya word Noh^ "grand." Here we see that one of the steps is
black, which is the characteristic color of one of the four dominical days
and of one of the four plates of the Manuscript. These facts, I think, are
suflScient to warrant us in assuming that the whole pyramid represents the
cycle, and is, no doubt, the "monument" raised at the termination of this
period, in reference to which Perez makes the following remark: "This
period of fifty-two years was called by the Indians Katun^ and at its conclu-
sion great feasts were celebrated, and a monument was raised, on which a
large stone was placed crosswise, as is signified by the word Kat-tun^ for a
memento and record of the cycles or Katunes that had elapsed."
The two falling figures probably represent years, the dark one the
closing year of one cycle or other period and the white the first of the fol-
lowing. I am led to this conclusion from the strong resemblance of the
white figure, to those in the lower right-hand corner of the lower division
of Plates XXII and XXIII, which I have supposed represent the Uayeyab
idols.
At the top of the left-hand, or day, column of Plate XX, and else-
^ ^ ^
where in these four plates, we find this unusual red character
Digitized by
Google
U, S. G. AND G. SURVEY.
MANUSCRIPT TROANOPl. VJI.
^
L V^^
^^•W^:>^
P^ori»rAtcCaMY I
Fac Simile of Plate 27 of the Dresden Codex
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
TH0MA8.) CHARA0TEE8 IN THE MIDDLE LINE, PLATES XX-XXIU. 91
sometimes with and sometimes without dots over it. Over the Ix column —
Plate XX — there are two of these characters, the upper with three dots
over it, the other with one. In the upper edge of the upper space of the
same plate there is another without any dots over it. Those over the Muluc
column — Plate XXI — are too thoroughly obliterated to be made out, but
in the upper space of this plate we see a very distinct one with two dots
over it. There are none over the Kan column of Plate XXII, but in the
upper space there appears to be one, though too badly defaced to be made
out with certainty. There is one over the Cauac column — Plate XX III —
with one dot over it, and in the upper space another, with two dots over it,
above which is another in black, but reversed, and without dots. On the
title page there are two lines of somewhat similar figures, but presenting
some dififerences, which render it doubtful whether they have the same
signification as those on the four plates.
There can be but little doubt that these characters are used here to
denote certain periods of time. But what periods is a question I have so
far been unable to answer satisfactorily. I will therefore postpone the dis-
cussion of this point to a subsequent page.
In the broad line separating the two divisions of each plate we observe
certain square characters, some of which are readily recognized as day
symbols. Those on Plate XXIII reading from left to right are — ^first, Eza-
nab; second, Akhal; third, the character which Brasseur says stands for ilf,
and fourth, possibly a variant of LamaL On Plate XXII, reading in the same
direction — Lamat (?), ilf ?, Ezanab^ and AJcbal; on Plate XXI, JEzanab, pos-
sibly a variant of Been^ ATcbal^ Lamat^ and (?); on Plate XX, Been^ Akbalj
Mfj Ezanab^ and Lamat Two only in each line can be determined with any
degree of certainty. These days are the closing ones of the difi'erent years,
and are very appropriate in this place, and bear the same relation to these
plates as those in the columns of the Codex do to those plates. Their posi-
tion here also (confirms the view I have heretofore incidentally advanced,
that the upper division of these plates relates chiefly to the closing days of
one year and the lower to the commencement of the following. The character
which I have denoted by the letter M is the same as that which I have
interpreted as designating ^*the north," except that it is without the prefix.
Digitized by
Google
92 A STUDY OF THE MANUSOEIPT TEOANO.
I strongly suspect that it is the symbol for Am^ the sacred stone by means
of which they cast the horoscope, and which was doubtless the same as
those named by Landa Acantun. The loop or knot on Plates XXI and
XXII probably signifies the tying of the years, the close of one cycle or
other period and the commencement of another.^ There are but two of
these, and they probably correspond with the figures on which the Chacs in
Plates 27 and 28 of the Codex are walking. These appear to be bundles
of cords or reeds bound at four points, representing the four dominical days
(the four years), each representing thirteen years of the cycle, or possibly
only one year of the luster.
Plate XX, which 'has Ix as the dominical day, appears to bear one
or two of the tokens mentioned by Landa in his description of the festival
of the Cauac years. This author remarks that, "after they
have placed the images in the temple, they perfume them, as is
their custom, and present to them two pellets of resin from a
5 tree called Ukj for the purpose of burning them, also some
iguanas, bread, a mitre, a bouquet of flowers, and a stone which
they hold in great honor." We see projecting from the head-
Fig. 12. dress of the figure in the lower right-hand comer of the lower
division what appears to be a flower. In the upper division we see at the
left an individual burning incense. In the corresponding plate of the Codex
(25), middle division, is this figure (Fig. 12), which I have concluded is a
symbol of the particular incense here mentioned.
1 It resembles the Mexican character for the day Ollin or ''Earthquake."
Digitized by
Google
CHAPTER IV.
SUGGESTIONS AS TO THE PROBABLE MEANING OF SOME
OF THE FIGURES ON THE OTHER PLATES.
PART FIRST OF THE MANUSCRIPT.
Plates II to VII of the first part appear to relate to one general sub-
ject, if we can judge of this by the figures and symbols, but what that
general subject is I am as yet unable to determine positively, but am of the
opinion that they relate, in part at least, to the festivals and profession of
the traveling merchants.
The first division of Plate II contains two figures. The one to the left,
a quadruped upon a brown* ground, has its hind feet upon an oblong figure,
apparently a stone, holding by its fore feet to a cord which passes round
the object on which its hind feet are placed. A machete is plunged into the
back, forming a great wound, from which we see the blood flowing out. The
character on which he stands is marked with the trembling cross, which sig-
nifies ''Ezanab" or "flint." I think it more than probable that this is
intended to denote the sacrifice of this animal It was the custom to sacri-
fice a dog at the merchants' festival, but it is doubtful whether this figure is
intended to represent a dog.
A similar figure and with similar accompaniments is found in the upper
division of Plate III. I find among the characters immediately above both
of these, this one. \^f^f}] The right-hand portion appears to be Landa's
character for the letter ''X." If we suppose the inscription to have any
reference to the figures in the spaces, we may give this two possible inter-
pretations — ^the first Olj **^heart," probably denoting the sacrifice of the ani-
mal or person by the usual method of taking out the heart. Or, supposing
93
Digitized by
Google
94 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
the first part of the compound character to be simply a prefix or a particle,
the chief character may indicate the Maya word Le^ signifying "a cord," "a
lasso," or cord with a slip knot. I find the same character over the middle
figure of the second division of this plate (II), also, slightly varied, over
the left figure of the first division of Plate III. In each case we see the
cord and also the indications of sacrifice. The same character is also found
immediately above the open breast of the sacrificed individual on Plate 3
of the Dresden Codex, but in this case we also see cords around the hands
and feet.
In the right-hand compartment of the upper division is a squatting
human figure in black on a blue ground, doubtless representing some deity.
He has a fiery red mouth and a very prominent nose, and is holding by the
hand a cord, which passes round a character at his feet, probably represent-
ing a peddler's pack. On his head he bears an interlaced or cross-hatched
figure as a head-dress. This figure I think represents the ancient divinity
ChicchaC'Chab or Chichac-Chob} The cross-hatched character on the head
appears to be used to indicate the sound tzi, zi, or chi, and is probably
placed here to denote this deity. Similar figures are found in various parts of
of the Manuscript, as, for example, on Plates IV, V, VI, VII, XIX, XVII*,
XVIII*, XXIP, XXIII*, XXV*, XXIX*, XXX*, XXXI*, and XXXII*.
There appear, in fact, to be two different personages represented by
these figures, as may be seen by reference to the upper division of Plate
VI, where the two are brought face to face. The only difference observable
is in the form of the eye. According to Landa, the Indians, during the
festival of the Cauac years, made four idols named Chicchac-chob, Ekbalam-
choc, Ahcan-Volcaby and Ahbuluc-Balam ; the first of which is doubtless one
of those referred to. It is also possible that some of the figures on this
group of plates refer to others of these four deities.
In the middle division of this plate (II) is a stooping human figure,
with his arms bound behind his back with a cord, and a kind of yoke on
the back of his head The edge of a machete is descending upon his neck
as if to sever his head from his body. That this figure is intended to show
that the individual is about to be slain can scarcely be doubted, as we see,
^ I am aware that Ekchuah was the merchant's patron.
Digitized by
Google
U, S. G. AND G, SURVEY,
MANUSCRIPT TROANO Pi, VI 11,
^fn?^^r><^^^
Fac Simile of Pijite 28 of tuk Dresden Codex.
Digitized by
Google
^^f^^if^ie^
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB] FIGTJEES ON PLATES III-VII. 95
by turning to the middle division of Plate III, the same person, although
still represented as standing, a headless trunk and covered with blood, while
in close proximity is the fatal machete.
Above the bound figure we find the character heretofore given, which
we have supposed may be the symbol for OZ, or "heart," and, if so, tends
to confirm the idea indicated in what has been said concerning these figures.
Be this as it may, we have here, undoubtedly, indications of human sacri-
fice. The mode indicated maiy not be exactly what we may have been led
to expect from what has been stated by the old authors, but this does not
necessarily prove our interpretation wrong. It is a significant fact that on
the third page of the Dresden Codex we see human sacrifice distinctly
shown. Thus it appears that each of these manuscripts bears the evidence
of this hori'ible custom.
As bearing upon my interpretation of these characters, I call attention
to the fact that they are also found on Plate 3 of the Codex, in connection
with the figure denoting human sacrifice.
The white left-hand figure in the third division (PI. Ill), holding in his
right hand the symbol of cu or Cauac, and in his left a spear head, represents,
as I judge from the markings and this accompanying character, l^j^ I , one
of the gods of death or underworld.
Plates III to VII, taken together, appear to represent among other
things a journey of some kind, probably the joumeyings of traveling mer-
chants or peddlers. This is indicated by the marks of footsteps and by the
figures of individuals with staves in their hands and packs on their backs,
which are bound with cords.
The two individuals in the upper division of Plate VI appear to be
in the act of producing fire by whirling a stick between the hands with the
point pressed on a piece of wood, as was the custom.
The figure in the lower division of this plate is interesting chiefly
on account of the peculiar head-dress of the large central figure. This,
which is shown in the annexed cut (Fig. 13), represents a couch or seat
in the form of a double-headed animal, on which is placed the head of
a deer. This bears such a striking resemblance to the double-headed
Digitized by
Google
96
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
couches or seats found in the ruins of Yucatan^ as to induce us to believe
that they have the same signification in both places, or that the figure in
our plate refei-s to that which was represented in the older sculptures and
paintings. The peculiarity in the figure
of our plate is that the personage seated
on the couch is here symbolized by a
deer's head, and that on the cheek of the
right head there is one of the death sym-
bols. Is the deer's head here a symbol
of the personage represented as seated
on the couch in the sculptured tablet of
the Palenque palace, and the Beau Re-
lief in stucco? We have no means by
which to determine this, but it is my
opinion it is.
I suggest, as a possible explanation,
that this singular head-dress is a symbol*
used to denote the peninsula of Yucatan, or, rather, EteUcehy the name by
which it was known in ancient times. Cehy as is well known, is the Maya
word for "deer." Etel signifies "companion," and Etelety from "hand to
hand" or "side to side." Hence it may be intended as a symbol of dominion.
This, I am aware, is a somewhat visionary guess, and I give it as
such; still it is not impossible that it is substantially correct
On the jaw of the head, looking to the right, is an imperfect character,
which, from evidence found elsewhere in the Manuscript, I am satisfied is a
variant of Cimi.
We find, that the same deity represented in the second division of Plate
VII assumes a difi'erent form. The scene appears to be an open, grassy
prairie, leading us to infer that here the javelin is being hurled at game,
although none is figured.
In the lower division of Plate VII> and extending into the margin of
VIII, is a series of five similar blue figures, each seated on a large charac-
ter like the one here shown.
» Bancroft's Native Races, vol. iv, pages :U7, 318, and 329 ; Stephens's Yucatan, vol ii, page 182;
Waldeck, plate xvii; Dupaix, plate xxvi (Plate 20, Kingsbury, iv).
Digitized by
Google
THOMA*.) PIGUEBS RELATING TO THE CHASE, PLATES VIII-XIX. 97
The black numerals not obliterated are as follows, and in the following
order: 11, 10, 9. Is it not possible that these signify Ahaues I The head-
dresses on three are similar to that seen so often tliroughout
the work on the head of Tlaloc, and which, I presume,
signifies the tying of the years. I merely suggest this as a
possible explanation, although the order of the numerals
¥iQ. 14. is not the usual one.
Plates VTII to XIX appear, from the figur«, to relate to the chase.
VIII-XIII are devoted almost wholly to figures of animals (mostly deer)
caught in snares. It appears from these figures that the method of snaring
animals was to fasten a cord to the top of a slender tree, bend it down, and
fasten a slip-knot around a spring or trigger, so that when touched by the
fore foot of the animal it would slip up and tighten, and thus hold up the
fore part of the body. There can be no doubt that the elongate white
stems to which the cords are tied represent trees or wood. If the nodes
marked upon them were not sufficient to show this, a study of the similar
figures throughout the work would satisfy any one on this point.
The curved figure at the foot of the deer in the second division of
Plate VIII probably represents a kind of spring or trigger around which
the slip-knot is fastened in such a manner that when touched above by
the foot of the animal it closes or bends together, so that the knot slips
off it and on to the leg.^ I am aware that this interpretation is widely
different from the profound explanation given byBrasseur, still I think it is
as near the correct one.
The animal represented in the upper division of Plate IX is an Arma-
dillo. It is evidently in a pit, into which it has fallen through the trap
arranged for this purpose. We see no cord here, as none was needed.
The pit appears to have been lined around the sides with upright
pieces of wood, to prevent the earth from falling in; then two layers around
the top of these, and finally covered with a layer of sticks or small beams,
through which a hole was made in the middle, and then pieces laid loosely
on this, so that the ends met over the middle of the opening. The animal
1 Herrera (Dec. iii, Bk. vi, chap. 3) saya they killed their game with gins and snares. The Geu-
tloman of Elvas speaks of a method of catching conies with snares similar to that figured in the Mann-
script (HackluytTransl. it, 183).
7 M T
Digitized by
Google
98
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
passing over steps on these, and, tilting them, falls in. I introduce here a
figure of this pitfall, an exact copy of that on the plate. We here see the
method of joining the ends of beams together.
A similar figure, but on a smaller scale, is given on Plate XXII*. The
crosses on the ends of the
beams are parts of the char-
acter so often found on
wooden articles. This is
evident from the fact that
the full character is found
on the ends of the cross-
beams in the figure on Plate
XXII* The probable sig-
FiG. 15.— Pitfall &nd arraadiUo. tiificatiou wiU be given here-
after, in the chapter relating to the written characters.
In the third space of this plate, and also in the second and third spaces
of Plate XIII, there is an outline figure of a scorpion, and in each case the
claw at the end of the tail gi'asps a cord to which a deer, rabbit, or fox is
attached. I confess my inability to interpret these figures.^
In the left portion of the upper division of Plate X^ is a broad trans-
verse line containing characters similar to those in the line between the
divisions of Plates XX-XXIII. The left-hand character (of the three)
bears a strong resemblance to the symbol of the Mexican day Ollin^ or
''Earthquake," but here possibly represents the Maya day Ezanab, and
the middle one, Been. The character to the right is the "death symbol,"
or symbol of the day Cimi. The red and blue scrolls which are attached to
and hang below this line probably denote the supposed character of two
diflFerent years or days, so far as they relate to the chase. It is a fact
worthy of notice that on these six plates there are just eighteen of these
captured animals, or one for each month of the year. We can readily
understand why the festivals or religious observances denoted by these
figures and the day and numeral characters are so numerous and occupy
' Sr. Melgar ( Com2>. VieWf ^c.) suggests that it denotes the zodiacal signSoorpiOf and hence autumn.
But such a supposition would imply a knowledge of Oriental astronomy not warranted.
« See Fig. 97.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.]
THE HtTNTEES' FESTIVAL.
99
such a large portion of the Manuscript. The priests were fond of the savory
venison hams which fell to them. Tn other words, it was a scheme on their
part to use the religious fervor of the people to supply their larders with
this choice meat.
Fig. 16.
Digitized by
Google
100 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
Plate XIV — the middle and lower divisions of which are reproduced in
Fig. 1 16 — I take to be a ritual relating to the hunters' festivals. In the upper
division we see two persons dressed as Chacs, and bearing the emblems of
the festival to the temple or appointed place. The middle and lower divis-
ions contain entire transverse lines of the same character repeated. If we
take them in columns, instead of transversely, we will find that they differ
from each other only in the top and bottom characters and the numerals.
As an example, I refer to the third column from the left of the middle divis-
ion (omitting from the count the usual day column at the left). The char-
acter at the top is the one already interpreted as signifying *'the east"; three
of the other columns have each one of the cardinal points, the rest of the
characters being the same in each column and in the same order except the
numeral and the character below it The same is true in reference to tho
lower division. As these appear to designate mere repetitions, either of
actions or words, varied slightly as to direction or number, I conclude that,
taken together, they form a ritual for the ceremonies that relate to the chase.
Plates XV-XIX appear to represent tokens of hunting scenes and the
ceremonies of the hunters' festival In the upper division of XVII, XVIII,
tod XIX we see the hunters returning from the chase, some bearing their
game, others their weapons, and others flowers in token of success.
On Plates XV and XVII we see some of the game left behind for the
vultures, which are devouring it. The middle division of XVI and XVII
relate to the same subject ; the left figure in the latter is represented as being
bitten by a rattlesnake, one of the dangers to which they are subject while
pursuing their calling. The figures at the right of the upper division of the
same plate represent a master punishing his slave or follower ; the differ-
ence in the belt anklets and dress showing the difference in condition.
It is more than probable that these figures are to a certain extent cabal-
istic and also that it is a part of the ceremonies of the festival to represent
these incidents of the hunter's profession.
The large figure in the middle division of Plate XV I presume repre-
sents an idol, made for the occasion, in the form of a deer. If so, we see
here a strong indication of phallic worship.
Digitized by
Google
TiioMABi EXPLANATION OF FIGURES ON PLATES XVII-XIX. 101
In the lowest division of Plate XVII we observe a woman piercing
her tongue with a maguey leaf, while in front is an incense-burner.
The two figures in the upper division of Plate XIV are doubtless Chacs
selected for the occasion, who are carrying to the festival the implements of
the chase and a sun image. The character on which the figure in the lower
left-hand comer, middle division of the same plate, is standing, is probably
a representation of the trap, or rather trigger, used in snaring game.
We observe that the left-hand figure of the lower division of Plate
XVI is bearing in his hands a Kan symbol on which is placed a deer's head.
We see exactlj^ the same combination in the fifth transverse line of the title-
pjige— a deer's head on a Kan symbol, emblems of. their chief means of
subsistence, maize and venison.
The figures in the middle division of Plate XVIII are e\ndently sym-
bolical, as the positions are unnatural. I am inclined to believe the upper
of the two figures denotes a supposed phantom, which, according to the
superstitions of the Indians, flew through the air^ destroying game as it
passed. This is a mere supposition based wholly on the figures themselves,
yet one that I think is warranted.
The figure in the lower division of this plate (XVIII) probably repre-
sents a priest clothed in animal skin, or an idol.
The black and white figures in the middle and lower division of XIX
are grinding paints to be used in their ceremonies. The black is the same
personage as the right-hand figure in the upper division of Plate VI (Chic-
chac-Chob). The white one in the middle division is a personage we fre-
quently meet with on the pages of this work and in reference to which I
will have more to say hereafter. The white figure in the lower division is
certainly the same as those on Plates XXII and XXIII, which I have de-
cided represent Uayeyab idols. It here no doubt signifies a priest di-essed to
represent this idol.
Plates XXIV-XXVIII appear to relate to one subject — ^the rainy
season, or rains, storms, clouds, &c. I think it quite probable that pictures
of this kind seen by the early writers on the manuscripts which they
inspected, were the ones they supposed related to the great floods which
inundated that country.
Digitized by
Google
102 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TBOANO.
From a careful study of them I conclude they are of general applica-
tion, and refer simply to the storms, clouds, &c., of the rainy season of the
year, and not to any particular event
As each of these plates is complete in itself, there is nothing in them,
except the subject treated of, to indicate the order in which they are to be
taken; but this is too uncertain a guide for us to base any confident opinion
upon. All I can say on this point with confidence is that XXIV and XXV
appear to relate to severe and destructive storms, and XXVI and XXVII
to beneficial and fertilizing rains. The figures in the lower division of the
first two I think indicate the formation or commencement of the storm.
We see in both a young or small serpent, which, I think, is here the symbol
of a cloud. That on Plate XXV is a rattlesnake, indicating its deadly
character, as does also the death symbol near by. The apron of the great,
robust female is cross-hatched — which here may signify Zihj "origin" or
"birth" — and denote that the serpent, which is issuing from behind it, is in
process of birth. The character held in the right hand is Ik, "breath,"
"wind," or "spirit"; the blue lines from the mouth, which strike against
the falling figure with the dead eye, denote the fierce storm on its errand
of destruction and death.
The beam shooting out £i-om the eye may possibly denote lightning,
though in the similar figure on Plate XXVII this appears to be indicated
by the red dots in the bound serpent on the head. The intention appears
to have been to indicate the Maya equivalent of the Mexican female deity,
GhalchihuUlicue. This deity, according to Sahagun, was the sister of the
Tlalocs. "She was honored because she had power over the waters of the
sea and of the rivers to drown those that went down to them, to raise tem-
pests and whirlwinds, and to cause boats to founder. They worshiped her,
all those that dealt in water, that went about selling it from canoes or
peddled jars of it in the market They represented this goddess as a
woman, painted her face yellow, save the forehead, which was often blue,
and hung round her neck a collar of precious stones, from which depended
a medal of gold. On her head was a crown of light-blue paper, with
plumes of green feathers and tassels that fell to the nape of her neck. Her
earrings were of turquiose, wrought in mosaic. Her clothing was a shirt
Digitized by
Google
TH01IA8.1 THE BAIN GODDESS. 103
or upper body garment, clear blue petticoats, with fringes, from which hung
marine shells, and white sandals. In her left hand she held a shield and a
leaf of the broad, round, white water-lily, called atlacuezonar^
Clavigero makes the following statement in regard to this goddess:
^^ Chdchiucueje^ otherwise Chalchihuitlicuej was the goddess of water and
companion of Tlaloc. She was known by some other very expressive
names, which either signify the eflFects which water produces, or the different
appearances and color which it assumes in motion. The Tlascalans called
her MaUactcqjej that is, clothed in a green robe; and they gave the same
name to the highest mountain of Tlascala, on whose summit are formed those
stormy clouds which generally burst over the city of Angelopoli. To that
summit the Tlascalans ascended to perform their sacrifices and offer up their
prayers. This is the very same goddess of water to which Torquemada
gives the name Xochiquetzal^ and the Cav. Boturini that of MacuUxochiqueU
The interpreter of the Codex Telleriano-Remensis say;3: ^' Chalchiuttiy
who presided over these thirteen days, sav^ herself in the deluge. She is the
woman who remained after the deluge. Her name signifies, *The woman
who wears a dress adorned with precious stones' They here fasted four
days to Death. They painted her holding in one, hand a spinning-wheel
and in the other a certain wooden instrument with which they weave; and
in order to show that of the sons which women bring forth, some are slaves
and others die in war, and others in poverty, they paint her with a stream,
as if carrying them away, so that, whether rich or poor, all were finally
doomed to perish."'
We may therefore, I think, safely assume that the figure in our plate
is intended to represent the Central American or Yucatec goddess Xntio,
who appears to be an equivalent for the Mexican female deity desQribed,
and that here, at least, she is but a symbol of the mountain range where the
storms were formed, and from whence they rushed down into the valleys
and plains below. Whether the large figure in the lower division of Plate
XXVII is intended to represent the same deity is somewhat uncertain, but
1 Bancroft's Native Races, Vol. iii, p. 368.
^History of Mexico, Vol. i, p. 252, Collen's Trans.
'Kingsborough's Mez. Antiq., yi, p. 120.
Digitized by
Google
104 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
judging by the blue hair, blue ear-circle, the bound serpent on the head,
and the similarity in the form of the mouth, anklets, and wristlets, I am
disposed to believe it is, notwithstanding the material differences in other
respects. The mouth of the latter, the peculiar form of which is more dis-
tinctly shown than in the former, reminds us very strongly of that of the
symbol of the Mexican day Ehecatlj "wind," as given in the various Codices.
I am disposed to think that the figure in Plate XXV represents her as the
storm-brewing goddess, while that in Plate XXVII shows her as the giver
of beneficial and fructifying rains. In the former the eye simply shows
the lightning flash, while in the latter it is surrounded by the curved Tlaloc
sign, or what is supposed to be the sign of the Tlaloc eye, though certainly
not limited to this deity.
The figure in the lower division of Plate XXIV is evidently intended
to express the same idea as that in the lower division of XXV; but I am at-
a loss to decide what deity is denoted. A god with four hands, ^ here
shown, is an anomaly in Mexican and Central American mythology. I
have failed to find any such represented in the Codices, though I have
looked through them somewhat carefully for this purpose. Nor have I
found any mention of such an one in any of the works I have at hand.
Prof Edward S. Holden thinks he sees four hands to the figure on the
Leyden Stone, but I must confess I have been unable to find more than
two which appear to belong to the principal personage. He is of the opin-
ion that the figure on our plate is intended to represent the Mexican god of
war, HuUzUopochtli} It is possible that this surmise is correct, as it agrees
in several important respects with the dark figure in the upper division of
Plate XXV, which I think beyond doubt represents this deity.
As the reader will find the characteristics and symbols, and also a very
reasonable and probably connect interpretation of these given at length by
Bancroft in his Native Races, I will omit the mention of them here. I only
add that here we see the feathers, the shield, the snake belt, the arrows and
spear, and everything, even to the attitude, that betokens a warlike deity.
The accompanying serpent, which here clearly denotes a cloud, is not
wanting; the rain pours down in fearful torrents, and on each side is the
^ '' Stadies of American Picture Writing" ; in Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Digitized by
Google
TiioMABi EXPLANATION OF FIGUEES ON PLATES XXIV-XXVIL 105
death symbol. This god we know was a companion of, or, rather, accom-
panied by, Tlaloc, whose figure we see by turning to the adjoining Plate
XXIV. But here, instead of being in his favorite blue, we see him clothed
in black and bearing on his aim the shield that forms one of the tokens of
the war god. On this we see the symbol for JA, '* breath "or "wind,"
twice given, betokening the storm and the whirlwind. In his right hand
the spear-hurler, or, as here used, the lightning symbol, while in front of
him is the Uayeyab idol or figure representing the year, upon whose head
the torrents are descending, and upon whom the angry Tlaloc appears to be
venting his wrath. If a supposition, hereafter more fully explained, that
this figure represents Zamna, or com, prove correct, the significa,tion of
what is here shown is at once clear.
Above the head of the god, sailing through the air, is a batrachian, or
frog-like animal, a symbol of abundant water.
The large charactw in the middle, which has the inner space blank,
was doubtless intentionally left so. I am unable to guess its meaning,
unless it be a time symbol of some kind. The transverse line of partially
obliterated characters at the top are similar to those found in the middle
transverse line on Plates XX-XXIII, which probably have the same signifi-
cation here as there.
As before remarked. Plates XXVI and XXVII appear to belong
together, and to refer to the milder and beneficial rains.
In the upper division of the former we see Tlaloc, accompanied by his
four Chacs, the latter without any marks of distinction, as here the inten-
tion appears to be to represent them as rain-givers only. The former is
shown here in his usual blue color, but the scorpion-like caudal appendage
is uncommon, and, taken in connection with the plate on the loins to which
it is attached, is, as I believe, a time symbol of some kind. We notice
that the claw at the tip appears to clasp the single red numeral character
surrounded by dots. In this space we also observe the symbols of the
four cardinal points, one by each Chac.^
^ I have been in considerable donbt as to whether these minor deities are Chaos or Baoabs, as
there appears to be much confusion in the writings of the old authors in reference to them; but have
decided to apply the name Chacs to those which appear to be related to the rain gods. I think it proba-
ble that the two terms apply to the same deities.
Digitized by
Google
106 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCEIPT TEOANO.
, The figures in the lower division of this plate, I think, are easily inter-
preted Here is the cloud, or moisture, represented in the form of a serpent,
with a Tlaloc head to denote its beneficial and fertilizing influence. Tlaloc,
who has been riding upon it, now starts upon his descent to earth, bearing
upon his back the symbol of abundance of food — ^a vase filled with corn
and a vine loaded with fruit
I am aware that I have heretofore referred to the serpent as a symbol
of time, but this diversity in the application of this symbol has been recog-
nized by others. Bancroft, after a thorough consultation of the numerous
authorities in his extensive library, remarks, in speaking of the attributes
of the Mexican god Huitzilopoctli: "Huitzilopoctli is also a snake god.
« * * * jf the snake signifies in one case time, in another world, and
in another instance water, or the yearly rejuvenation of germs and blos-
soms, the eternal circle of nature, divination, soothsaying, it is quite proper,
for all these qualities are found united in the god."
The figures in the upper division of XXVII are very similair in char-
acter and signification to those just described. Here is the snake cloud
floating along, the crimson underlining indicating either the lightning or
the efiect of the setting sun. On the head stands Tlaloc, while he pours
out the rain from the inverted vase in his hands. On another part stands a
goddess, possibly Ixmolj also pouring the refreshing rain on the parched
earth.
The central figure in the lower division of this plate has already been
alluded to and the conclusion reached that it is the female deity Xntic, the
mountain, or mountain range, from which the rains of that region mostly
come. The chief parts of the figures in this division may be thus explained:
The blue lines, the rain flowing out from the skirts and down the sides;
the serpent, the embryo cloud on the summit, through which the lightning,
represented by the red dots, is playing. Here we see the four Chacs, with
their distinguishing marks upon them ; also Tlaloc, with a singular head-
dress.
From a careful study of these four plates I conclude that XXV pre-
cedes XXIV, and that XXVII precedes XXVI, in other words, should pro-
ceed to the left in the order paged.
Digitized by
Google
TBouAB.] EXPLANATION OP FIGUEBS ON PLATE XXVIIL 107
Plate XXVIII appears to relate somewhat to the same general subject
as the preceding group just described, but is not so directly connected with
them as they are with each other. It seems, in fact, to belong between this
group and the one which follows (in the order of the paging), and appar-
ently precedes the former.
The chief objects of interest on this plate are the figures in the second
and lower division. The larger figures either represent two deities closely
allied and belonging to the same class, or are symbolic. As they are
frequently met with throughout the Manuscript I presume they are recog-
nized deities. In this place I think they represent the earth or soil,
which, parched and dry in consequence of a severe drought, are here
represented as looking up toward the heavens, as if supplicating rain upon
the planted and sprouting maize, the emblems of which they bear in their
hands. As will be noticed elsewhere, there are very strong reasons for
believing jthat the lower figure, and probably both, represent gods of death,
or that they are symbols of death. This agrees very well with the explana-
tion I have suggested. The lower figure has in one hand the bread symbol,
in the other that of sprouting corn. In the hands of that of the second
division are smaller figures, bearing Kan characters, here doubtless used as
com symbols.
These smaller figures with the two-colored face, which will be found
frequently introduced on the next five plates, certainly represent something
of the utmost importance in, or bearing a close relation to, Maya agriculture.
Without stopping just here to give my reasons for the belief, I venture
the opinion that they are here given as figures of the deity Zamna^ or
Itzamnaj but with the — as I presume generally understood — ^idea, or belief,
that Itzamna and maize were equivalents, or so closely related, that to figure
this deity in connection with agricultural subjects was equivalent to figuring
maize, or possibly seed in a broader sense.
The blue, serpent-like figure with purple margin in the third division
of this plate (XXVIII) is possibly intended as the symbol of a floating
cloud. The chac in front, Tlaloc resting quietly on one of the curves, the
blue color and purple lining all correspond with this idea. But the Zamna
Digitized by
Google
108 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
figures and vegetable sprouts upon it do not agree with tliis interpretation.
Still I believe it to be the idea intended.
Plates XXIX-XXXIII appear to relate entirely to agricultural pur-
uits, especially to the cultivation of maize, cacao, some vine, and possibly,
cotton.
In this connection I would call special attention to the first (top) and
second divisions of Plates XXX and XXXI, and the two Tlaloc figures in
the lower division of XXXIII. In these we undoubtedly have the planting
of seed, most likely corn, represented. The number of grains deposited in
a place appears usually to be five, but occasionally six seem to be dropped.
The opening or hole in the soil is made with a pointed wooden stick, always
more or less bent or curved in the figures. According to Landa the custom
of the native farmers was to make holes at regular intervals, and in each
deposit "five or six grains" of maize. The number appears to be indicated
in the plates, not only by the figures of balls dropped, but also by jthe spread
fingers with knobs at the tips, showing that five was the established number.
As further evidence of the correctness of this interpretation, the individuals
represented on Plates XXX and XXXI, as engaged in this work, have their
heads covered with a kind of matting or straw hat, indicating that they are
in the sun, where the head needs protection. The character in this head-
gear, as will hereafter be shown, probably signifies ^oc, "a hat" or "head-
covering."
The similar operation represented in the lower division of Plate
XXXIII, where Tlaloc, or a priest attired as this deity, is the planter,
probably refers to the seed of some other plant, possibly the gourd or bean,
or the leguminous plant figured in the second division of the same plate.
As I have expressed a belief that the figures with a two-colored face
are given to represent Zamna, or Itzamna, one of the chief Maya deities
or culture heroes, I will give here in part my reasons for this opinion.
First. As has been heretofore intimated, and as will hereafter be more
fully shown, the Imix and Kan symliols are undoubtedly often used to
denote bread and maize, and the word, or name, Itzamna has as its primary
signification seed from which plants issue, the chief referejjce being to
maize.
Digitized by
Google
xeoMAB.) THE ZAMNA FIGURES. 109
Second. In the plates now under consideration the figures with the
two-colored face appear to have some intimate relation to agricultural pur-
suits.
Third The Kan symbols and these figures are both represented as
being attacked by quadrupeds, birds, and worms.
For example, on Plate XXIX, left-hand figure of the second division,
we see a bird picking up the planted seed before it has sprouted; in the
next figure to the right, same division, we see a small fox-like quadruped
seizing it after it has sprouted; in the third division, same plate, and lower
divisions of Plates XXX, XXXI, XXXII, and XXXIII, we see quadrupeds,
birds, and worms attacking these supposed Zamna figurea^ In the latter
cases the intention was probably to signify that the plant was attacked by
these enemies. The figure in the lower left-hand comer of Plate XXX
shows three worms at diflFerent heights, probably signifying that the root,
foliage, and fruit were attacked. The symbol ca' in the eye of this figure
may be considered a symbol of the cultivated calabash, though it is proba-
bly intended to signify that the plant (which I take to be a maize symbol)
is dead, having been killed by the attacks of these insect foes.
I am aware that the explanations here given may be considered as
somewhat overstrained, yet I am convinced that a close and careful study
of these figures and all that can be found relating to them will end in
leading others to the same conclusion. I may also .add that the difference
in the plants or varieties represented by these figures (if such be their
signification) is shown by the eye and the marks on the head-dress, which
here appear to refer to foliage. Possibly these differences have reference
only to the different kinds of com, but this I think is indicated by the
color. See, for example, Plate XXX, third division, the yellow and white.
The peculiar birds in the third divisions of Plates XXX and XXXI
may have reference to certain auguries; otherwise I can give no guess as
to their meaning.
The next to the right-hand figure of the third division, Plate XXIX,
probably represents some such plant as maguey, or yucca.
The lower left-hand figure of Plate XXXI I think simply represents
^)
^ The reader is referred to the quotation from Landa in reference to the ceremonieB of the Cauao year
(page 66).
Digitized by
Google
110 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCEIPT TEOANO.
the act of watering the parched and dying maize plants. The Kan char-
acter here bears a sprout, or plant, which appears to be drooping and dying.
Although the figure holding the jar is Tlaloc, I think this represents artificial
watering, and not rain.
Plates XXXII and XXXIII appear to relate principally to the cultiva-
tion of cacao, cotton, and some climbing plant, and to severe drought
The figures in the upper division I think relate to the cultivation of the
cacao, eitlier to the festival held specially by the planters, as described by
Landa,^ the particular part taken by them in the festival held to induce the
gods to give them rain, or somef incident in the process of cultivation.
Landa, in his description of their special festival in the month Muan^
states that ^'they gave to each of the officers a branch with the fruit of the
cacao." This is doubtless represented by the figures holding branches in
their hands.
The figures in the siecond division of these two plates represent two
different plants — one evidently a vine supported by a stake, just as grape
vines are now supported, on which hang what appear to be pods, possibly
beans of some kind. The other plant has a fruit represented by a little
circle surrounded by a ring of dots, possibly cotton.
. In the third division of these plates there are figures of fox-Kke ani-
mals bearing torches and leaping over a sleeping Zamna figui'e and an
incense-burner. In the place of the eye is a character resembling that for
C or Chum, It is possible that it here stands for the Maya word chocouy
''hot," or clwcoualj "heat," and that the animal with the torches is a symbol
of the scorching, burning heat of the sun.^ This idea agrees very well
with what we see in the division above (second). The figures here appear
to represent cultivated vines, which are parched and dying from the effect
of heat and drought. The Tlaloc head at the foot of one of these shows
that they are also to some extent symbolic.
The third and fourth divisions of Plates XXXIV and XXXV evidently
relate to painting the vessels, &c., alluded to by Landa, where he says that
1 See Appendix No. 3.
> I call attention here to Lnnda's statement, heretofore quoted, in reference to the calamities to
be expected in Ihe Ix years, especially severe droughts. Also to the fact that an image of Zamna is
introduce<l in the festival.
Digitized by
Google
TH01IAB.J THE TITLE PAGE. HI
"during this month (Yaxkin) they commenced to prepare themselves, accord-
ing to custom, for a general festival which was celebrated in Moly on a day
which the priest designated, in honor of all the gods. They called it Ohhr
sab-kam-ycbx. After the ceremonies and usual incensing which they wished
to do, they smeared with their blue paint the instruments of all the pro-
fessions from those the priest used, even to their wives^ spindle and the
doors of their houses." Here we see the priests dressed up to represent
certain deities, with paint-pot in one hand and strip of yucca or maguey leaf
in the other, applying the blue paint to their vessels (see Fig 25).
The following statement, by Col. J«ues Stevenson, regarding the
method in use among the Zuni Indians in making and applying paints to
their pottery, will illustrate this: "When the pigment is properly reduced
and mixed with water so a« to form a thin solution, it is applied with brushes
made of the leaves of the yucca. These brushes are made of flat pieces of
the leaf, which are stripped off and bruised at one- end, and are of different
sizes adapted to the coarse or fine lines the artist may wish to draw. In
this manner all the fine lines on the pottery are produced."
The figures in the upper division of these two plates perhaps represent
priests with calendar wheels, determining the time at which the coming fes-
tival shall be held.
Those in the second division of Plate XXXV are probably in the act
of preparing the paint
PART SECOND OF THE MANUSCRIPT.
The iitle-page. — ^Although this is occupied almost wholly by characters,
I think it is best to discuss its general import in this connection.
One of the first things lliat strikes us as somewhat singular, and as
having some hidden meaning, is the fact that there are ten transverse lines
(the numerals are not considered separately from the characters to which
they belong) and seven characters or groups of characters in each line,
making seventy in all — exactly the number of plates in the Manuscript.
This arrangement by sevens cannot be accidental, and must therefore have
had some particular meaning understood by the author and those for whose
use the work was composed. That it does not refer to any of their divis-
Digitized by
Google
112 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCEIPT TROANO.
ions of time I think is clear from what has been shown concerning their
calendar. When I first noticed this arrangement I was of the opinion that
it indicated the number of different subjects treated of in the manuscript,
and that the page should be considered in columns. But subsequent study-
has led me to doubt the correctness of the first part of this theory.
We observe that the first (top) line c.onsists of seven day characters as
follows (counting from left to right as numbered): YtniXy Ik^ Akbaly Kan^
Chicchan, Cimij and Manik Two are obliterated, but there can be no
doubt that the missing ones are Kan and Chicchan, a conclusion I had
reached before I had seen Rosny's work or Dr. Brinton's article. Brasseur
supplied the fourth space with Ahau and the fifth with ^an.
In this connection I call attention to the fact that on the left-hand slab
of the Palanque Tablet there are just seven double characters under the
large initiatory hieroglyph. Omitting the four characters by the upright of
the cross, the number of columns is an exact multiple of seven, whether
we omit or include the single ones in the transverse lines, above the heads of
the priests.
Counting the large initiatory character as four — as it covers four spaces —
and each double one as two, there are 245 characters on the entire tablet —
an exact multiple of seven. It may be worthy of notice also that there are
just seven characters in and immediately around the cross (included in the
above calculation), viz, two on the upright, omitted in Dr. Rau's scheme;
two each side, and one immediately to the left of the lower end of the arrow
shaft (also omitted in Dr. Rau's plan); that there are 17 (=10+7) charac-
ters in each column of the outer slabs.
This may be accidental, and, as a rule, but little confidence should be
placed in such calculations; but this, taken in connection with what we find
in this line in the Manuscript, is suflficient to lead us to believe that this
septenary arrangement is not accidental, but intentional, and has some spe-
cific, hidden meaning.
The tablet on the inner wall of Casa No. 1 (Stephen's Cent. Am., II,
343) has on it fourteen columns, each with ten characters, making 140 in
all; but those on the outer corridor of the same casa have each twenty col-
umns of twelve character. The tablet of Casa No. 3, wliich appears to be
Digitized by
Google
TOOMAB.J THE SEPTENARY ARRANGEMENT. 113
closely related to the Tablet of the Cross, presents no such septenary
arrangement, yet even here there are (counting long and short) seventeen
columns, and in the extreme right and left columns just seventeen charac-
ters. I find this arrangement by sevens jfrequently in the Mexican Codices,
but in most of these cases it is apparent that this results from the division
of 13, as a corresponding arrangement by sixes accompanies, or is to be
understood.
Returning to our plate, we may, as I think, make use of this septenary
characteristic in determining some of the numerals that are partially oblit-
erated. The red are sufficiently distinct except the missing ones in the
upper line, in reference to which there is no question of doubt in the minds
of students of this work; and the right-hand one of the line next to the
bottom — the only question here being whether this is 18 or 19. Adding
together all the numbers indicated by these red numeral characters (includ-
ing the seven in the upper line), we find the sum to be 153, if we count the
right-hand one of the 9th line 18, or 154 if we count it 19, As the latter
number (154) is an exact multiple of seven, we conchide that this character
is 19, and this agrees with the eroded space and the position of the dots
over the remaining portion.
This septenary arrangement does not appear to hold good with the
black numerals.
Returning to the firat or top line we observe, as befoi'e remarked, that
it commences with Ymix According to Landa the Mayas began the com-
putation of their days, that is, their calendar, with one Ymix. We quote
his language here, as it is somewhat singular:
"It is curious to note liow the dominical letter [of the year] always
comes up at the beginning of its year, without mistake or failing, and that
none of the other twenty letters appears. They also used this method of
counting in order to derive from certain letters a method of counting theu*
epochs and other things, which, though interesting to them, does not con-
cern us much here. It is enough to say that the character or letter with
which they begin their computation of the days or their calendar is called
one Tmix, which is this ( ,*Y* j , which has no certain or fixed day on
8 M T
Digitized by
Google
114 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
which it falls. Because each one changes its position according to his own
count; yet, for all that, the dominical letter of the year which follows does
not fail to come up correctly."*
It appears that the Chiapenec, Tzendal, Soconuscan, Quiche, and Cak-
chiquel calendai-s began the list of days with ImoXj following it with Ik or
Igh. This fact indicates a common origin of the calendars and of the people.
It also renders the statement of some of the old authorities, that the names of
the days were taken from the names of their deities and heroes, quite plausi-
ble. If this be true, we have possibly in the seven days here given the
names of the seven chief deities; and the characters on the page are to be
read in columns, each column having at the top one of these sacred names.
The characters in the second line appear to accord with this view, as the
first four, counting from the left, are those which I have attempted to prove
indicate the four cardinal points. As a further examination of this plate
would require me to enter into a discussion of the characters themselves I
will defer further notice until I reach that subject.
If the figures furnish us with any evidence by which to judge of the
contents, I decide without any hesitancy that Plates I*-X* of this part of
the work relate to one general subject, to wit, the work and festivals of the
apiarists. We may be somewhat surprised to find so large a portion of the
Manuscript devoted to the festivals of this limited class, whose industry was
generally considered of but minor impoiiance except in certain localities.
But here again, as I believe, we detect the cunning of the priests. This was
a scheme to supply their board with honey. Moreover, it is quite probable
this Manuscript peii;ained to a section where the production of honey was
an important industry.
The objection to the theory that these plates relate to these particular
festivals may be raised, that the insects represented by the figures on them
are not bees, but beetles (coleopterous insects).
^ Relacion de las cosas de Yncatan, p. 236. Y mncho de notar saiga sierapre la letras qae es domini*
cal en el primero dia de sn alio, sin orrar ni faltar, ni venir a salir otra de las XX alii. Unaavan tambien
deste modo de coutar para sacar dcstas letras cicrto modo de contar para sacar destas letras cierto modo
de contar que Ionian para las edades y otras cosas quo aunqne son para ellos curiosas, no nos bazeu
aqiii muclio al proposito; y per csso se quedaran con dezir quo el caracter o letra de que comen^ava su
cnenta de los dias o kalendario, se llama Hun Ymix y es este el qual no tiene dia cierto ni se&elado
cnqne craya. Porque cada uno le muda la propia cuenta y contado esse no falta el salir la letra qui
vieoe por dominical el primero del afio que se sigue.
Digitized by
Google
raoMAB-i THE BEES OP YUCATAN. 115
The wings and abdomen are, it is true, very much like the elytra and
abdomen of beetles, but there are abundant reasons for believing that the
opinion I have advanced here, which appears to have been held by Abbe
Brasseur de Bourbourg, is correct.
First. We find nowhere any reason for believing that beetles played
an important part in the religious ceremonies of the natives of Yucatan.
Second. We do know, from the most satisfactory evidence, notwith-
standing the assertions of some writers to the contrary, that bees were
abundant in some sections, and there is reason to believe that they were
domesticated and reared for their honey; in fact, the collecting of honey
appears to have been an important industry in some localities. I quote in
proof of this statement from Clavigero, Vol. I, page 68:
*' There are at least six diflferent kinds of bees. The first is the same
with the common bee of Europe, with which it agrees, not only in size,
shape, and color, but also in its disposition and manners and in the qualities
of its honey and wax. The second species, which diflfers from the first only
in having no sting, is the bee of Yucatan and Chiapa, which makes the
fine, clear honey of Estabenttm, of an aromatic flavor, superior to that of
all the other kinds of honey with which we are acquainted. The honey is
taken from them six times a year; that is, once in every other month; but
the best is that which is got in November, being made from a fragrant
white flower, like jessamine, which blows in September, called in that
country Estabenttm, from which the honey has derived its name.
"The third species resembles in its form the winged ants, but is smaller
than the common bee and without a sting. This insect, which is peculiar
to warm and temperate climates, forms nests in size and shape resembling
sugar-loaves, and even sometimes greatly exceeding these in size, which are
suspended from rocks or from trees, and particularly from the oak. The
populousness of these hives are much greater than those of the common bee.
The nymphs of this bee, which are eatable, are white and round, like a
pearl. The honey is of a grayish color, but of a fine flavor. The fourth
species is a yellow bee, smaller than the common one, but, like it, furnished
with a sting; its honey is not equal to those already mentioned. The
fifth IS a small bee without a sting, which constructs hives of an orbicular
Digitized by
Google
J 16 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
form in subterraneous cavities; and the honey is sour and somewhat bitter.
The TlcUpipioUij which is the sixth species, is black and yellow, of the size
of the common bee, but has no sting."
He also adds, in a foot-note on page G8, the following statement: **The
honey of Estabenttm is in high estimation with the English and French
who touch at* the ports of Yucatan; and I have known the French of
Guarico buy it sometimes for the purpose of sending it as a present to the
king"
Landa, in speaking of these festivals, makes particular mention of bee-
keepers, or keepers of beehives.
Third. A careful study of these plates of the Manuscript I think will
satisfy any one that the bee is the insect intended, although the figures are
inexact.
Take, for example, the yellow figure in the middle division of Plate
V*. The hair indicates that this is a female, and the long tongue shows it
has a sucking apparatus.^ There can be but little doubt that it is intended as
a representation of the queen bee, or AhauUl-cab, "the queen of bees."
- As but few particulars in regard to the festivals of the apiarists have
been recorded we have but little to guide us in an attempt to explain the
figures in these plates. Landa states in reference to them that "In the
month Tzoz the bee-keepers (or masters of the hives) prepare themselves
for the celebration of their festival in Tzec. * * * * They had for
their patrons the Bacabs, especially Hobnil. They made at that time great
oflterings, particularly to the four Chacs, to which they presented four
plates, with pellets of incense in each one and painted round the border
with figures of honey [honeycomb?], in order to obtain an abundance by
this feast."^
Some of the figures appear to relate to the operations and incidents of
the industry, as we have seen is true of those that refer to hunting and
the hunters' festivals. We see here what appear to be their hives, either
artificial — made for domesticated bees — or those cut from the tree contain-
ing the honey of the wild bees. Notice, for example, the figure in the
hands of the female in the right of the lower division of Plate V*. The
' The bee is a niandibnlate insect, but has an elongated tongue for extracting the nectar of flowers.
^See Appendix No. 3, E.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.) EXPLAlifATION OP FIGURES ON PLATES in»-IX». 117
upper part bears a diflFerent mark from the lower. The lower part is marked
with the chief characteristics of the symbol for Cauac, which, as heretofore
stated, when given in this way appear to signify that the thing upon which
they are placed is made of wood. The characters on the upper portion
resemble Caban, and here probably signify Cab, "honey," or Cabnal, "a
hive of honey"; but it is proper to warn the reader that in other places, as
will hereafter appear, it is used to denote the material of which a seat is
made. I think it more than likely that here it refers to the vessel in which
the honey is contained I presume this to be the case, because the indi-
viduals in the lower division of Plate IX* appear to have lifted the honey
out of the vessel which lies at their feet ; and we also see on the arm of the
individual at the left of the lower division of Plate V* a figure marked with
this same character. As he has a staff in his right hand he is probably
returning from a successful bee-hunt, bearing his prize.
According to Landa the apiarists held two festivals during the year,
one in the fifth month (Tzec), and the other in the eighth month (Mol);
that is, in October and December. But according to the red and black
numerals in these plates the one referred to appears to have been held
annually, on the days Gib, Caban and Ezanab, in the 17th month — Kayab —
corresponding to the first part of June. The female in the lower division
of Plate V* is probably ColebU-Xbolon-choch, a goddess supposed to be the
patron of the apiarists.
I would also call attention to the following additional items on these
plates which are worthy of notice.
On Plate IIP, upper division, next to the left-hand figure, we notice a
kind of cross arising out of the body of a bee. On this cross are parts of
a partially obliterated figure, which, upon close inspection, I decide with-
out hesitation was that of a bird, reminding us of the bird on the Tablet of
the Cross at Palanque and on crosses in several of the Mexican Codices.
A foot, the tail, and parts of the wings are yet plainly visible. The right-
hand figure of the same division also shows a plant in the form of a cross
arising out of the body of a bee. I presume these relate to the requests to
the gods for rain to make the plants produce flowers for the bees.
The figure at the right of the middle division of the same plate, which
Digitized by
Google
118 A STUDY OP THE MANUSOEIPT TEOANO,
I take to be the god of death, appears to be in the act of breaking a vessel
of earthenware, which, as the presence of the cross-bones indicates, is
intended to signify death. The cliaracter between the parts of the broken
vessel probably signifies ** divided" or separated.
The figures along the lower margin of the middle division of Plates
VII*, VIII*, IX*, and X* are chiefly repi-esentations of oflFerings made to
the gods of the bee-keepers, as here we see the leg of a deer, bread, maize, &c
The broad rectangular red figures in the middle division of the plates
last mentioned, and elsewhere, from which the bees are flying, may repre-
sent hives which were suspended by cords. If not, I am wholly unable to
guess their meaning.
As I have not been able to gi'oup the remaining plates of the Manu-
script in a satisfactory manner, I will content myself with refen'ing to such
figures as I think I can explain, without attempting, except in a few cases,
to show their connection with others.
The females and god of death figured on Plate XI* appear to be
weaving, or making ropes. The figures themselves indicate this so plainly
as to leave no doubt in my mind in reference to it Moreover, some of the
written characters, as I think, correspond with this interpretation.
It is probable the figures are also symbolic representations of human
life. The female figure, I presume, is intended to represent the goddess
Ixchelj who, in addition to her other powers or attributes, was supposed to
preside over the formation and birth of infants. The interlaced or cross-
hatched bundle before her accords with this idea, if my interpretation of this
reticulate figure be correct — that is, that it signifies zih^ or jsihUj "birth ** or
** origin."
The presence of the god of death so close at hand and the death sym-
bol before him in the second division, and twice in the lower division, are
doubtless intended to signify the uncertainty of human life. The Ezanab
character on the head of this god in this place — as this is not usual — ^must
Un writing Maya words I follow the orthography of the lexicons, bnt in referring to the signifi-
cation am gnided by what I suppose to have been the sound-^ioT example, IZy Zy and in some cases ch
appear to be used to denote the same sound, or at least are the ruling elements of similar words haviug
similar signification. As a matter of course the natives could make the distinctions in their pronuncia-
tion. I may also as well state here that I make no claim to a kuowledgo of the Maya language. I
Bimply refer to the lexicons and grammar for such use as I desire to make of it in this paper.
Digitized by
Google
TH0Mi;8i EXPLANATION OF FIGURES ON PLATES XIP-XVIP. 119
have some particular signification especially applicable to what is here sym-
bolized. As some of the cognate words, especially where the aspirate is
used, denote "certainty," it is possible that it is used here to signify the
certainty of death.
Plates XII* to XVII* undoubtedly relate to the manufacture of idols.
In the second division of XII* (see Fig. 34) we see the artists painting
them with the slip of yucca or maguey leaf, as described by Colonel Ste-
venson, and also by Mrs. Stevenson in her admirable little pamphlet on the
manners and customs of the Zuni Indians.
In the third division we observe the priests consecrating the implements
and the wood out of which their wooden idols are to be made. These
plates, I think, refer to the manufacture of both kinds of idols, those of
burnt clay and those of wood. The wooden block is here represented by
the oblong figure with Cauac characters on it; the implement by the twisted
figure on or against the block. My reasoiv for believing that this is a tool
of some kind used in working wood is that in the tliird division of Plate
XXIII*, I see it in the hands of individuals who are evidently doing some-
thing to trees. The trees appear to be severed as though cut off by a rude
saw of some kind.
The figures in the second division of Plates XIII* and XIV* probably
represent the idols in the kilns, or in their positions for baking; what the
birds on them signify I am unable to say; possibly they relate to auguries.
The figures of bent trees in the third and lower divisions of Plate
XIII* may denote the temporary cabins in which they
worked.
The figures in the lower division probably represent what
Landa alludes to when he says, ** where they placed the wood
with a great urn (tinaja) for to keep shut up (or inclosed) the
idols all the time they were at work upon them."^ ^^- i''-
We see here the priests offering incense in a singularly shaped burner
(Fig. 1 7) over these unfinished idols.
The wood of which the images were formed was probably placed in
1 See Appendix No. 3 H.
Digitized by
Google
120 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
these urns and steamed, in order to soften it, or, after carving, to give the
images themselves the desired color.
The attention of the reader is called to the figuiJes on which the indi-
viduals in the upper division of this and of Plate XIV* are seated. The
characters with which they are marked denote, as I believe, that they are
wooden seats or platforms.
In the left-hand compartment of the third division of Plate XIV* we
see one of the priests, or artists, dressed to represent the god of death, pre-
paring the paint. The other two figures in the same division show them at
their devotions in their cabins. In the lower division they are at work
carving the images. The peculiar form of the instrument here figured (see
Fig. 35) leads me to believe it was of metal.
In the upper division of Plate XV* are the "messengers," who were
sent by the priests to procure the wood, with machetes in hand, chopping
down the trees. Although Landa states that cedar alone was used in this
work two different species of trees are evidently represented here, the black
one doubtless the native ebony out of which their ** black" images were
carved.
Division two of Plates XV* and XVI*, and division four of XVII* and
XVIII*, represent the artists at work carving images, but here the machete
is the chief implement used.
The upper division of XVII* contains two groups of figures which I
find it difficult to interpret satisfactorily. I think these are symbolic repre-
sentations, and not pictographs. The left group may possibly signify that
out of the earth (represented by the head in the lower left-hand comer)
springs the tree (denoted by the curved beam with Cauac characters upon
it); that it finally produces a god (the figure at the top) to which the
people and priests offer incense and viands. If this be the true interpreta-
tion it is a severe satire upon their worship, and reminds us strongly of the
sarcasm of the prophet Isaiah on the religion of the idolaters of his day.
The group to the right is possibly a figurative representation of a similar
idea. At the base are two Tlaloc heads, emblems of fertility, out of which
arises a tree in the form of a cross, on which is seated an idol. The plant
probably signifies the *Uree of life," or ''life-giving plant."
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS] EXPLANATION OP FIGURES ON PLATES XVIIP-XXI*. 121
Similar crosses found in other Codices, with two indicated halves, denote
the meeting of two periods of time — that is, the close of one period and the
commencement of another; but it is doubtful whether any such idea is con-
nected with this one. I think it has reference to the newly-formed god, as
we see the priest here also presenting offerings. The character at the foot
of the priest, according to what we have heretofore ascertained, denotes
bread. In the third division we probably see the newly-made images in
baskets, covered with cloth, as stated by Landa, whose description of this
work will be found in Appendix No. 3, I.
The persons represented in the upper division of Plate XVIII* are pierc-
ing their ears and sprinkling the blood on tortillas, or on the sacred stones
Acantun. ^ .
In the upper division of Plate XIX*, and running over upon the right
margin of XX*, and in the second division of the former, we have, as I
believe, a series of figures relating to one subject. The earnest desire of
the Maya woman for posterity is a fact well known; it is also well known
that to this end it was their custom to beseech the aid of their deities with
earnest prayers. In this series of figures we see, I think, this custom rep-
resented and its result Commencing at the right of XIX* and moving
toward the left, there is, first, the woman pleading with*one deity, who turns
his back upon her — ^that is, refuses to grant her prayer; the next one listens,
but gives no favorable response; the third is more favorable; and now the
first (shown again in the fourth figure) and the second (shown again on
Plate XX*) are disposed to be gracious.
In the second division is shown the result. Proceeding from the right
towards the left we observe the tightening girdle; next, one strand broken
arid then the other. The figures on which they are sitting are probably
intended for mats.
Although this series may have a general application it is possible that
it refers also to incidents in the life history of some goddess, or noted female
of the early days of the nation.
The figures in the third division of XVIII* and XIX* may have some
relation to the series fii'st referred to; but, if so, I have not succeeded in
finding it out
Digitized by
Google
122 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TBOANO.
The lower divisions of XIX* and XX* are occupied with figures of
women bearing burdens. The substance borne by three out of the eight is
denoted by Kan figures, which, as I have heretofore intimated, represent
maize. The two burdens indicated by death symbols possibly denote the
bones or ashes of their dead; I think it likely some of them denotes cala-
bashes, gourds, or some vegetable of this kind.
This "death symbol," as I have called it, may also be used as the
symbol of some such vegetable product, especially as there are one or two
Maya words of similar sound that signify calabash, gourd, &c. The right-
hand figure of XX* is carrying something which probably deftotes squashes,
and the two at the right of XIX* their lares and penates.
The figures in the third division of Plate XX* (see Fig. 86) form the
sequel to the first and second of XIX*, but we are not to understand this as
representing baptism,^ as the sprinkling is not performed by a priest, nor is
there a priest present; but rather as ordinary ablutions
The two figures in the left compartment, upper division of XXI*, are
undoubtedly time symbols. The triangular Ezanab character in front of
the Chac probably denotes the close of a luster or Cycle, as this is the last
of the intercalated days of the Ix years. The circles on the curved figure
may signify years of Ahaues.
The females in the lower divisions of XXI* and XXII* appear from
their hair to be young unmarried persons, who are probably praying unto
the gods, represented by the idols before them, to give them husbands, or
to grant some special favor.
The upper division of Plates XXIII*-XXVIII* appear to relate
to warfare. On Plate XXVII* we see the victors returning, leading their
prisoners and captured animals, singing and dancing as they move along.
By the wayside is one of the dain enemies being devoured by a vulture.
Here the priest is seen also with his captive, but, as might be expected, it
is a woman.
On XXVI* and XXV* we see the prisoners delivered into the hands of
the priests to be sacrificed. Holding by the hair, as here shown, appears
^ As to the Maya baptism^ see the qaotation from Landa's Relacion and Translation, Appendix
No. 5.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAii.) EXPLANATION OF PIGUEBS ON PLATES XXIIP-XXVIU*. 123
always to indicate that the individual is to be sacrificed. Repeated exam-
ples may be found in the Mexican Codices.
On the former there is also the figure of a bird plucking the eye out
of one of the slain; but here, as I think, something more is intended than
simply that a vulture is devouring a dead man. The peculiar eye and
black body show very clearly that this is the same bird as that on the right
in the upper division of Plate XXVIII*. In the latter we see the figures
of two birds in deadly conflict What is the meaning of this picture! I
believe it is a kind of pictograph, somewhat similar to those drawn by
modem Indians, and that it signifies a battle between two tribes, represented
by these two birds. The bird with the red circle around the eye denotes
that tribe to which the author of the Manuscript belonged, and which, as a
matter of course, was victorious. This is shown by the figure on Plate
XXVI* previously referred to. As further evidence of this we see the
other bird a captive in the hands of the individual at the right hand of the
upper division of Plate XXIII*.
On Plate XXIV* we observe the god of the conquered tribe a captive
in the hands of the deity of the victors, and in front of thpm a soldier run-
ning away with captured spoils, and the priest with the captured woman.
On Plate XXIII* is the figure of a Chac firing the dwellings of the con-
quered village. The last-mentioned figure is the one Brasseur interpreted
as signifying the craters of a double volcano.
The reader is not to understand that I claim that the order in which
these figures are mentioned is that in which they should come, nor is it
claimed that they denote here a real battle, as it is probable they represent
only a kind of play enacted during some festival; yet there is doubtless an
allusion to some real battle or war. My principal reason for believing it
represents only a play is the significant absence of weapons.
The following account of the celebration of a Pipil victory is taken
from Bancrofts Native Races:
"When information was received from their war chief that he had
gained a victory, the diviner ascertained to which of the gods sacrifice was
to be made. If to Quetzalcoatl, the ceremony lasted fifteen days, and upon
each day they sacrificed a prisoner. These sacrifices were made as follows:
Digitized by
Google
124 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
All those who had been in the battle returned home in procession, singing
and dancing, bringing with them the captives who were to be sacrificed,
their wrists and ankles decorated with feathers and chalchiuites and their
necks with strings of cacao-nibs. The high-priests and other ministers
went out at the head of the populace to meet them with music and dancing,
and the caciques and captains delivered over those who were to be sacrificed
to the high-priests. Then they all went together to the court-yard of their
tuqpa or temple, where they continued dancing day and night during the
time the sacrifices lasted. In the middle of the court was a stone bench on
which the victim was stretched, four priests holding him by the feet and
hands. The sacrificing priest then came forward, adorned with many
feathers and loaded with little bells, holding in his hand a flint knife, with
which he opened the breast of his victim, tore out the heart, brandished it
toward the cardinal points, and finally threw it into the air with sufficient
force to cause it to fall directly in the middle of the court, saying, * Receive,
Grod, this thank-offering for the victory.^ This sacrifice was public and
beheld by all the people."
Digitized by
Google
CHAPTER V-
SYMBOLS, PICTOGRAPHS, AND OTHER FIGURES WHICH CAN-
NOT BE PROPERLY CLASSED AS WRITTEN CHARACTERS.
Before attempting to explain any of the written characters I will notice
some other figures which are true pictures, but were not specially alluded
to when speaking of the figures in the spaces ; others which may be classed
as pictographs, and some which appear to be true symbols.
Foot-prints. — These appear to have two or three different significations
in the various manuscripts.
First. A journey made, denoting not the road, but the fact that some
one has passed on in a given direction, that a journey has been partly or
completely accomplished. This use is common in some of the Mexican
Codices.
Second. That so many periods of time have elapsed. This appears to
be their signification on Plates 34 to 38 of the Borgian Codex and Plates
25 to 28 of the Dresden Codex.
Third. To denote movements to be made during certaui religious fes-
tivals. This appears to be one object of their use in the Manuscript Troano,
as, for example, on Plates III and VI. Another is to indicate joumeyings.
The machete or hatchet {bat in Maya) is represented in the Manuscript
in two forms (Fig. 1 8, a and b). As it is not likely the artist intended to be
strictly accurate in minor details, his only desire being to represent the
implement with sufficient exactness to insure its recognition, we may not be
wan-anted in assuming that these two forms indicate a difference in the
hatchets. The one marked a may be the conventional figure, and 6 an
125
Digitized by
Google
126
A STUDY OP THE MANU80EIPT TROANO.
IP
Fig. 18.
attempt at true pictorial representation; yet I suggest as possible that the
latter, which was used iu carving the wooden images, may represent the
copper ax and the other the stone ax. Landa (Relacion §XXIX) says:
''They had little hatchets of a particular metal of this
form [Fig. 18c]. These they adjusted to a handle of
wood; in combat these served them as an arm; they were
also instruments used in working woody
The spear or dart^ and one method of throwing it, is
shown in Fig. 13 (page 96), heretofore referred to. I judge
from this that a kind of hook or hand ballista was used to
give it more force. Something similar is shown frequently
in the Mexican Codices and, according to Valentini, on the
Berlin stone. The instrument in the other hand may be a
stick with a notch in it to guide the dart; the only reason
for doubting this is the bent form given the one figured on
the next plate.
The usual form of the spear as given in the Manuscript is shown in
Fig. 19a. This often has the head marked with the trembling cross similar
to that in Ezanab, probably denoting that it
was made of flint.
The arrow, if such it be (as no bow is
found in the Manuscript), is generally figured
with the head in this form (Fig. 196), indi-
cating, if truly represented, that a flint was
thrust into the split end of the shaft in the usual way; the other end pf the
shaft was surrounded by two feather whirls. Possibly these are darts
thrown by hand and not arrows.
I have been somewhat surprised to find nothing in this work indicating
warfare, unless it be the figures which I have heretofore interpreted as
probably representing a play. Herrera, speaking of the expedition of Cor-
dova (Dec. 2, Bk. 1, chap. 3), says that, while at Cotoche, "there appeared
a multitude [of Indians] in armor made of quilted cotton, with targets,
wooden swords having edges of flints, large cutlasses, spears, and slings
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS. I SYMBOLS AND P1CT0GRAPH8. 127
* * * * pouring in at the same time such a shower of stones and arrows
that they wounded fifteen Spaniards."
Bernal Diaz, from whom Herrera evidently quotes, says: '* These war-
riors were armed with thick coats of cotton, and carried besides their bows
and arrows, lances, shields, and slings."^ '
Landa (Relacion §XXIX) says their ofltensive weapons were bows and
arrows, which they bore in a quiver, the latter made of reeds and having
the points armed with obsidian or fish-teeth, and very sharp. "They had
little hatchets of a particular metal," heretofore referred to, "which, in com-
bat, served them as an arm." " They also had lances a tois [fathom] in
length, armed at the end with a silex head, very hard. And they had no
other arms."
Figures in red, like that shown in Fig. 20 (the little squares only are
alluded to), are found in a number of places in the Manuscript.
Brasseur interprets them as symbols for cat, "honey " or "honey-
comb." The connection in which they are found I think
proves that he is correct. We find elsewhere, as in the char-
acter for Cauac, and on articles made of wood, a similar figure, ^^' ^'
usually smaller, outlined in black, but never colored. Attention will be
called to this hereafter.
A figure like that shown in Fig. 21 is also found on several plates
C255 ^^ ^
Fig. 21. Fig. 22. Fig. 23. Fig. 24.
of the Manuscript, but never in the Codex. Sometimes it is in the hands
of a priest, but in a few instances it seems to be used as a character or
symbol. Brasseur's interpretation is nen or "mirror"; but this I think is a
mistake. It is more probable that it is a figure of the calendar wheel men-
tioned by Landa.
Mortars used for preparing paints are represented in two forms (see
Figs. 22 and 23) : their paint-pots as in Fig. 24.
On Plate XXXIV we observe the priests in the act of painting blue
that which is here shown (Fig. 25), which is probably a little adoratorio
» Hist.— Heating's Transl. p. 4.
Digitized by
Google
128
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
baldachin or place in which their idols were seated in their temples. Some-
thing similar is also found elsewhere in the same work.
Houses, cabins, and other buildings, even temples in which their idols
were placed, appear usually to be represented in the
Manuscript by such figures as shown in cuts 26, 27,
28, and 29.
These, as will be seen by comparison, are really
but slight variations from theMexican conventional
symbol for a house (calli).
The side wall in Fig. 29 appears to be com-
posed of blocks of some
kind placed one upon
another, probably of
stone, each bearing the
3Iuluc character. Mol,
_^__^ , ,, therootfrom which most
I ii-TT::^^ _J"^t^ ^ of the words commenc-
^fes=iMja«£i*«4' ^^^1..^^^^^,,^^^,,,^^ ing with 7nol and mm
^^^' ^' are derived, signifies ''a
group of things united or congregated one upon another," but without refer-
ence to the material of which they are composed. It is true that in this
house we see the figure of a bee, and might therefore suppose it represents
the place where the hives were kept, but the ofiiciating priest in front leads
us to believe it denotes a temple of some kind in
which the ceremonies of the apiarists' festival were
performed. The character at the top of the wall
with a cross in it, somewhat resembling that in the
symbol for Ezanab^ is very common in these figures.
This probably marks the end of the beam which
was placed on the wall to support the roof I so
conclude because I find that it is wanting in the
lighter and temporary dwellings, represented in Fig. 28. The interpreta-
tion of the character as here used is doubtful. The curved line running
from this to the top portion probably represents the rafter; the slender
Fig. 26.
Fig. 27.
Digitized by
Google
HOUSE SYMBOLS.
129
thread-like lines (yellow in the original) the straw or grass with which the
roof was thatched.
The checkered part may represent a matting of reeds or brushwood,
on which the straw was placed.
The following extract from Landa will give an idea of the form and
structure of the ordinary dwellings of the people as seen by him:
'* HABITATIONS OP THE MAYAS.
"The manner of building the houses in Yucatan was to cover them
with straw, which they had in abundance and of good quality, or with
leaves of the palm trees, well suited to this pur-
pose. Thy raised the roof, giving it a consider-
able pitch, in such a manner that the rain could
not penetrate it. A wall was then erected in
the center, dividing the
house lengthwise, leaving
in this wall some doors
for communicating with
the part which was called
the back of the house,
Fig. 28. where they had their
beds; the other part was carefully whitewashed with lime. In the libuses of
the nobles these walls were covered with pleasant pictures. It was in this
part that they received and lodged their guests.
"This side had no doors, but was open the whole length of the house,
the roof descending very low, in order that it might be a shelter from the
sun and rain. It is also said that this was to render himself master of the
enemy inside^ in time of necessity.
"The common people built at their expense the houses of the nobles,
and as they had no doors it was regarded as a grave fault to make the least
error in the houses of others.
"They had formerly at the back a small door for the use of the com-
mon people.
Fig. 29.
1 The passage is very difficult and the rendering doubtful.
y M T
Digitized by
Google
130 A STUDY OF THE MANUSOEIPT TEOANO.
"For sleeping-places they had bedsteads made in a trellis of canes,
covered with mats, and on these they stretched themselves covered with
their clothes of cotton. During the summer they usually slept on the front
extended on their mats, principally the men."^
What is shown in Fig. 26 possibly represents a small wooden adoratorio,
niche, or canopied seat, in which we see an idol. I judge the side wall to
be wooden by its form and by the characters on it. That these characters
are used to signify wood, and possibly a particular species, I think is evident
from the following facts: Running through the Manuscript we first observe
them in this figm-e on what we may justly assume to be an upright wooden
beam. We see the crosses or XX on what are evidently the ends of beams
in the upper division of Plate IX; and in another figure (Plate XXII*),
intended to represent the same thing, we see on the ends of the beams both
the squares and crosses. They are also on a tree in the right of the upper
division of Plate XV*.
In the last-mentioned figure we notice that the tree is severed by a
machete or hatchet in the hands of a priest representing the god of death.
In the upper divisions of Plates XIII and XIV the same character is on
the benches upon which the personages are seated. The blocks, boxes,
hives, or whatever they may be, in the first division of Plate IX*, and the
blocks in the hands of the individuals figured in the middle division of
Plate XXII* are marked with the same character.
The widely different forms and Jhe diversity of uses to which the
things bearing this character are applied make it evident that if the char-
acter refers at all to the thing on which it is placed, it must be to the sub-
stance. As it is found, in some cases, on figures that we know must repre-
sent trees, the necessary conclusion is that it denotes wood. Whether it is
meant as a general term, or applies to a particular species, is a question I
am unable to answer with certainty.
I will call attention to the character itself and its probable interpreta-
tion a little further on.
The houses shown in Plate XVI* (see Fig. 28) are probably the tem-
porary cabins mentioned by Landa in which the artists manufactured their
iI^nda^A Relacion, pp. 110 and 111; see Appendix No. 4, where the original if* tjiven.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB.)
HOUSE SYMBOLS— ROPE-MAKING.
131
wooden idols. We observe that the character with the cross is wanting, and
hence presume that the walls were too slender to bear the weight of a beam.
They were probably built of slender poles or of canes, as was common in
Guatemala, and covered perhaps with palm-leaves.
Instead of the figures at the top always being marked in the peculiar
manner which I have supposed to indicate matting, it is sometimes marked
with bent lines, similar to those on the figures representing cords or ropes.
On some of the plates, as, for example, XIII* and XIV*, the figure of
a bent tree appears to be used to denote a dwelling of some kind, possibly
only a temporary booth. It is true figures of this kind are given in a num-
ber of other places for a very different purpose, as on Plates VIII to XIII,
where they are used to represent the method of capturing deer; but a little,
examination will show a marked difference between the two kinds.
If I am correct in reference to the houses, then it is probable the
Manuscript relates to a section of country where the dwellings and the
temples were of a primitive character.
But few houses or dwellings are represented in the Dresden Codex.
In the lower division of Plate 8 there are figures of two, one of which 4s
| l-<A-<r<J J copied in our Fig. 30. These may represent temples placed
on pyramids or elevated platforms ascending by steps, as in-
dicated in the figure.
The different forms of their vases
are given in our Plates I-IV (Ms.
XX-XXIII).
-Jj The leg of a deer, to which allusion
f^il has already been made, is shown by
Fig. 30. *^® yellow figure with a double, white
band and black tips in the upper left-hand comer of the lower division of
Plate I (Ms. XX).
The machine or apparatus used for, and the method of making, ropes
or cords, is represented on Plate XI* and in our Figs. 31 and 32. The first
(Fig. 31) shows the method of preparing the material. Strips of the sub-
stance used, probably the inner bark of some tree, or aloe fiber, is placed
on a bench of the form shown, which has pieces extending upward from
Fig. 31.
Digitized by
Google
132
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
the sides, so as to retain the strips in position. A kind of hand hackle is
then used, as shown in Fig. 3 1 , to slit them to the proper fineness. After
some process not given, we next find the material rolled into a ball. The
next process, that of twist-
ing into the rope or cord,
is represented in Fig. 32.
A few feet having been
twisted by hand, the end
is fastened to a little tree
Fig. 32. or stump, the ball of ma- fio. 33.
terial is placed in a vessel or on a stool, while by means of a spatula-shaped
instrument, doubtless of wood, the twisting is carried on. It is probable
the implement is used simply to turn the ball, while the person at work
gradually moves backward.
The idols, while in the process of manufacture, are usually represented
by the heads only; those not yet painted or ornamented, without any other
lines than those necessary to show the parts or organs, as in Fig. 33, which
shows also the method of carving (see Plate XV*); those which are painted
or ornamented (Fig. 34).
One of the implements
used by them in carving
their wooden images, I
judge from its form, as
shown in Fig. 35, was me-
tallic.
^^^'«-^- Cloth is usually indi-
cated by cross-hatching, as shown in the dresses of the females on Plates
XVIIP, XIX*, and XX*; rain and falling water by slender, usually waved
blue lines, as 'on Plates XXIV-XXVII. In the third division of Plate
XX* the lines are blue, but not waved. Blood is shown by slender,
waved red lines, as in the upper division of Plates XXII and XVIII*.
A utensil or implement is represented on Plates XXI* and XXII* by
a figure similar to our Fig. 36, the lower end always black, as shown in the
figure. It was held by the middle or circular portion, the fingers of the
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.)
IMPLEMENTS AND SYMBOLS.
133
hand being thrust through the hole. I am unable even to surmise its use.
In four instances it stands behind a priest, who is in a squatting posture and
appears to be holding bread or maize in his hand and performing some
religious ceremony. In two instances it is in the hand
of a priest clothed in black, aad in a similar
posture, who holds it in front of him. In all
cases it extends as high as the top of the head,
and the curved ends turn from the person.
A very singular implement (Fig. 37) is
figured in the third division of Plate XXIII*.
Fig. 35. It appears from the figures in the plate to ^^g- ^'
have been held, while in use, in the right hand, which grasped the hoop
at a. Its use can only be guessed by the connection in which it is found.
In each case it is held up beside a tree, which appears to have been sev-
ered at the point immediately opposite, the top not yet fallen down. On
the severed end of one we see the supposed death symbol. From these facts
I infer that |t was used as a kind of saw, though it is possible it
was employed in peeling the bark from the trees used in the manu-
facture of their wooden idols. If used as a saw, which I think
most likely, the teeth were probably, flint chips, fastened to the
hoop by strings or thongs. A fact worthy of notice is that the
figure immediately following (or preceding) these in the third division
of Plate XXIV* shows the use of the machete in felling trees, but here the
evident intention is to represent a much larger tree, as shown by the diam-
eter and three branches, a tree also of a different species.
An implement of the form shown in Fig. 38 is represented in the mid-
dle division of Plate XXXI*. As this appears from the figure f^^^^^g)
in the plate to be used by the individual in whose hands it is a
held to sever the cord which he also grasps, I pre-
p \ sume it is a cutting instrument, probably of flint
Fig. 37.
The personage represented by the right-hand figure P^^ ^-^^^^)
in this division is the god of death, and the death fig. 39.
symbol is in the same compartment; therefore it is presumable that the
Digitized by
Google
134
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
whole is intended as a symbolic^ representation of death cutting the thread
of human life.
On Plate XIX*, and elsewhere, the figures on which the individuals
are seated are marked as shown in our Fig. 39**. According to Brasseur's
interpretation these signify **mats." In this I
think he is undoubtedly correct. He asserts that
Fig. 39* also denotes a mat, but this I think
doubtful, as I find it on cords, or ropes, and on
the roofs of houses; possibly in the latter case
it may represent a kind of matting.
Fig. 40. Prisoners are usually represented here, as fig. 41.
in the Mexican Codices, with their long hair in the grasp of their captors
or executioners.
Fig. 40, found on Plate XXV*, probably shows the form either of
the bat used in playing ball or of a fan. Fig.
41, copied from Plate XX*, undoubtedly repre- ^^/a?^^^
sents one of their bird-cages, as in it, in the ^ fig. 43.
original, there is a captive bird. The opening appears to have
been at the bottom. To the top were attached cords, by which
Fio. 4*i. tQ carry it.
Fig. 42, found on Plate XXXII*, and elsewhere, I think
represents a block of wood to be used in the manufacture of
an idol or some temple implement. Fig. 45.
• Fig. 43, found frequently in the Manuscript, is doubtless the leaf
of the mimosa or some similar plant. Fig. 44 — see
Plate XXIX* — may possibly repre-
sent a kind of tapestry or curtain
hung over the doors or openings of
the interior rooms of the temples. ^
The interlacing and the square notches
at the bottom show that it is some
kind of cloth.
Fig. 45, found so frequently on
Fig. 44.
Fig. 46.
the heads of individuals, I think, as heretofore intimated, is a time symbol
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB.] IMPLEMENTS AND SYMBOLS. 135
signifying the "tying of the years," and hence a period, as a luster, or
Katun, or possibly the joining of two years.
The conic figure (Fig. 46), always found in the mouth of an individual,
I take to be a cigar (chamoT). On Plate XXVI* it is represented with the
larger end black at the tip, and red behind this for a short distance, which,
together with the dotted lines representing smoke, show that it is on fire.^
^ The figure is not exactly correcti as it shows a narrow ring at the end of the cigar, white, with
a hroader hhick ring behind it. The white ring should be hUnck and the black ring simply shaded to
represent the red iM>rtion.
Digitized by
Google
CHAPTER VI.
THE WRITTEN CHARACTERS OF THE MANUSCRIPT.
It 18 not my intention at present to enter into a general discussion of
the ancient Maya writings, as this will be found in the introduction by Dr.
Brinton. On the contrary, I shall confine myself as strictly as possible to
an examination of the characters found in this, occasional reference to the
Dresden Codex and the inscriptions on the ruins being made only for com-
parison and illustration.
The interpretation of these written characters is, as a matter of course,
the chief, though not the only object of our research and examination.
Although my progress in this direction has been limited, yet I trust the
result will show that I have made some positive advance.
In discussing these characters there are some preliminary questions to
be considered, which, if satisfactorily answered, may aid us in the attempt
to decipher them:
First. The direction in which they are to be read.
Second. The order in which the parts of the compound characters are
to be taken.
Third. Whether they are, in any sense, phonetic.
THE DIRECTION IN WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ.
Brasseur de Bourbourg, influenced by the direction in which the
figures appear to bo moving and in which the faces are turned, whicli, in
nearly all cases, is toward the left, concludes that the writing must be read
by lines from right to left, and by columns from the bottom upward. His
attempt at deciphering was made upon this theory, which I believe he sub-
sequently confessed to be an error, although still retaining his theory in
reference to a great geological cataclysm.
Mr. BoUoert^ followed the same method, reading from the bottom
upwards and from right to left.
^Exam. of Ceut. Am. Hier., p. 30(5.
136
Digitized by
Google
TifOMAB.] ORDER IN WHICH THE CHARACTERS ARE TO BE READ. 137
Dr. Brinton^ suggested reading by columns, first down, then up, com-
mencing with the right-hand column.
Rosny believes the characters should be read from left to right.
Wilson believed the inscriptions were to be read in columns from top
to bottom, and the manuscripts from left to right.
Mr. Holden appears to have arrived at the conclusion, by his method
of examination, that the inscriptions are to be read from left to right.
It is probable that no conclusion on this point will be entirely satisfac-
tory until the characters are interpreted; still I think we can find means of
determining it with reasonable, if not absolute, certainty without waiting
for them to be deciphered.
The large character at the upper left-hand corner of the Palenque
tablet we may safely assume is there used much in the same way as we
use capital letters, and hence that the inscription is to be read either in
columns, from the top downwards, or in lines, from left to right.
But we find more direct evidence on the point in the Manuscript itself.
I havB shown, as I think conclusively, that the day columns, at least,
are to be read from the top- downwards. The natural -inference, therefore,
would be that the other characters are to be read in the same way. But
there are good reasons for believing that, although the usual method of
writing was in columns, horizontal lines were by no means uncommon.
Turning to Plate XIV (our Fig. 16) we find, in the middle and lower divis-
ions, a series of columns composed of the same characters, except the ones
at the top and at the bottom. Three of these columns may be represented
by letters, thus:
m.
P-
ft.
b
b
b
c
c
c
d
<l
d
7
12
9
f
h
g
'Ancient Phunct. Alpbubot of Yucatan, p. (5.
Digitized by
Google
138
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
It is hardly possible that this should be read in lines, as in this case
entire lines would consist of a single character repeated. If we suppose
these groups to be ritualistic formulas, as they probably are, and to be read
in columns, the change in the first and last characters would be consistent
with this idea.
Turning to the lower division of Plate XV, shown in Fig. 47, we find
Fig. 47.
the characters arranged as here represented. Here are two short columns
on the right and two on the left (day column not counted), evidently short-
ened to allow space for the figures of deer which are inserted there.
Using letters to illustrate, repeating those that represent similar char-
acters, and placing as in the plate, we have this arrangement. In order to
b
a
h
I
m
w a
r
n
a
a
a
r »
r
r
r
.
P
K
i
make my meaning clear I have used real words: First, bam; second, harp;
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.] OKDER IN WHICH THE CHAKAOTERS ARE TO BE READ. 139
third, lark; fourth, mart; fifth, wars; a corresponding with the character
1, and r with- the character 2.
fi^^f^^imSi ^^ ^^^ middle and lower divisions of Plate XIX we
ti^v?f\ I «^^r ' l^^ve also examples of this method of changing columns
1, 2: into lines. As I will have occasion to refer to this plate for
DOO QOO
i^!-ifc'j*S'\ /•^•^' \ •* *\ (f^l^, fp^ ' ^*!i / •••' *\.»«. jflPc •
^^Or^S^G^C^^t^r
Fig. 4ri.
Digitized by
Google
140
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TKOANO.
other purposes the two divisions are copied entire in Fig. 48. In each
division (not counting the day columns) there are four groups, each of four
compound characters, the first and second being alike. If we represent
them by letters, and arrange the letters in the same order as the characters.
h
a
h
h
a
h
r
k
a
n
r
k
a
I
.
d
t
they would stand thus in the middle division (the upper one in our figure).
We see by this that the first and third columns being shortened are changed
into two lines, just as the first and last in Fig. 47, so that what followed
downwards in the column follow from left to right in the lines. Plates VI*,
XI*, XV*, and some others furnish similar examples.
Although we cannot claim that this furnishes absolute proof of the
direction in which these lines and columns are to be read, yet it will proba-
bly satisfy any reasonable mind that the columns are to be read from the
top downwards, following each other from left to right, and that the lines
are to be read from left to right, following each other from the top down-
wards; also that Ihe usual method is in columns.
THE ORDER IN WHICH THE PARTS OF COMPOUND CHARACTERS ARE TO BE TAKEN.
This and the other question, ^^Are these characters in any sense pho-
netic?" are so intimately connected that I will not attempt to discuss them
separately.
.The day and numeral characters have already been given, and so often
referred to that by this time the reader must be familiar with them. The
characters for the months, as found in Landa's work, have also been given,
and it only remains for us, therefore, to present Landa's hieroglyphics of
the Maya letters (Fig. 49) in order that the reader may have before him
the entire key with which we have to work in our attempt to decipher the
Maya manuscripts.
A comparison of tlie three groups of charactei's (days, months, and
Digitized by
Google
THOMAfi.]
LANDA'S LETTER CHARACTERS.
141
^^©
M
N
O
©@© ft
f
letters), using the significations given by Landa, will suffice to convince any
one that it is impossible to form the day from the letter characters, even
allowing the widest latitude in the representation of sounds.
Take, for example, the character for Muluc^ as compared with those for
m and // Ahau^ as
compared with those
for a, hj and u; Kan^
as compared with k
and n; Chicchan, as
compared with c, A,
and n; Ezanab^ as
compared with e, ^, t^,
and 6, &c.
But it does not
necessarily follow
from this that Landa
was wholly mistaken.
The days may have
retained their charac-
ters as symbols from
more ancient times,
before any approach
to phonetic elements
had been made, and hence might not present any of these elements.
As we find some of these day symbols on the Palenque Tablet, which
is probably much older than the Manuscript, we have some foundation for
this supposition. Another ground for this supposition is that we have good
reason for believing that some at least of these characters are used in the
Manuscript and Codex as denoting something quite different from the days
they represent, or that which the name of the day signifies.
Notwithstanding this, there are some of the day and month characters
in which we can detect, beyond doubt, some of the letter elements, showing
them to be to a certain degree at least phonetic. For example, the charac-
ter for Cauac difi'ers but slightly from that for cu (qu?); Chuen and Tzec
pp
cu
KU
X
(dj or dz?)
oJLo
Uc?)
z
HA
S
TI
MA
(me, mo?)
Fig. 49.— Landa*8 Maya Alphabet.
n
Sign of
Aspiration.
Digitized by
Google
142 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
contain the main elements of c; Cimi (Kimi) those of k; in Pop or Poop
(Poob) we see the character for b; in Zac, both and cu; in CumhUj cu and
some elements of m; in Kayeb, k; &c.
Comparing the days and months with each other, we can occasionally
detect similar elements where there are similar sounds. In both Chicchan
and Pax we see the interlacing, or cross-hatching, and in both the sound
ch; in Manik and Men the three parallel strokes, possibly m or n; we also
observe similar strokes in Ymix.
After we have carried this comparison to its utmost extent the number
of cases where we find such resemblances in form where there is a similarity
in sound are so few, compared with those in which we do not, that we are
forced to abandon, at least to a great extent, the attempt to decipher the
writings of the Manuscript by the use of these letter characters upon the
theory that they are phonetic. I say 'Uo a great extent," because, as we
have seen, there is some evidence that phoneti6 elements were introduced
to a limited degree.
I may be permitted to remark in this connection that in all the attempts
to decipher these documents which have thus far been made, one very
essential part of Landa's statement has been too lightly passed over, and
not sufficiently considered. Speaking of the Maya writing, he says: **The
people made use of certain characters or letters with which they wrote down
in their books their ancient affairs and their sciences, and by means
of these and by certain figures, and by particular signs in these figures,
they understood their affairs, made others understand them, and taught
them."^
It Is evident, as I think, from this language that Landa does not wish
to convey the idea that the native writing had reached such a degree of per-
fection that by means of phonetic characters alone — or, in other words,
writing in the true sense— they could record historical facts and communi-
cate with each other. And his attempt to give the characters for their letter
sounds is, to a certain extent, a contradiction of his own statement. He has
undertaken to pick out of their compound or syllabic characters the letter
1 " Usavan tambien esta gcnte do ciertos carateres o lelras cou las qnales escrivian en sua libros
BUS cosaa antiguas, y aas scieDcias, y con ellas, y figuras, y algunaa seOaleH en las figoras entendian bus
cosas, y las davan a enteuder y ensefiavau. Landa, Relacion de CosaSy p. 316.
Digitized by
Google
raoMABi LANDA'S LETTER CHARACTERS. 143
elements; hence It is, that while we find it impossible to decipher the man-
uscripts by using them, yet we find such frequent resemblances as to com-
pel us to admit a fundamental relationship. This theory I think is borne
out by his attempt at explaining their method of spelling, which does not
correspond with anything to be found either in the Troano Manuscript or
the Dresden Codex, nor with his previous statement, which I have quoted.
Moreover, his own language, taken in connection with his alphabet, implies
that the natives with whom he was consulting found it impossible to recom-
bine the elements he had picked out so as to form words.
This I believe to be the true explanation of his letter characters and
the only one that will enable us to understand why it is impossible to read
the manuscripts by means of them, and yet finding them so often agreeing
with the characters we meet with in these works.
The day-characters we know he found in their books, as we see abun-
dant evidence of this in those yet in existence.
Although the month-characters appear to be wanting in the Troano
Manuscript they are to be found repeatedly in the Dresden Codex, not
always in the form given by Landa, yet substantially the same, and accom-
panied by numerals or other particulars by which we can readily determine
them. We have, then, as our only positive guide to start with, in our
attempts at deciphering the written characters of the Maya manuscripts, the
day and month symbols, and with no assurance that these are phonetic.
If there are any phonetic elements in this writing they must be discov-
ered with but little reliance on Landa's letter characters.
As it is extremely doubtful whether the day and month characters in
all cases correspond with the modern names applied to them, we must bring
every other possible test to bear in determining the meaning and corre-
sponding word. We have also to proceed upon the assumption that the
language of the Manuscript is the same as that found in the Maya lexicons
which have been given to the world, when it is possible that it is in a dialect
of the Maya varying from that in the lexicons.
As the safest basis on which to found my arguments, I select a few
characters, the meaning of which, I think, can be ascertained with satis-
factory certainty without having to decide whether they are phonetic or not.
Digitized by
Google
144
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
Fici, &U.
This character (Fig. 50) has already been referred to as occurring on
Plates XX-XXIII of the Manuscript and 25-28 of the Codex, and as being
used to denote tlie "stone heap" on which the Uayeb idols
were placed. The reasons given for this belief I think warrant
me in assuming it to be correct Referring to the Lexicon we
find that j;i-ar signifies "a stone serving to form the divisions in a
Katun or cycle"; ppic^ "stones placed one upon another, serving
to count the intervals in a cycle"; ppi^j **a stone on a fishing line," and
tun, stone in a general sense. As the connection in which it is found relates
to the end and commencement of periods of time, I take for granted that
if it represents a word it is either the first (piz) or second (ppic).
This combination (Fig. 51) found on the back of the spotted dog
in Plate XXI, appears from Landa's statement, as already shown, to
represent "bread of maize." The usual form of the combination,
Fio.51. which is found very often, is given in Fig. 52, but the order in which
the characters are placed is frequently the reverse of that given in the figure.
I think I have presented
good reasons for believing
that the characters shown in
Fig. 53 are used to denote
"east" and "west." The one
marked a I have concluded denotes East — in Maya likin or lakin; the one
marked 6, West — chikin. Whether this conclusion be correct or not, I think
there can be no doubt that one denotes one of these cardinal points, and the
other the other cardinal point. This being admitted,
we are not left in doubt as to the signifi-
fll cation of the lower part of these compound
I &j ff characters, as it must be the hieroglyph
V I for kin, "sun" or "day."
The characters for the other cardinal points— r-north and south —
Fig. 55. ^^,q given in Fig. 54. As there is 3'^et some doubt as to their assign-
ment I pass them for the present, allowing the conclusion heretofore reached
in reference to them to stand.
The character shown in Fig. 55, when placed on a figure, denotes,
Fig. 52.
Fig. 53.
Fig. 54.
Digitized by
Google
TH0MAB.1 EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS AND OHARAOTEBS. 145
sometimes atleast, che^ "wood" in a general sense, or some particular kind
o^ wood.
As the character shown in Fig. 56 is placed on spear-heads, evidently
for the purpose of indicating th/e substance of which they are composed, or
the character of the substance, it must signify "silex,"
or hardness, as contrasted with the wood or material of
Fio. 56. which the shaft was composed. Whether Ezanab was
the Maya word denoted, is not cei-tain. Fio. 57.
Fig. 57 is found but once in the Manuscript — ^in the upper division of
Plate IX. As it is above the figure of an armadillo, I presume it is the
symbol used to denote that animal, and hence that it is not phonetic.
Fig. 58 is on the neck of most of the vases figured in the work.
C lilLI "^ Although very common in the written portion as
Fio. 58. a prefix or suffix to other characters — as shown
in Fig. 59, where it is probably used as a pronoun or article —
when found on these vessels I take for granted that it is the ^o- ^^^
hieroglyph for ti, the Maya word for *'vase," as also for "month*' and cer-
tain pronouns.
Using these, together with the day and month characters as a key, I
will proceed to discuss the nature of the written characters, in order to
decide, if possible, whether they are phonetic, and, if so, to what extent
That some of them are but symbols, as, for example, that shown in Fig.
57, cannot be doubted. It is also quite probable, as will appear in the
course of our discussion, that a few are simple pictographs.
As the one shown in Fig. 50 is, in one form or another, of frequent
occurrence in both works, let us compare these on the supposition that they
are in some degree phonetic, and see what the result will be.
Comparing with Landa's character for the month ^j
Pax (Fig. 60), we observe here the two broad perpen-
FiG. 60. dicular bars, but in addition thereto three little rings, ^^' ^^'
or ovals, at the bottom, and a cross-hatched appendage at the left. The
bars, it is true,' are not solid here, but, as will be presently seen, this diflFer-
ence does not appear to indicate a diflFerence in the signification.
10 M T
Digitized by
Google
146 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
On Plate 70 of the Codex the character shown in Fig. 61 occurs, accom-
panied, as here indicated, by the numeral character for '* thirteen" in black.
There is little, if any, room to doubt that this is here used to denote the
month Pax. As it bears no resemblance to any of the day characters, the
accompanying numerals would certainly lead us to belie\^e it denoted one
of the months, and, if so, the one named. Another reason for this belief
is that on the same plate — ^in fact, in the next line — ^are the characters for
Cumhu and Yaxkin, each accompanied by numerals. But in this case, that
for the former (Cumhu) is given thus: U^^^j and that for Yaxkin thus:
•11^^ , omitting the appendage added by Landa. Turning to Plate 69 of
the same work, we observe what appears to be the same character in the
form shown in Fig. 62. Another similar figure on the same plate has the
little upper circle cross-hatched, but this is unaccompanied ^^^
by numerals, though there is another by the side of it as in /^f]j
Fig. 63. In the same column we can detect without doubt ^^^
Fig. 62. tijQ characters for the months Yaxkin, Poop, and Mac. ^'^' ^'
On Plates VII*, IX*, and XIX* of the Manuscript, what appears to
be the same symbol occurs in the form shown in Fig. 64, with the numeral
character for five annexed in two cases (Plates VII* and IX*).
In one instance four bars are distinctly shown, but in the one
on Plate IX* the bar to the right is solid ; the one on Plate
Fig. 64. VII* is as represented in Fig. 64, proving, as I think, that this
diflFerence has no material significance. Can this be used here as the sym-
bol of the month? If so, it is the only month symbol I have been able to
detect in the Manuscript. The inference is therefore strongly against this
assumption. The first two (Plates VII* and IX*) occur in that part of the
Manuscript which, according to my interpretation, relates to the festival of
the Bee-keepers, and in the middle division, along the lower margin of
which we see what are evidently intended to denote oflFerings. Among
them in one place immediately below the character there are two groups,
one of three and the other of two red Kans in vases; in another place the
leg of a deer. We also find the figure of a deer's leg in immediate con-
nection with our character on Plate VII*. The Maya name for a tortilla
Digitized by
Google
TH0MA8.1 INTERPRETATION OF CHARACTERS. 147
of maize ispecuah (according to Perez), or ppecuah (according to Brasseur).
May we not, therefore, with strong probability of being correct, interpret
this character as above given — "five tortillas of maize"— supposing it to
refer to an oflFering? If so, then we have three characters, denoting the
three words ppec or pec, Pax, and pecuah or ppecuah, in which the double
bars occur, which doubtless represent the labial element p, or pp, if they are
phonetic. It is worthy of notice, in this connection, that pacach, according
to Perez, also signifies "a tortilla of maize," and pakach, "to make tor-
tillas of maize." It is probable, therefore, atL^X pecuah, when spoken, termi-
nated with the sound of ch.
Turning to Plate XXXI, first and second divisions, where the method
of planting maize is indicated, we find this character (Fig. 65) forming a
part of the head-dress worn. As I have already suggested, ' (^^
this is probably the hieroglyph for the Maya ppoc, "hat" J^^
Fig. 65. or "head-covering."
Assuming that I am correct in these interpretations, we have then the
characters for four words — ppec or pec, Pax, pecuah or ppecuah, and ppoc —
in which the two perpendicular bars occur, which, in all probability,
represent the labial element p or pp, if they are phonetic. The typical
form of the whole character probably represents the syllable p^c or p'ch.
Fig. 66 represents the interlaced or cross-hatched character.
The character for Chicchan, as given by Landa, is represented in Fig. 67.
In the Manuscript it is most frequently of the form shown in Fig. 68.
» These, as will be seen, consist of two parts, the check-
ered portion and the loops or blocks, and the word of
Fig. 67. two principal phonetic elements, ch and n. fig. 68.
Referring again to the symbol for Pax (or Posh, as the Maya x has the
sound of sh, or ch, in machine), we see that the checkered portion is at the
lefi, while in that for Chicchan it is at the right As ch is the only phonetic
element common to both words, and the cross-hatching the only portion
common to both figures, we may assume as probable that this character
represents the hissing, or ch, sound of the two words. Turning now to the
Maya lexicon, we find that chichan signifies "little," "slender," "thin," &c.;
tzi, which has a slightly harder hissing sound, signifies "anything that is
Digitized by
Google
148 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
very little, slender, thin, or slim"; tzUy "divided, separated, torn, rent,"
&c.; tzukhey "trellis, lattice- work, barred," &c.; tHCy "to part, cut, divide,"
&c.; tzack^ "to cut fine, to hash," &c; dzUy "to work mosaic, to weave,
plait," &c.; all of which are words that have the hissing sound as their
chief phonetic element
On Plates II, III, VI, and elsewhere we see the figure of the red-
mouthed god, which we can scarcely doubt is Chicchac-chob. On the head-
dress in the three plates designated is this same interlaced figure.
On Plate XXV, lower division, is the figure of a serpent with rattles,
to which allusion has heretofore been made, which is marked with checkered
or cross-hatched spots; tzabcan^ in Maya, signifies "a serpent with rattles";
see also the serpent in the lower division of Plate V. We also see that the
apron, aiid appendage hanging between the limbs, is marked in the same
way, possibly denoting, as heretofore suggested, zihily "birth," as the design
appears to be to symbolize the birth of the storm-cloud.
I suggest as possible that the characters in the hand of the left figure,
upper division, Plate XXX*, one of which is the reticulated figure, the
other that of Gauac, may denote cauche^ the cultivated
roV^ cocoanut One reason for this supposition is that the |
^■^ — ^^ figure in the other hand (Fig. 69) appears to be the I
Pia. 69. hieroglyphic for omaly "bread," especially a certain fig.to.
kind of flat tortilla, used in sacrificial oflFerings.
In the middle and lower divisions of Plate XIX we find the character
shown in Fig. 70, occurring several times.
The figures in the spaces appear to be grinding paint in stone and
earthenware mortars. The pestle is straight, rather slender, and cylindri-
cal in form, and is grasped by both hands. I venture the suggestion that
the circle of dots with the little oval in the center, indicates that the pestle
is to be turned or whirled round, and the changed direction of the curves
denotes to the right and left, or first one way and then the other. The
cross-hatching indicates a word with the sound of cA, te, or z. As tending
to confirm this suggestion, we find, by reference to the Maya lexicon, that
dzic and dzical (adjectives) signify Vleft," and dziicalj "left hand." (S^e
Fig. 48, p. 139.)
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.]
INTERPRETATION OF CHARACTERS-
149
Fig. 71.
Referring to Plate XXIII*, we find in the middle compartment of the
upper division the figure and characters represented in Fig. 71.
The lower line of the inscription over the
figure consists of three characters, which I interpret
as follows:
Chehzic u caked: ** Consumes (or destroys) his
(or the) dwelling."
The eye and snout in the left-hand character,
translated "consumes," I presume imply that this is
done by the Chac. The parts of this compound char-
acter are taken in the same order as the others here-
tofore interpreted; that is, from right to left; those of
the third, translated ^' dwelling ^^^ from below upwards.
It is possible that the left-hand character should
be rendered zatziCy which has the same signification as chehziCj and also
has the two hissing sounds, indicated by the interlaced portion.
If I am correct in my rendering of the right-hand character, it will
probably enable us to determine this one (Fig. 72), which is often used in
the Manuscript. I suggest okoltha^ " prayer," and, with the nu-
meral, *Hhree prayers." But it is possible that the true render- ^ '
ing is ocol which, according to Perez, signifies, when joined to •
a number, the course or order, as of priesthood.
Adopting these suggestions, we would translate the characters in the
upper right-hand corner of the middle division, Plate
VII*, Fig. 73, thus:
a. h. 0. d,
bppecuah oJcoltba hau (Y)
*'Five tortillas of maize, three prayers, the leg of a
deer, ?", or, "Five tortillas of maize, the third priest
(or priest of the third order?), the leg of a deer." I
prefer the first rendering, as the character marked b frequently occurs
without the numeral where the second interpretation would not apply.
Fig. 74, which is precisely like that for Caban as usually given in
the Manuscript, is found on several plates and also frequently in the
Fig. 72.
Digitized by
Google
150 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
Codex ; sometimes on the bench or form on which persons are seated or
lying— see Plates XXXII, XXXIII, XXV*, XXXIV*, (fee; on the blocks or
square figures on Plates II* to X* which relate to the festival of the apia-
rists; on the foundation or substance
\^y ft' Y S' V^ Cf^^l^i ^^* ^f which plants and vines arise,
LLi-XJ-L-Ly ^ ' ' ^ ^ ^ I as on Plates XXXII and XXXIII;
a 6
Fia. 74. and as a character into which the ma-
chete or hatchet is thrust (Plate XXIV*). In the Codex it is found on the
wall and base of what appears to be a kind of house, or a niche in a temple
(Plates 20 and 67); on seats or benches, and in one instance on something
laid on a pyramidal altar, on which a human head is placed, having the
**dead eye," as though representing the act of cremation. It is evident
that no one substance can be indicated in all these places.
On the plates relating to the bee-keepers' festival, where it is figured
thus (Fig. 75), as on Plate VIII*, the block or vessel is red, or marked with
a red border, is suspended by cords, and a bee is
iN placed across it. Here it is probable that it should
^ JiL, \yQ interpreted ca6, "honey," or cabnal, "bee-hive."
But this explanation will not answer in one out of
a hundred of the other places where it is used.
Where it marks the substance out of which
Fig. 75. plants arise, as on Plates XXXII and XXXIII, it
is probably used to signify the earth or soil. We find by reference to the
lexicons that ca6 has also as one of its significations "earth" or "soil," and
that cabal signifies "at the foot," "at the foundation," "at or on the ground,"
&c. This will furnish explanation of all those cases where "earth," "ground,"
or "soil" is applicable, or where it is on that out of which plants grow and
on which persons are seated or lying. In the lower division of Plate
XXXII are the figures of four seats or forms similar in outline to that
shown at a. Fig. 74, ; two are marked with the character interpreted ppec,
or "stone," and two with the character represented at a, Fig. 74. If two
are stone, as we have good reason for believing, the others must be wood
or earth. The fact that persons are represented lying down at full length
Digitized by
Google
TnoMAs.1 INTEEPBETATION OF OHAEAOTERS. 151
upon this character furnishes a strong reason for believing it should in such
cases be rendered "earth."
Turning to Plate XXIV*, we observe, in the third division, the figure
of a large brown tree, and a person standing by with hatchet in hand
in the act of cutting; in the inscription immediately above is Fig. 76.
There can be little, if any, doubt that this refers to cutting into the
tree. The Caban character may signify a particular species,
but I think it more than probable the word denoted is cabal, "at
the foot or base," "at the ground"; and that the proper rendering
is "cut with a hatchet at the base," or "at the ground." The cut ^^- '''^•
or opening at the base of the brown tree appears to correspond with this
interpretation, especially as the tree to the right in the same division is
severed at a short distance above the base.
If my rendering of this character, in the different uses to which it is
applied, be correct, it must be to some extent at least phonetic.
On the wall and base of the dwelling, or whatsoever it may be, on
Plate (30) of the Codex, it is probably used to denote that it is earthen,
or plastered.
This character is closely allied to the symbol for the day Cib (Kib),
which is usually given thus in the Manuscript (Fig. 77). In
each of the words we have the sound of k and 6, but one of the
characters has a line of dots that is wanting in the other. The
inner line and the little cross -marks usually found in Cih ^o- 77-
in the Manuscript, and represented in Fig. 77, do not appear to be
essential.
The character represented in Fig. 78 occurs in the middle
division of Plate V.
As the figures in the spaces probably represent traveling "^figT^
merchants, it is possible that this should be rendered w 6eom — the " traveler '^
or "merchant"
The third division of Plate XXIX (the lower of the two shown in
Fig. 79), is divided into foui* compartments, each with its figure and
superscription, the latter consisting of four compound characters in each
Digitized by
Google
152 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
case. Commencing with the upper extreme left-hand character, let us
Fig. 79.
complete it (as the lower part — the loop — ^appears to be imperfect) thus:
Jj). This will make the whole character the same as the third and
fourth to the right in the same line. The order in wliich they are to be
taken I presume is as follows: First, the upper line over one figure, from
left to right, then the next line below in the same order; next, the group
over the next figure in the same way; and so on, counting the groups from
left to right.
We observe that the lower left-hand character of the first or left-hand
group is the head of a bird, and also that a bird is in the figure below; that
the lower right-hand compound character also contains a distorted head,
Digitized by
Google
THOMABi INTERPRETATION OF CHARACTERS. 153
fiomewhat human in appearance, but which may be intended to denote the
quadruped in the figure below ; that the lower right-hand character of the
third group, although showing teeth, may be intended as the symbol of the
worm-like figure beneath.
In view of these facts, and also of the additional facts that the right-
hand group contains no animal head, nor is there below the figure of any
animal, I am inclined to beUeve that these three heads are but symbols of
the animals below them. We also observe that the figures are placed on
Caban characters, and that each group of the superscription contains a
Caban character, all doubtless having reference here to the earth or soil.
If the figures with the two-colored face denote growing maize, as the
attacks of the bird and quadruped indicate, we then have strong reasons
for believing that the character refer to the figures beneath them. I may
also add here, what is stated elsewhere, that as a rule animals, persons, and
deities, or at least idols, appear to be generally represented among the
characters by the head; hence such characters cannot be phonetic.
A study of the two groups similarly arranged on the right of the lower
division of Plate IIP satisfies me that they relate to the method of dealing
with a swelling on the hand, caused probably by the sting of a bee or some
other insect, or the bite of a serpent (observe the serpent's head on the
figure below). We see here the figure of a hand in two places, and on
each a protuberance or swelUng distinctly marked (Fig. 80.) By
the side of each is Fig. 81, which _.^^,^ l^.^^. \r\
is probably the hieroglyph for the ^p ^ > ^ m ^L^ Vc'^Q
Maya words u-mo, *^a swelling of fjo. eo. Fig. si. Fig. 82.
the flesh," or *' tumor." The next character in order is the one shown in
Fig. 82, which may be interpreted u-cab-poCj 'M^athe or wash it with honey."
The character in the hand of the
figure immediately under the in-
scription appears to .agree with this
interpretation (see Fig. 83): Cab- ^«-^3- ^^^•^- ^'^'^'
men (min or mon). Min signifies that which diminishes or causes to grow
less; mon, the same; and moncab (same as momcab), a cooling or soothing
Digitized by
Google
154
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
wash.^ The hand here figured I take to be simply a pictorial repre-
sentation.
The characters in the right-hand compartment of the middle division
of the same plate, I think probably relate to the offerings of hon^ and
tortillas for the dead.
Aote /"*{». C»A^X
Fig. 86.
The character represented in Fig. 84, found so frequently on Plates I*
to X* and elsewhere, may denote pieces of honey-comb, or a kind of drink
made of honey, as Brasseur says (note in Landa's Relacion), " honey that
has passed into the state of hydromel, which was their ordinary wine."
' I follow, in most cases, the iuterprotatioii fjiveu by Hrasseiir in his Maya lexicon, and make no
attempt to give oblique forms, as my knowledge of the Maya language is too limited for this.
Digitized by
Google
cli
THOMAs-i INTEEPBBTATION OF OHAEACTERS. 155
As heretofore stated, I have concUided that Fig. 85 signifies likitij
"east," '^eastward," "at or toward the east"; literally "the rising sun."
K this is correct, then, as before intimated, the lower character with the
alar appendage must represent the latter syllable kitty "sun" or "day";
and the upper, the first, K, derived from likilj "to arise," "to be lifted up
or elevated."
Turning to Plate XX* we see in the third division the figures of four
females, each apparently engaged in sprinkling water on a child in front of
her (Fig. ^6). Above them are two rows of characters, apparently grouped
by fours (counting each compound character as one), two of the upper and
two of the lower line to each female figure. In the first group to the left
is the character I have heretofore interpreted as signifying west; immedi-
ately to the right of it, in the same group, is this character (Fig. 87). In
the second group is the character heretofore interpreted as signi- ^ ^
fying north, but with an arm-like appendage; immediately below
it, in the same group, is the character shown in Fig. 87; the third
group has the character for east and this also; and the fourth or Fiq. &7.
last group to the right the same character (Fig. 87), and that heretofore
interpreted as denoting south.
As we find the same character in Fig. 87 as in Fig. 85, we may assume
it stands for the same sound, li, and accepting Brasseur's interpretation of
the lower left-hand character as signifying Aa or Aaa, "water," and the added
character to the right as Landa's i, we have li-hai or lila-ij "to sprinkle the
child with water," lila meaning "to sprinkle with water," and i child. As
lU signifies "to shake," "to toss," &c., a better rendering may be haa-lU i,
" the water shake (or dash) on the child."
Commencing with the left-hand group and taking the four characters
in the order heretofore adopted, the upper two from left to right and then
the lower two in the same way, and taking the gi'oups from left to right, I
obtain the following result:
First group: "Toward the west; sprinkle water on the child; ( ?);
tortillas."
Second group: "Toward the north; ( ?); sprinkle water on the
child; ( ?)."
Digitized by
Google
156 A STCTDY OF THE MAmiSCRIPT TEOANO.
Third group : " Toward the east; sprinkle water on the child ; ( ?) ;
toHillas."
Fourth group: "Toward the south, (ichinisah) give a bath; ( ?);
sprinkling water on the child."
This chai'acter (Fig. 88), found in the first, second, and fourth groups,
I am unable to interpret. The larger right-hand portion may be a variant
of chicchaUj and the whole stand for the words a or w
chichan, "a little,'^ or ha-chen, "water from the senote ^
or well "
Fig. 83. Tj^^ third character in the third group (Fig. 89) ^^•®-
is also one I have been unable to interpret The smaller figures to the left
may possibly denote the words ca-chuCy "a cuflT' or "blow." The peculiar
eye in the right portion I think refers to some particular deity.
I am aware that this interpretation of these groups hangs on a very
slender thread which, if broken, lets the whole thing fall to the ground, and
hence have given it with a feeling of considerable doubt But the four
similar figures and the symbols of the cardinal points agree very well with
this conclusion.
As I have already intimated, there are good reasons for believing that
the compound character shown in Fig. 90 denotes "bread of maize" or
"corn bread." As will be seen, this consists of the
characters for Imix (or Tmix) and Kan; as ixim signi- ^^ /^^F\
fies "maize," we may assume, without great liability ^2h^ Ci/J[v
Fig. 90. of being in en-or, that this is the equivalent of Imix. ^^- ^i-
But I am inclined to believe the latter symbol (that for Kan) is used not
only to denote bread (tortillas), but that in the pictorial portion it is also
frequently given to represent corn (maize).
The combination shown in Fig. 91, and found so frequently on the
plates of the Manuscript and Codex, probably denotes *' cakes" or "two
cakes," or "tortillas of maize." The two are found combined as in Fig.
90 and with the accompanying characters on Plate III*.
Turning to Plates VIII* and IX* of the Manuscript, we notice along
the lower border of the middle division what are evidently ofierings; some
are pictorial representations and some perhaps symbols; among these we
Digitized by
Google
INTEBPEETATION OP OHAEAOTERS. 157
see vessels of different kinds, on which are Kan symbols of a reddish or
orange color. As heretofore stated, we find over one of the groups (left
side of Plate IX*), a character accompanied by the numeral five, which I
have supposed denotes the Maya word ppecuah, pecuah, or pacachj **a tortilla
of maize." That these symbols could have no legitimate signification, if
interpreted by any of the meanings of Kan found in the lexicon, is appar-
ent to any one. The fact that they are in vessels — ^in one case a vase
with the usual vase mark, in another a kind of platter, &c. — indicates
that they are offerings that can be appropriately presented in vessels of
this kind.
In the lower division of Plate XXI we observe a bird in the act of
eating one of these Kan characters. Although this is probably a symbolic
representation relating to time, still the figure itself is intended as a repre-
sentation of that which is used as the symbol — a bird eating something,
doubtless corn or bread.
On Plate XXVIII, second and fourth divisions,, we notice, as I have
previously stated, the figure of a deity, which probably signifies the earth,
looking up in a supplicating manner, bearing in his hands, or in the hands
of the little figures he holds, Kan symbols. As there is good reason for
believing these are symbolic representations of the parched earth pleading for
rain, it is more than probable that the Kan character here denote com or
maize. This supposition is rendered almost certain by the fact that the one
in the right hand of the lower figure presents a little opening blade or leaf,
showing that it has been planted and is sprouting; in the other hand is the
bread symbol.
The two combined, or the Kan singly, are of frequent occurrence in
the hands of the priests in the Manuscript, where apparently engaged in
religious ceremonies. The Jeans in the baskets carried by females (lower
divisions of Plates XIX* and XX*) I have already alluded to; there can
be scarcely any doubt that here they signify corn or bread, more likely the
former. I think it quite likely that here, and where not in the written por-
tion, these figures have more the character of pictographs than hieroglyphics,
as they are both tolerably fair representations of a grain of maize.
Digitized by
Google
158 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
Fig. 92, copied from the upper division of Plate IX, is, I think, beyond
doubt the symbol for the armadillo figured in the same division.
There are characters somewhat closely resembling it found in
PiG.>2. other parts of the Manuscript, but none of them have the pos-
terior border of scale-marks, and at the same time the peculiar eye that is
used throughout the Manuscript to mark quadrupeds.
Fig. 93, which has for its only characteristic the same figure as Landa's
ca, is found frequently in the Manuscript, so placed as to lead me to believe
it represents some fruit or vegetable product that is useful as
'^fm^ J food, or in some other way in domestic life, and that was also
considered an appropriate ofltering to the gods.
Fig. 93. p^j, example, we see it carried in baskets by women — Slower
division of Plates XIX* and XX*; in the hand of the bird figure — middle
division, Plate II; in the hands of the priest, apparently as an ofltering, on
a number of plates;* on the back of figures representing persons traveling —
Plate V; marked on (as though denoting something in) a vase — ^lower divis-
ion, same plate; in the symbol of the day Cimi; and also in Landa's char-
acter for k
I presume from these facts that, if phonetic, the word or syllable it
represents has as its chief phonetic element the sound of k. As the Maya
word ca signifies a species of squash or calabash used for food in Yucatan,
I presume this is what it denotes in these pictorial representations, especially
as this interpretation does not appear to be inconsistent with its use in any of
them. But that it also has other significations is evident from the fact that it
is found in Cimij and also as an eye-mark. The same idea is doubtless
embraced in both, that is, '* death," and the chief phonetic element k.
In close relation to this, and which should be considered with it, is the
character represented in Fig. 94. Brasseur has taken it throughout as one
form of the Cimi symbol; but there are some reasons for believing
there is, at least, a slight diflference in the signification of the two,
as on Plates XIX* and XX*, in the basket of the woman at the left.
Fig. 94. ^^ g^^ j^^^j^ characters. As the other burdens are represented by
the duplication of one character, the bringing of these two together here
shows their close relationship to each other. It is also worthy of notice
Digitized by
Google
TeoMA8.i INTERPRETATION OF CHARACTERS. 159
that the relative position of the two is exactly the reverse on one plate
from what it is on the other.
As the burdens of two of these females evidently consist of their house-
hold gods, it is possible that those of the two just alluded to may consist
of the bones of their dead. If so, Fig. 94 may represent the skull and the
Cinii symbol the other bones. In the inscription above the head of the left-
hand female, lower division Plate XX*, we find this character (Fig. 95),
which, according to the explanation of the parts so far as given,
should probably be inteipreted (reading from right to left) Pfllj>w<l
dmen-ichj "the dead children.^' In this interpretation the right- l^^**"^
hand character is given its usual signification; the reticulated ^^<^*^'
poition, ch; and the two lines running upward from this, i. Still it is
possible that this explanation is very wide of the mark, as these charac-
ters may represent certain fruits or other articles of food, perhaps diflferent
kinds of calabashes.
The character represented in Fig. 96 is very closely related to, if not
a variant of, the Cimi symbol. It is found very frequently through-
out the Manuscript in the spaces containing the figures or pictorial
representations. As in a large proportion of these cases the figures no. 06.
have some reference to death, the gods of death, or of the lower regions,
and as the character appears to be a variant of Cimi, I have designated it
the "death symbol.^'
It is found in connection with the supposed god of death in the follow-
ing places: Lower division of XXXV (when joined with XXXIV); lower
division of II* ; upper division of VIII* ; second and lower divisions of XI* ;
second division of XXII*; middle division of XXIX*, of XXX*, XXXI*,
and XXXIV*. It is also found equally often with the god and goddess with
this eye: ^5®^- It is also found with the god that has the dark stripe
across the face, as in the lower division of Plate III. Hence I am inclined
to believe that this and the other two are to be classed with the deities of
the underworld. We also find this character in several places where the
idea of death or destruction is evidently intended to be conveyed. For
example, in the upper division of Plates VII and XXV; second and third
Digitized by
Google
160
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
divisions of Plate XXXII; tliird division of XXXIII; upper division of
VIII*, XX*, and XXIX*.
The next group I refer to is found in the upper division of Plate X,
and consists of one perpendicular column and two transverse lines, as shown
in Fig. 97. Taking the column at the left, proceeding from the top down-
FiG. 97.
wards, I suggest the following interpretation of the four compound char-
acers :
"South, tortilla of maize, vase, or pan, of burnt clay, turn 6 (times)."
The characters here interpreted yam and xam^ I am aware, are appar-
ently identical; but the former, which is a part of that heretofore interpreted
"south," is one in reference to which I have been, and still am, in great
doubt, especially as it may well be interpreted xamin, "north." The two
Imix characters here translated ixim are doubtless used more as symbols
than as word characters. The vase, or u character, is, I think, simply
added to render definite that to which it is attached. The lowest character
(Landa's h) may be heb, "to turn over" or "revolve"; eb, "to elevate"; 6e,
"to march"; or pe, also "to march."
The transverse lines reading from left to right, I would interpret thus:
"West, tortilla of maize, pan of burnt clay, 7 (times), deer I."
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB] DTTEKPEETATION OF CHARACTERS. 161
A free translation of the column would then be about as follows:
" Facing the south, place the tortilla of maize on the pan of burnt clay
and turn it six times (or elevate it, or march with it six times)/'
The meaning of the transverse lines is similar, except as to direction,
until we reach the last character, which I have reason to believe refers to
the deer. But it also contains another element, represented by the circle
at the lower margin inclosing little dots, probably the equivalent of the 6-
character of the column.
The line and column in the upper division of Plate XI appear to be
of similar import, but varied in the cardinal points and in one of the char-
acters. I am not prepared to attempt an interpretation of this group, but
am inclined to believe, from the presence of the ik symbol, that it refers to
exorcising the evil spirit.
The groups in the middle and lower divisions of Plate XIV (Fig. 16,
p. 99), which are to be taken in columns, and read from the top downwards,
are evidently of similar import.
Take, for example, the second (third, if the day column is counted)
from the left of the middle division, I would suggest something like the fol-
lowing interpretation (reading from the top downwards):
North (f) tortiUa (or maize). (f) the oUa. 7 (f)
Fig. 96.
The third compound or double character is possibly a pictograph to
represent venison, or deer hams. Brasseur supposes it to be a variant of
the Cimi character, but this I think very doubtful.
11 M T
Digitized by
Google
CHAPTER VII.
ILLUSTRATIONS OF THK DAY COLUMNS AND NUMBERS IN
THE FIRST PART OF THK MANUSCRIPT.
In order that as much of the material contained in this Manuscript as
can be given without facsimile representations may be placed before the
reader, I will now give the names of the days as found in the day columns
of some of the plates; this will enable him to test my interpretation of
the numerals. As my object in doing this is to give an opportunity to all
into whose hands this paper may faW to test the correctness of the theo-
ries I have advanced, I will give the different divisions of the plates, each
with its own days and numbers. It is to be understood that where there is
more than one division on a plate, as is usually the case, they will be num-
bered consecutively from the top downward, first, second, third, &c. In
giving the numerals, the Roman represent the red or day numerals, the
Arabic the black or month numbers. The red numerals usually found
over the day columns will also be placed over them here. Those in the
spaces will also be given in the spaces here, and by pairs as in the Manu-
script. In the first example a few explanatory words will be placed in
parentheses; afterwards these will be omitted.
Plates I-XIX all contaia three divisions, separated from each other
by broad, transverse red or brown lines. It is therefore to be understood,
when no special mention is made of the number of the divisions, that
there are three on each plate. The upper or top division I will designate
as the fii'st, the middle as the second, and the bottom as the third. These
divisions are again divided into compartments, usually differing in the color
of the ground, which is white, reddish-brown, or blue. In some cases the
subject-matter of a division is continued into the second or even the third
plate. These do not follow each other in the usual order of pages. Where it
162
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.]
DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL CHARACTERS.
163
extends over upon the next page or plate, it is always to be understood that
the one which precedes is to have its left margin placed to the right margin
of that which follows, and that the day column at the left of a division refers
to all that stand to the right of it, when thus placed, until another day col-
umn is reached. In order to make this clear, let me illustrate by an example.
On the middle division of Plate V we find a day column with two figures to
the right of it. Turning to Plate IV, we find other figures of a similar char-
acter, but no day column. By placing the latter (Plate IV) so that its left
margin joins to the right margin of the former (Plate V), we have a con-
tinuous series of figures of a similar character. The day column, therefore,
on the latter plate, relates to all on the right until we reach the next day
column, which will be found in this case on the left margin of Plate III, as
in the annexed diagram.
V. IV. III.
/
9
h
i
J
In this illustration the letters represent the days and the position of the
day columns. That this is the proper position of these plates in reference
to each other may be seen by referring to Plates XXX and XXXI, where
the head of the bird in the third division of Plate XXXI — there are four
divisions in this case — is on the right margin and the tail on the left margin
of Plate XXX.^
»By binding together the plates, exactly the reverse of Brassenr's paging— as is done in many
copies — ^we will probably have them arranged in the order intended.
Digitized by
Google
164 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
On Plates XXX* and XXIX* the head of the black figure is at the
right margin of the upper division of the former, while the body and feet
are in the left margin of the upper division of the latter. This explanation
will be sufficient to make clear what may hereafter be said in reference to
the subject-matter of the division of one plate extending over upon the
corresponding division of another.
Plate I.
The day characters on this plate, if there were any, are wholly oblit-
erated.
Plate II.
I give below (Fig. 99) an illustration of the day and numeral characters
•O** •©• ^^ *^^ second division of this plate. The black numerals,
*' '* ^* or those for the month are given here in solid black, the red
or day numer-
OOO ^SSL ^ ^^^ ^^ outline.
7o>n,|=s:si ."^^ As the first
character in the left column is an unusual one, and the
DfTSk first of the right column is too much obliterated to be
\^^ determined by inspection, we must ascertain them by
means of the intervals.
The third in the left column is certainly Chuen and
the fourth Akbal — this gives an interval of twelve days;
L^ those of the right column are Been, Chicchan, Caban,
and Muluc, the interval being in each case twelve days.
This gives for the left column Manik, Cauac, Chuen, Akbal, and Men. The
Cauac character, if such it be, is a very unusual one, being identical with
that for Men.^ The first character in the right column is that for Ymix.
^This, I tliiuk, is an ovident mistake, and furnishes one reason for believing this MS. is a copy.
®Q
Digitized by
Google
TH0IUB.1
DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL OHAEACTEBS.
165
Plate III.
FIRST DIVISION.
Manik.
XI-5.
VI-5.
Cauac.
VI-5.
IX-11
Chuen.
VIII-5.
IV-3.
Akbal.
X-10.
Men.
SECOND DIVISION.
IV.
IV.
Akbal.
Ben.
I-IO.
Muluc.
Cauac.
X- 9.
Men.
Chicchan.
IV- 7.
Ymix.
Chuen.
Manik
Caban.
THIRD DIVISION.
Day column obliterated.
Plate IV.
The first division of this plate is rather an unusual one in regard to the
days and numbers. The days are as follows:
FIRST DIVISION.
Abau.
Oc.
X-9.
Eb.
(f)-7.
Tk.
Kan.
Ix.
Cib.
Cimi.
Lamat
We observe that only three of the
regular numbers remain; but in
addition to these there are small red characters representing the following
numbers (?) I,XII, I,XII, I,XII, I,XII,
I,XII.
Digitized by
Google
166 A STUDY OP TEE MANUSCRIPl' TROANO.
SECOND DIVISION.
The second division commences on Plate V, and includes all of the
oooo second division of that plate. The characters are as repre-
©sented in the annexed cut (Fig. 1 00) :
■'™" *""" ^"^^ Kan, Cib, Lamat,
Ahau, Eb; the dates, 4th day, 13th and 11th months; 1st day,
13th month; 9th day, 11th month; and 8th day, 13th month.
Fig. 100.
THIRD DIVISION.
XI I.
Cauac.
VI-6.
Chuen.
VI-6.
Akbal.
VI-7.
Men.
VI-7.
Manik.
XIII-7.
XIII-7.
Plate V.
FIRST DIVISION.
The first division of this plate contains two compartments. The first
has the numeral IV over the day column. The days are Caban, Muluc,
Ymix, Been Cliicchan. The numbers in the space are I-IO, X-10.
The second compartnient is found partly on Plate V and partly on
Plate IV, and is similar to the first division of Plate IV. The days are
Cauac, Muluc, Chuen, Ymix, Akbal, Been, Men, Chicchan, Manik. The
only regular number unobliterated is the black numeral 13 in the space.
The following are the small red numerals: XIII, XI, XIII, XI, XIII (?),
XIII, XI, XIII. White cross-bones on a black ground are in this space.
SECOND DIVISION.
The second division of this plate runs over on Plate IV, and has been
illustrated and described as belonging to that plate.
Digitized by
Google
DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL OnAllACTERS.
167
THIRD DIVISION.
The day characters in the third division are wholly obliterated,
Plate VI.
FIBST
DIVISION.
IV(?).
Ahau.
(?)-10.
Eb.
XI-10.
Kan.
IV-12.
Cib.
(f)-lO.
Lamat.
IX-10.
SECOND
> DIVISION.
Xll.
Caban.
XIII-13.
Ik.
XIIl-13.
Manik.
XII-13.
Eb.
XIII-13.
Caban.
XIII-13.
THIRD
DIVISION.
IV.
IV.
Ahau.
Oc.
X-6,
Cimi.
Cib
I 4.
Eb.
Ik.
Ezanab.
Lamat
Kan.
Ix.
Plate VII.
FIRST
DIVISION.
The characters and numerdls being, partially obliterated in the first
division of this plate, it is omitted.
Digitized by
Google
168 A STUDY OP THE MANUSOBIPT TROANO.
SECOND DIVISION.
XII. ( XIII )
I.
I ll
-13.
Chuen. ^ XII } ^a
Cib. l 1 5
Ymix. J XII ^_i3
Cimi.
ni
Chuen. ( XII >
-13.
This section (second) of Plate VII contains some peculiarities in the
day symbols and numeral characters. For example, the day (red) numerals
poo O O
are given thus, ^ 4 g j? , the first signifying two numbers, XIII
o o
and I; the second XII and I.
The symbol for Cimi is also peculiar and is in this form l^^- Th^
numbers over the column are XII and I.
THIRD DIVISION.
Day characters on Plate VIII.
Plate VIII.
FIKST
' DIVISION.
(?)
(?)
Kan.
Ix.
XTTT- 1.
Oc.
Ahau.
XII-11.
Cib.
Cimi.
I- 4.
Ik.
Eb.
X-4.
Lamai
Ezanab.
II- 2.
VI-4.
Digitized by
Google
TnoMAs.1 DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL CHABAOTEBS. 169
SECOND DIVISION.
•
VIL
vn.
Ahau.
Cimi.
xin- 1.
Eb.
Ezanab.
I- 1.
Kan.
Oc.
XII- 6.
Cib.
Ik.
IV- 3.
Lamat.
Ix.
VII-13.
VII- 3.
LEFT SECTION OF THIRD DIVISION.
XII.
XII.
Cimi.
Ahau.
II-
2.
x-10.
Ezanab.
Eb.
VII-
• 5.
XII-12(t),
Oc.
Ean.
XIII-
3.
Ik.
Cib.
X-
11.
Ix.
Lamat.
XII-
2(f).
BIGHT SECTION
OP THIRD
DIVISION
I.
Ahau.
X-10.
Eb.
IX-10.
Kan.
V-10.
Cib.
11-10.
Lamat
(D-10.
Ahau.
Part of this section runs over on Plate VII.
The figures in this division, which are all blue, are each seated on a
large compound character, under one of the pairs of numerals above given,
and pertaining to it as shown by the lines dividing these minor spaces. In
the character on which each figure is seated there are, first, an Ahau of the
usual size and form, to which is joined a black numeral; then several small
Chuen symbols. The numeral over the Ahau belonging to the day num-
bered I, as given above, is 9; that belonging to the day numbered II is 10;
that belonging to the day numbered V is 11.
Digitized by
Google
170
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
The lists of day characters on this plate as given by M. de Charency,
differ from the foregoing only in having Ix for the first day of tlie left col-
umn of the upper division, and Kan for the first day of the right column
of the same division. These two days are obliterated in the Manuscript
and hence liave to be restored, which can only be done by counting the
intervals.
The interval between the days in these two columns, as may be seen
by counting, is six days. This gives Kan as the first of the left-hand col-
umn and Ix as the first of the right-hand; hence I conclude that this author
is wrong in his restoration, or has made a mistake in transcribing. Follow-
ing out his plan, we would have an interval of sixteen days between Ix and
Oc in the first column and of six between each of the others, and a like
discrepancy in the other column. But I think it is evident, from what he
says on page 30 of the same work, that he has unintentionally reversed
these two days, as it is not sixteen days from Kan to Oc, as he says, but
six. If we substitute Ix for Kan and Kan for Ix, we find all his numbei^
correct, except that it is .only ten days from Lamat to Ezanab, instead of
sixteen, as he states.
Plate IX.
X(?).
Men.
Manik.
Cauac.
FIRST DIVISION.
VII-(?) The death symboHs
(t)~0) W^^S *^® place of
ii-i.
found in this space occu-
one number of this pair.
Chuen.
VI-4.
Akbal.
XIII-7.
IV.
SECOND DIVISION.
IV.
Cimi.
Ahau. V-1.
VIII-4.
Ezanab,
Eb. XIII-3.
X-3.
Ik.
Kan. VII-2.
1-9.
Oc.
Cib. II-2.
Ix.
Lamat IV-3.
1 D^hiffrement dee ^critares Calcaliformes oa Mayas, p. 26.
Digitized by
Google
DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL OOAKACTEBS.
171
X.
TniUD
X.
DIVISIOV.
Ezanab.
Lainat
XII-2.
VII-3.
Kan.
Ix.
X-3.
1-5.
Oc.
Ahau.
IX-2.
VII-(t)
Cib.
Cimi.
II-3.
Ik
Eb.
III-2.
Plate X.
FIRST
DIVISION.
There are no day characters in this division.
SLCOND DIVISION.
V.
V.
Oc.
Ahau.
VII-2.
Cib.
Cimi.
V-9.
Ik.
Eb.
IX-2.
La mat.
Ezanab.
IV-8..
Ix.
Kan.
V-4.
THIBD
DIVISION.
VII.
VII.
Cib.
Cimi.
IX- 2.
Ik.
Eb.
VII-12.
Lamat.
Ezanab.
X- 1
Ix.
Kan.
XIII- 3
Ahau.
Oc.
VIII-
Plate XI.
IV.
PIBST
DIVISION.
Ezanab.
Oc.
I-IO.
Ik.
- 8.
Ix.
Cimi.
Digitized by
Google
172
A STUDY OF THE MAITUSCEIPT TEOAUO.
SECOND
DIVISION.
CD
Oc.
Ahau.
II-l.
XIII-2
Gib.
Cimi.
(2)-9.
X-6
Ik.
Eb.
IV-4.
Lamat.
Ezanab.
IV-2.
Ix.
Kan.
VI-2.
THIBD
DIVISION.
IV.
IV.
Oc.
Ahau.
V-1.
IV-2.
Gib.
Cimi.
IV-9.
Tk
Eb.
VII-2.
Lamat.
Ezanab.
IX-4.
Ix.
Kan.
XIII-6.
Plate XIL
FIRST
DIVISION.
X.
Men.
a>5.
II- 6.
^hau.
xm-ii.
IX-13.
Ghicclian.
IX- 9.
TX- 8.
Oc.
XIII- 4.
Men.
IX- 9.
SECOND
DIVISION.
XII.
XII.
Ix.
Ahau.
XIII- 1.
IX-2.
Gimi.
Eb.
XII- 2.
xn-3.
Ik
Kan.
X-11.
Ezanab.
Gib.
Ill- 3.
Oc.
Lamat.
VII- 3.
Digitized by
Google
tnoiuM DAT COLUMNS AND NUMERAL GHABACTESS. 173
THIBD
DIVISION.
I.
Cimi.
VII- 4.
XIII- 3.
Ezanab.
(D-17.
X-10
Oc.
IV- 7.
Ik.
X- 2.
•
Ix.
X- 3.
The lists of days on this plate, as given by Charency, agree with those
here given, only in the middle division. Those of the first and third divis-
ions, as given by him, are as follows:
FIRST DIVISION. THIRD DIVISION.
Men. Cimi.
Ahau. Ezanab.
Oc. Eb.
Men. Ik.
Men. Gib.
Some of the characters on this plate are of a form found here only.
The character for Oc in both divisions is unusual, an eye being inserted
which throws back the broken line as shown in the annexed figure.
The character for Chicchan in the first division is somewhat different
from the usual form, as will be seen by the figure here given.
So far as the list in the first division is concerned, there can be no doubt
that the first and last characters represent Men. This would of itself require
an interval of five days between each two, if uniform throughout.
Counting from Men to Ahau, we have an interval of five days; five
more gives us Chicchan, five more Oc, and five more Men, as it should be.
Now turning to the third division of this plate, wo find that the interval
between Cimi and Ezanab is twelve days; twelve more will ^ve Oc.
twelve more Ik, and twelve more Ix, which makes the days and the order
Digitized by
Google
174
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
precisely like that of the right-hand column of the middle division of Plate
VIII as given by both Charency and myself, and regarding which thjero can
be no doubt.
The reader will see that Charency's arrangement of this third division
(Plate XII) gives twelve days for the first interval, fourteen for the second,
ten for the third, and fourteen for the last
The character for Ix in this division is an unusual one, being as here
represented.
Pl^TE XIII.
FIRST ]
DIVISION.
III.
III.
Kan.
Lamat.
II-2.
XIII-2.
Oc.
Ix.
III-9.
XI-2.
Gib.
Gimi.
V-2.
Ahau.
Eb.
X(?)-4.
Ik.
Ezanab.
VII-5.
SECOND
DIVISION.
XIII.
xin.
Gib.
Oc.
V-1.
X-3,
Kan.
Ik.
XIII-9.
VII-2
Lamat.
Ix.
III-l.
Ahau.
Gimi.
II-5.
Eb(*?).
Ezanab.
IV- 1.
THIRD
DIVISION.
X.
X.
Oc.
Ahau.
Ill- 3.
XHI-3,
Gib.
Gimi
X-10.
Ik.
Eb.
VII- 4.
Lamat
Ezanab.
X- 2.
Ix.
Kan.
XI- 4.
Digitized by
Google
TiioMAB) DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL CHABACIEllS. 175
The character for Cimi is similar to that in the middle division of Plate
VII. .
Plates XIV and XV are so badly damaged that the numerals and day
characters cannot be satisfactorily made out.
Plates XVI and XVII.
All the divisions of Plate XVII extend over and occupy the whole of
Plate XVI.
FIRST DIVISION.
IV.
Ahau.
VIII-4.
XI-U.
Eb.
1-6.
VI- 8.
Kan.
X-9.
IV-11.
Gib.
XIII-3.
Lamat
SECOND DIVISION.
I. .
•
Caban.
IX- 8.
11-12.
Muluc.
Ill- 7.
- 4.
Ymix.
XlII-10.
Been.
V-(?).
Chicchan.
X-6.
THIRD DIVISION.
XII.
•
Chicchan.
III- 4.
VIII-10.
Caban.
VIII- 6.
XII- 5,
Muluc.
II- 8.
Ymix.
X-(?).
Been(?).
X-13.
Digitized by
Google
176
A STUDY OF THE MAUUSCEIPT TEOANO.
Plate XVIII.
rhe column of day characters belonging to the first division of this
plate is found in the first division of Plate XIX.
SECOND
DIVISION.
IV.
IV.
Cimi.
Ahau.
III-2.
IV-4
Ezanab.
Eb.
VIII-5.
Oc.
Ean.
1-5.
Ik.
Cib.
XII-5.
Ix.
Lamat
IX-5.
TUIBD
DIVISION.
X
Ezanab.
IV-5.
X-6.
XT-6,
Oc.
a)-4.
IV-3.
v4.
Ik.
VIII-4.
X-3.
VIII-3.
Ix.
II-4.
V-3.
XII-4,
Cimi.
a>in.'
Plate XIX.
The subject-matter of the first division of this plate occupies all the
first division of Plate XVIII.
PIBST
DIVISION.
IV.
Ahau.
11-43.
Eb.
11-11.
Ean.
XIII-11.
Cib.
X-10.
Lamat.
IV- 7.
Digitized by
Google
THOIUB.]
DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL OHARACTEBB.
177
SECOND DIVISION.
The red numerals in this division are doubled, as in the manner here-
tofore shown.
IX and IV.
Cib.
XI and VI-10.
Lamat
VII and
II-
11.
Ahau.
IX and
I-
7.
Eb.
TX and IV-
2.
Kan.
.
THIBD DIVISION.
ni
IIL
Muluc
Cauac
X- 7.
Men.
Chicchan.
Ill- 6.
Ymix.
Chuen.
VI- 3.
Manik.
Caban.
III-IO.
Been.
Akbal.
The character in this division interpreted as Chicchan is an unusual
one, being in this form:
The numerals on Plates XXIV and XXV and those in the upper
division of Plate XXVI being partially obliterated, we have omitted them.
Plate XXVI.
LOWER
DIVISION.
XIII.
Ahau.
XIII-
-13
Eb.
XIII-
-13.
Kan.
XIII-
-13
Cib.
XIII-
-13,
T^amat
12 IC T
Digitized by
Google
178
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TEOAUO.
Plate XXVII.
UPPER
DIVISION.
XL
Ahau.
X-13.
Eb.
XI-13.
Kan.
XI-13.
Cib.
XI-13.
Lamat
LOWEB
DIVISION.
IX.
Cbuen.
XIII (or XIV)-2.
Caban.
XI- 2.
Akbal.
VI- 2.
Muluc.
IX- 3.
Men.
VI-10.
Ymix.
IV- 4.
Manik.
IX- 3.
Been.
Chicchan.
Cauac.
We find in the day column of this division a rather unusual character
for Chicchan, which is here shownlp^^Trj. As the day column entirely
fills the space the numeral character which should be placed at the top is
put at the side of the first day character. The first red numeral is as follows:
o o o o
^ :> . The right-hand dot in the original is imperfect, small, and
crowded, and, as I believe, is there by mistake.
Digitized by
Google
TH0IU8.) DAY COLUMNS AND NUMEEAL OHARAOTEES. 179
4
Plate XXVIIL
The characters of the first division are somewhat obliterated, as are also
the numerals.
SECOND DIVISION.
Men. XI- 9.
Manik. I- 9.
Cauac. I- 9.
Chuen. 1-17.
Akbal. V- 7.
THIRD DIVISION.
XI.
Ahau. Vn- 2.
Eb. OD-7.
Kan. XI-10.
Cib. XI-13.
Lamat
FOUETH DIVISION.
Men. I- 8.
Manik. . III-14.
Been. XIII-13.
Eb. 1-13.
Chuen. V- 3.
Plate XXIX.
No day characters in the first, second, or third divisions.
FOURTH DIVISION.
XII
Cimi. VI-
Ezanab. VI-13.
Oc. III-IO.
Ik. XII- 9.
Ix.
Digitized by
Google
180 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
Plate XXX.
The left-hand compartments of the first, second, and third divisions of
this plate are continuations of the first, second, and third divisions of Plate
XXXI. The right-hand compartments of these three divisions form the
commencement of, and contain the day characters for the first, second, and
third divisions of Plate XXIX.
SECOND DIVISION.
(III?).
Ik.
Ix.
Cimi.
Ezanab.
Oc.
FIRST COLUMN, THIRD DIVISION.
^ i The numerals are placed in this form over the
Lamat ^^SS ^^J"^^* ^^^^y ^^'^ probably to be taken in pairs, the
■^^^* ^^"^^ black characters representing two separate numbers,
Ahau. ^" ^ one stripe with the*dots to be taken with the red nu-
Cib. meral above, thus, V-9; the two remaining stripes with the red
•*^"* numerals below thus, VII-10.
RIGHT COMPARTMENT, THIRD DIVISION.
XIII.
Muluc.
XIII-13.
Ix.
XIII-13.
Cauac.
XIII-13.
Kan,
XIII-13.
Muluc.
XIII-13.
There are no day characters in the fourth division.
Digitized by
Google
TnOKAS.)
DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL CHARACTERS.
181
Pi.ATE XXXI
Day characters obliterated in the first division.
SECOND DIVISION.
Kan.
VII-
-11.
Cib.
V-
-11.
Lamat
III-
-11.
Ahau.
1-
-11.
Eb.
IX-11.
THIRD DIVISION.
Chuen.
Oc.
Muluc.
Cimi.
Cimi.
Ohicchan.
Akbal.
Ik.
Ymix.
Cauac.
Ezanab.
Caban.
Men.
Ix.
Been,
These columns all have the same numerak over them as the first
column in the third division of Plate XXX, and they are arranged in the
same way. There are no numerals in the spaces.
FOURTH DIVISION.
XIII,
XIII.
Ymix.
Manik.
IX- 9,
Been.
Cauac
XII- 3.
Chicchan,
Chuen.
ix-ia
Caban,
Akbal.
XI- 2.
Muluc
Men.
XIII- 2-
This division extends over to Plate XXX.
Digitized by
Google
182 . A STUDY OF THE MANDSCEIPT TEOANO.
Plate XXXIL
FIRST
DIVISION.
?
Cib.
XIII- 9.
Lamat
- 8.
Ahau.
IX- 8.
Eb.
11-17.
Kan.
II- 9.
SECOND
DIVISION.
(VIII?).
Ik.
I- 6.
Tx.
IX- 8.
Cimi.
II- f.
Ezanab.
Muluc.
vni-18.
THIRD
DIVISION.
(t)
Ix.
XIL
Ix.
VI.
In space,
Ix.
YTTT
Alii.
Cimi? or
death symbol
FOURTH
DIVISION.
(?)
Lamat
III-13.
Ahau.
III-13.
Eb.
III-13.
Kan.
III-13.
Cib.
Digitized by
Google
motua]
DAT COLUMNS AND NUMERAL CHAEAOTBES.
183
Plate XXXIII.
PIBST DIVISION.
(')
»
Kan.
VII- 5.
Mulua
II- 8.
Ix.
X- 1
Cauac.
XIII-15.
Kan.
vin- 8.
SECOND
DIVISION.
Chuen,
Ymix.
11-11.
Caban.
Manik.
X?-3.
Akbal.
Been.
VIII- 6.
Muluc.
Cauac.
IV, or IX- 6.
Men.
Chicchan, ?- 4
THIRD DIVISION.
Column left compartment.
Column right compartment
Vl
V.
Cauac.
Kan.
Xllf.
XII.
Cauac
Kan.
VI?.
VI.
Cimil
Cimit.
XIII.
XIII.
Cimi?,
Cimil
FOURTH
DIVISION.
Caban.
III-13.
Muluc.
III-13.
Imix.
III-13.
•
Been.
III-13.
Chicchan,
Digitized by
Google
184 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TBOAUO.
Plate XXXIV.
Tho first and fourth divisions belong to Plate XXXV.
SECOND DIVISION.
IV.
' Gimi.
XII-8.
VI-8.
Ezanab.
XIII-7?.
f 1
Oc.
1-7.
IXf-7t.
Ik.
lV-8.
Ix.
THIRD DIVISION.
IV?.
Ahau.
XI-
•t.
Eb.
II-
■17.
•
Ean.
iV-15.
Cib.
Lamat
Plate XXXV.
On this plate the day column in the second division is illegible.
PIEST DIVISION.
(!)-10.
Lamat
VII-10.
vni-10.
Been.
V?-10.
XII MO.
Ezanab.
I-IO.
AkbaL
XT-10.
THIRD DIVISION.'
(»)
Ymix.
X-
■10.
Been.
TX-
-11.
Caban.
IX-13.
Chicchan.
VIII-12.
Muluc.
I-
-12.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.]
DAY COLUMNS AND NUMERAL CHAKACTEES.
185
FOURTH DIVISION.
IV.
Ahau. IX-11.
Chicchan. 1-17.
Oc. Ill or IV-17.
Men.
Ahau.
Plate I*.
No day characters are discernible in the first division of this plate.
THIRD DIVISION.
If.
Gaban. I- 6.
Ik. I- 5.
Manik. !-13.
Eb.
Gaban f
Plate II*.
FIRST DIVISION.
Manik.
XI- 4.
Eb.
IX-151.
Caban,
Manik.
SECOND DIVISION.
Left column.
Right column.
IX,
Villi
Cabaaa.
IX-12.
Ik.
11-13.
Ik.
IX-13.
Eb.
lV-13.
Manik
IX-18f.
Manik.
IV-11.
Eb.
Gaban.
Caban.
Ik.
This division
is continued on Plate I*
•
Left column,
third division,
illegi
ible.
Digitized by
Google
186 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
THIRD
DIVISION.
Right
column.
IV.
Ahau.
Eb.
XI-13.
Kan.
IV-19 or 9 and 10.
Cib.
Lamat
Digitized by
Google
CHAPTER VIII.
A DISCUSSION OF DATES, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO
THOSE OF THE PEREZ MANUSCRIPT.
As I have heretofore touched upon this topic, I must ask the reader to
refer to what is there stated, that I may dispense with repeating it here.
But it is proper to remind him here that having proven, at least satis-
factorily to myself, that the Ahau consisted of twenty-four yeara, this
number is always to be understood whenever this period is mentioned in
this discussion. In the second place, I start with the understanding that a
13th Ahau closed with the year 1542. I have already given my reasons,
somewhat at length, for this conclusion. T may add that Dr. Valentini, in his
article on the Perez Manuscript, arrives at the same conclusion. Brasseur^
also concludes the 13th Ahau with the year lo42, as he ^ves the following
explanation: ^^Dans le XIII Ahau Katun, cest-a-dire, entre les annSes 1518-
1542"; thus counting twenty- four years to this period, notwithstanding his
repeated statement elsewhere that it contained but twenty. We may there-
fore feel assured that we have in these dates — the 24th year of the XIII
Ahau = A. D. 1542— one connecting link between the two chronological
systems; and also that the author of the Perez Manuscript was correct in
stating that at the period alluded to — the year 1536 — '*six years were
wanting to the completion of the 13th Ahau."
In order that the reader may have before him as much of the data
bearing upon this point as can be conveniently given here, I insert at this
point a copy of the Perez Manuscript in the original, following it with
the English translation.
lUist. des Nat. Civ., II, 594, note 1.
187
Digitized by
Google
188 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
THE MAYA MANUSCRIPT.
MAYA.
Lai u tzolan Katun lukci ti cab ti yotoch Nonoual cdnte anflo Tutul
Xiu ti chikin Zuind; u luumil u talelob Tulapan chiconahthan.
1. Cdnte bin ti Katun lie u ximbalob ca uliob uaye yetel Holon-Chan-
tepeuh yetel u cuchulob: ca hokiob ti petene uaxac Ahau bin yan cuchi,
uac Ahau, can Aliau, cabil Abau, cankal haab catac hunppel haab; tumen
hun piztun oxlahun Ahau cuchie ca uliob uay ti petene cankal haab catac
hunppel haab tu pakteil yete cu ximbalob lukci tu luumilob ca talob uay ti
petene Chacnouitan lae.
2. Uaxac Ahau, uac Ahau, cabil Ajau; kuchci Chacnouitan Ahmekat
Tutul Xiu hunppel haab minan ti hokal haab cuchi yanob Chacnouitan lae.
3. Laitun uchci u chicpahal tzucubte Ziyan-caan lae Bakhalal, can
Ahau, cabil Ahau, oxlahun Ahau oxkal haab cu tepalob Ziyan-caan ca
emob uay lae; lai u haabil cu tepalob Bakhalal chuulte laitun chicpahci
Chichen Itza lae.
4. Buluc Ahau, bolon Ahau, uuc Ahau, ho Ahau, ox Ahau, hun Ahau
uac kal haab cu tepalob Chichen Itza ca paxi Chichen Itza, ca binob cahtal
Champutun ti yanhi u yotochob ah Ytzaob kuyen uincob lae.
5. Uac Ahau, chucuc u luumil Chanputun, can Ahau, cabil Ahau,
oxlahun Ahau, buluc Ahau, bolon Ahau, uuc Ahau ho Ahau, ox Ahau, hun
Ahau, lahca Ahau, lahun Ajau, uaxac Ahau, paxci Chanputun, oxlahun
kaal haab cu tepalob Chanputun tumenel Ytza uincob ca talob u tzacl^ u
yotochob tu eaten, laix tun u katunil binciob ah Ytzaob yaJan che yalan
aban yalan ak ti numyaob lae.
6. Uac Ahau, can Ahau, ca kal haabcatalob u hedzob yotoch tu eaten
ca tu zatahob Chakanputun.
7. Lai u katunil cabil Ahau, u hedzci cab Ahcuitok Tutul Xiu Uxmal.
Cabil. Ahau, oxlahun Ahau, buluc Ahau, bolon Ahau, uuc Ahau, ho Ahau,
ox Ahau, hun Ahau, lahca Ahau, lahun Ahau, lahun kal haab cu tepalob
yetel u halach uinicil Chichen Itza yetel Mayalpan.
8. Lai u katunil buluc Ahau, bolon Ahau, uac Ahau, uaxac Ahau,
paxci u halach uinicil Chichen Itza tumenel u kebanthan Hunac-eel, ca uch
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB.] THE PEREZ MANUSCRIPT. 189
ti Chacxib chac Chichen Itza tu kebanthan Hunac-eel u halach uinicil
Mayalpan ichpac. Cankal haab catac lahun piz haab, tu lahun tun uaxac
Ahau cuchie; lai u haabil paxci tumenel Ahzinte-yutchan yetel Tzunte-cum,
yetel Taxcal, yetel Pantemit, Xuchu-cuet, yetel Ytzcuat, yetel Kakaltecat
lay u kaba uiuicilob: lae nuctulob ahmayapanob lae.
9. Laili u katunil uaxac Ahau, lai ca binob u pS, ah Ulmil Ahau tume-
nel u uahal-uahob yetel ah Ytzmal UHl Ahau; lae oxiahun uudz u katunilob
ca paxob tumen Hunac-eel: tumenel u dzabal u naatob; uac Ahau ca
dzoci; hunkal haab catac can lahun pizi.
10. Uac Ahau, can Ahau, cabil Ahau, oxiahun Ahau, buluc Ahau,
chiicuc u luumil ich p& Mayalpan, tumenel u pach tulum, tumenel multepal
ich cah Mayalpan, tumenel Ytza uinicob yetel ah Ulmil Ahau lae; can
kaal haab catac oxppel haab; yocol buluc Ahau cuchie paxci Mayalpan
tumenel ahuitzil dzul, tan cah Mayalpan.
11. Uaxac Ahau lay paxci Mayalpan lai u katunil uac Ahau, can
Ahau, cabil Ahau, lai haab cu ximbal ca yax mani espailoles u yaxilci caa
luumi Yucatan tzucubte lae, oxkal haab pSiixac ich pS, cuchie.
12. Oxiahun Ahau, buluc Ahau uchci raayacimil ich pS, yetel nohka-
kil: oxiahun Ahau cimci Ahpula: uacppel haab u bin el ma dzococ u xocol
oxiahun Ahau cuchie, ti yanil u xocol haab ti lakin cuchie, canil kan cum-
lahi pop tu holhun Zip catac oxppeli, bolon Yniix u kinil lai cimi Ahpula;
laitun afio cu ximbal cuchi lae ca oheltabac lay u xoc numeroil ailos lae 1536
afios cuchie, oxkal haab paaxac ich p§, cuchi lac.
13. Laili ma dzococ u xocol buluc Ahau lae lai ulci espailoles kul
uincob ti lakin u talob ca uliob uay tac luumil lae, bolon Ahau hoppci
cristianoil uchci caputzihil: laili ichil u katunil lae ulci yax obispo Toroba
u kaba, heix afio cu ximbal uchie.
[Translation.]
This is the series of **Katunes" that elapsed from the time of their
departure from the land and house of Nonoual, in which were the four
Tutul Xiu, lying to the west of Zuina, going out of the country of Tulapan.
§ 1. Four epochs were spent in traveling before they arrived here with
Holon-Chantepeuh and his followers. When they began their journey
toward this island it was the 8th Ahau, and the 6th, 4th, and 2d were spent
Digitized by
Google
190 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
in traveling; because in the year of the 13th Ahau they arrived at this
island, making together eighty-one years they were traveling, between their
departure from their country and their arrival at this island of Chacnoui-
tan. (Years, 81.)
§ 2. The 8th Ahau, the 6th Ahau; in the 2d Ahau arrived Ajmekat
Tutul Xiu, and ninety-nine years they remained in Chacnouitan. (Years,
99.)
3. In this time also took place the discovery of the province of Ziyan-
caan, or Bacalar, the 4th Ahau and 2d Ahau, or sixty years, they had ruled
in Ziyan-caan when they came here. Duiing these years of their govern-
ment of the province of Bacalar occurred the discovery of Chichen Itza.
(Years, 60.)
4. The 11th Ahau, the 9th, 7th, 5th, 3d, and 1st Ahau, or 120 years,
they ruled in Chichen-Ttza, when it was destroyed, and they emigrated to
Champoton, where the Itzaes, holy men, had houses. (Years, 120.)
5. The 6th Ahau they took possession of the territory of Champoton;
the 4th Ahau, 2d, 13th, 11th, 9th, 7th, 5th, 3d, 1st, 12th, 10th, and 8th
Champoton was destroyed or abandoned. Two hundred and sixty years,
the Itzaes reigned in Champoton, when they returned in search of their
homes, and they lived for several katunes under the uninhabited mountains.
(Years, 260.)
6. The 6th Ahau, 4th Ahau, after forty years, they returned to their
homes once more, and Champoton was lost to them. (Years, 40.)
7. In this Katun of the 2d Ahau, Ajcuitok Tutul Xiu established him-
self in Uxmal; the 2d Ahau, the 13th, 11th, 9th, 7th, 5th, 3d, 1st, the 12th
and 10th Ahau, equal to 200 years, they governed in Uxmal, with the gov-
ernors of Chichen-Itza, and of Mayapan. (Years 200.)
8. These are the Katunes 11th, 9th, and 6th Ahau. In the 8th
Ahau the governor of Chichen-Itza was deposed, because he murmured dis-
respectfully against Hunac-eel. This happened to Chacxibchac of Chichen-
Itza, governor of the fortress of Mayapan. Ninety years had elapsed, but
the 1 0th year of the oth Ahau was the year in which he was overthrown by
Ajzinte-yutchan, with Tzuntecum, Taxcal, Pantemit, Xuch-uenet Ytzcuat,
and Kakaltecat; these are the names of the seven Mayalpanes. (Yeai's 90.)
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB.] THE PBEEZ MANUSCRIPT. 191
9. In the same Katun of the 8th Ahau they attacked Chief Ulmil, in
consequence of his quarrel with Ulil, Chief of Yzamal; thirteen divisions
of troops he had when he was routed by Hunac-eel; in the 6th Ahau the
war was over, after 34 years. (Years 34.)
10. In the 6th Ahau, 4th, 2d, 13th, and 11th Ahau, the fortified terri-
tory of Mayapan was invaded by the men of Itza, under their Chief Ulmil,
because they had walls, and governed in common the people of Mayapan:
eighty-three years elapsed after this event, and at the beginning of the 11th
Ahau Mayapan was destroyed by strangers of the Uitzes, Highlanders, as
was also Tancaj of Mayapan. (Years 83.)
11. In the 8th Ahau, Mayapan was destroyed, the epochs of the 6th,
4th, and 2d Ahau elapsed, and at this period the Spaniards for the first time
arrived, and gave the name of Yucatan to this province, sixty years after
the destruction of the forti-ess. (Years 60.)
12. The 13th and 11th Ahau, pestilence and small-pox were in the
castles. In the 13tli Ahau Chief Ajpula died; this year was counted
toward the east of the wheel, and began on the 4th Kan. Ajpula died
on the 18th day of the month Zip, in the 9th Ymix; and that it may be
known in numbers, it was the year 1536, sixty years after the destruction
of the fortress.
13. Before the termination of the 11th Ahau the Spaniards arrived.
Holy men from the east came with them when they reached the land. The
9th Ahau was the commencement of baptism and Christianity; and in this
year was the arrival of Toroba (Toral), the first bishop.
Before entering upon a discussion of this manuscript I will attempt to
connect the two chronological systems at one or two other points, in refer-
ence to which we find some data left on record besides that found in the
manuscript.
The destruction of Mayapan (the last one, if there were two, as stated
by this authority) was an important event likely to be remembered by the
people at the time of the Spanish conquest, as it was the beginning of a
marked change in the condition of affairs in Yucatan, and occurred, at the
earliest, not more than a hundred years before the first appearance of these
invaders on the coast of this peninsula.
Digitized by
Google
192 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
As I have already shown, the important event alluded to by Perez as
occurring in the year 7 Cauac of the 8th Ahau, which he fixes in 1393,
really happened in 1435, as we see by correcting the manifest error of his
calculation. This event, I believe, was the destruction of Mayapan, which
this manuscript asserts took place in the 8th Ahau.
The two statements in this document — first (in the 11th paragraph),
that the first arrival of the Spaniards, at the close of the 2d Ahau (1518),
was 60 years after the fall of Mayapan; second (12th paragraph), that the
year 1536 was 60 years after this event— cannot both be correct; one or the
other, or both, must be erroneous. Rejecting the latter, and counting three
Aliaues, the number the author gives, at 24 years each, instead of 20 (the
length at which he estimates them), we have 72 years, which, deducted,
carries us back to 1446. This corresponds exactly with Landa's computa-
tion. Herrera^ says that this happened, "according to the reckoning of the
Indians, about seventy years before the Spaniards came into Yucatan," which
would place it in 1448. According to the tables I have given, the 8th Ahau
included the years 1423-1446, which agrees exactly with Brasseur's calcu-
lation (Hist des Nat Civ}), in which work he appears to have adopted 24
years as the number to an Ahau, instead of 20, as in his notes to Landa and
the Perez Manuscript As I was not aware of this fact until after the preced-
ing part of this paper was delivered for publication, I call attention to it now,
as it is apparent from this that his comparison of the dates of the two systems
must agree throughout precisely with what is given in my Table XVII.
If we are correct in counting 24 years to an Ahau, then it is certain
the 8th must have included from 1423 to 1446; and ifthe document referred
to by Perez (which unfortunately was lost) was right in stating that 7 Cauac
was the year of the destruction, it occurred in 1435.
We learn from Herrera (loc. cit.) that this city was destroyed five hundred
years after it was built. As a matter of course, this is given in round num-
bers, and cannot be considered as exact; yet it will afibrd some aid in our
comparison. Deducting 500 from 1435 gives us the year 935 as the date
of the founding of the city, which may be considered as at least approxi-
mately correct. Counting back by Ahaues, we ascertain that this would fall
in the 11th of the preceding grand cycle.
» Dec. Ill, lib. vi, cap. 3. «II, 593.
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.! THE PEREZ MANUSCEIPT: 193
Although, as shown by Table XVII, the grand cycles, if counted from
the year 1 of each period, would begin with the Ist Ahau, yet, as the
Indians chose, for some reason, to begin these periods with the 13th, our
calculations must correspond with this arbitrary selection. I therefore give
here a brief table of cycles, with the corresponding years of our era, run-
ning backward :
Years.
Fourth grand cycle 1519-1830
Third grand cycle 1207-1518
Second grand cycle 895-1206
First grand cycle 583- 894
The numbers given the grand cycles are (for the present, at least) arbi-
trary, given simply as a means of reference. We see from this table that
the year 935 would fall in the grand cycle numbered 2, and, as before stated,
in the 1 1th Ahau. Referring to this manuscript again, we see that Mayapan
is first mentioned in the 7th paragraph, where it is stated that *' the 2d Ahau,
13th, 11th, 9th, 7th, 5th, 3d, 1st, 12th, and 10th Ahau, 200 years, they [the
Tutul Xiu] governed in Uxmal with the governors of Chichen-Itza and
Here we find our llth with but two Ahaues preceding it, or, as we
judge from the preceding clause — "In this Katun of the 2d Ahau" — ^but
one and part of another. Supposing Mayapan to have been in existence at
the commencement of the periods here named, it would carry us back only
some forty or fifty years beyond Herrera's general statement; but this is
more than accounted for by the difference in the estimated length of the
Ahau.
If we count the Ahaues necessary to complete the number from the 2d
in the commencement of the seventh paragraph to the 2d in the eleventh
paragraph when the Spaniards first appeared, filling up the lacunsB and
making the correction in the eighth paragraph suggested by Dr. Valentini,
we shall find the number to be as follows:
2, 13, 11, 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2.
13, 11, 9, 7, 5, 3, 1, 12,. 10, 8, 6, 4, 2.
Making 27 Ahaues, or 648 years.
13 M T
Digitized by
Google
194 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TRAOXO.
Deducting this from 1518, the time when the Spaniards appeared on
the coast, it carries us back to the year 870. If carried back only to the first
year of the 11th of the first series, it gives the year 918, which difi'ers but
17 years from the date (935) given above from Herrera's statement, a differ-
ence less than one Ahau. I am inclined, therefore, to believe the first line
of the 8th paragraph properly belongs to the 7th, and that it was the inten-
tion of the writer to say that ''with the governors of Chichen-Itza and
Mayapan these Katunes, 11th, iJth to the 6th." In the 8th Ahau trouble
arose between the parties to the compact, but the war did not end until in
the 6th. It is probable, therefore, that the chronicler's data mentfoned the
1 1th Ahau as the beginning of the compact, and that this was near the time
when Mayapan was built.
According to Herrera, Chichen-Itza was already in existence when
Cuculkan appeared and founded Mayapan. He further states that ''whilst
the Cocomes [who were given authority immediately after Cuculkan's de-
parture] lived in this regular manner, there came from the southward, and
the foot of the mountains of Lacando, great numbers of people, looked
upon for certain to have been of the province of Chiapa, who traveled forty
years about the deserts of Yucatan, and at length arrived at the mountains
that are almost opposite to the city of Mayapan, where they settled and
raised good structures, and the people of Mayapan some years after, liking
their way of living, sent to invite them to build houses for their lords in
the city. The Tutul-XiUj so the strangers were called, accepting of their
courtesy, came into the city, and their people spread about the country, sub-
mitting themsf^lves to the laws and customs of Mayapan, in such peaceable
manner that they had no sort of weapons, killing their game with gins a!id
traps." (Loc. cit)
This agrees precisely with the order of events in the Manuscript, except
that nothing is mentioned corresponding with the 40 )^ears of the 6th para-
graph
In the prophecy by Nahau Pech, preserved in Lizana's work and copied
by Brasseur into the chrestomathy of his Maya grammar, these passages
occur:
"We have come now to the fourth period," or perhaps more correctly,
Digitized by
Google
TBOMAsi THE PEREZ MANUSCRIPT. 195
3. " The time to the fourth series of epochs draws to a close,"
4. "In which shall be ushered in the day of the true God." Also,
8. "Such is the prophecy of Nahau Pech, the priest,
9. "At the time of the fourth great cycle (Ahau Katun).
10. "In the commencement actual of the series of epochs."^
The rendering of Katunilj here translated "series of epochs," is uncer-
tain. In Stephens's translation of the Perez Manuscript it is sometimes ren-
dered "Katunes," sometimes "Katun"; in Brasseur's translation, "periods,"
"cycle," and in Lizana's, "edades" or ages The definition of the word as
given in Brasseur's lexicon (it is not found in full in Perez's lexicon) is
"Ensemble des ^poques ou cycles."
It is true that "Ahau Katun" is sometimes used as equivalent to
"Ahau," but this is very rarely, if ever, found in the few Maya documents
that remain to us. The true rendering appears to be "Grand or Great
Cycle," as given in the 9th line of Nahau Pech's prophecy. If this inter-
pretation, which is that given by Abbe Brasseur, is the correct one, we then
find here the number of one of the great cycles. To suppose that the
number here refers to the Ahau will cany this prophecy back to the year
14?0-'71, which is improbable.
The prophecy of Chilam Balam commences with Ox lahun ahau u
hedzinil katun, the literal translation of which is, according to Brasseur,
"The thirteenth Ahau its foundation of the Katun"; probably equivalent to
Lizana's Spanish "In the end of the thirteenth age."
It is obvious from the contents of this prophecy that it was made after
the arrival of the Spaniards in that country, and after their appearance and
religion became known; hence, as it was delivered in the 13th Ahau, it
must have been between the years 1518 and 1541. It is not probable that
*Dr. BrintoQ, foUowing Lizana, translates the whole prophecy as follows:
1. ** What time the sun shall brightest shine,
V. Tearful wiU be the eyes of the king.
3. Four ages yet shall be inscribed,
4. Then shall come the holy priest, the holy god.
5. With grief I speak what now I see.
6. Watch well the road ye dwellers in Itza.
7. The master of the earth shall come to us.
8. Thus prophecies Nahau Pech, the seer,
9. In the days of the fourth age,
10. At the time of its beginning.''
Digitized by
Google
196
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
the one by Nahau Pech (a well-known family at the time of Montejo^s
arrival) is many years older, probably dating the first year of the 13th
Ahau, which would, according to his statement, be the first of the 4th great
cycle.
If we assume that these great periods were numbered in regular order,
1, 2, 3, 4, which is more than probable, as they were but seldom referred
to, then we have evidence here that the Itzae record ran back three great
cycles — 936 years before the year A. D. 1519, that is to the year 683 of
the Christian era. In order that we may compare this calculation with the
manuscript, I will give hei'e a list of the Ahaues, commencing with number
8, previous to the beginning of the 1 st great cycle as counted after Nahau
Pech, with the years of the Christian era corresponding to their last years.
Ahaues preced-
mg.
i
>>
4<9
^
•1
lOth
486
8th»
510
6th
534
4tb
558
2d
• 582
First Great
Cycle.
s
i
<
13th
606
11th
630
9th
654
7th
678
5th
702
3d
726
Ist
750
12th
774
10th
798
8th
822
6th
846
4th
870
2d
894
Second Great
Cycle.
Ahaues.
Last years.
13th
918
11th
942
9th
966
7th
990
5th
1014
3d
1038
Ist
1062
12th
1086
10th
1110
8th
1134
6th
1158
4th
1182
2d
1206
Third Great
Cycle.
S
i
>>
i
13th
1230
11th
1254
9th
1278
7th
1302
5th
1326
3d
1350
1st
1374
12th
1398
10th
1422
8th
1446
6th
1470
4th
1494
2d
1518
1
The three great cycles completed at the time of Nahau Pech's proph-
ecy (if such be the proper interpretation of his words) I presume beign
Digitized by
Google
TH01IA8.1 THE PEREZ MANUSCRIPT. 197
with the founding of Chichen Itza, which, according to my calculation,
would be about 583-606 (the 13th Ahau). It is a little remarkable that
the first mention of this city occurs in the close of the third paragraph,
exactly where the 13th Ahau must be inserted to fill a hiatus.
The number of years given and periods mentioned in the first three
paragraphs cannot by any possible explanation be made to agree with each
other. This part of the history of the Tutul-Xiu race is doubtless made up
from a dim tradition in reference to which no chronological statement could
be made. As any attempt to determine the length of time they were
wandering, from the date of their departure from Tulapan until they settled
at Chichen-Itza, would be wholly conjectural, we will, perhaps, be as near
right as any other guess, if we assume that the 8th Ahau of the second
paragraph is the same as the 8th of the first, in other words, that the num-
bers in the second are but a recapitulation of those in the first, and that
the 13th in the latter is the one which precedes the 11 th in the fourth para-
graph. Supposing they started on their travels in the 8th Ahau, this would
bring this event between the years 486-510.
As the author of this manuscript counted twenty years to an Ahau and
I count twenty-four, our lists cannot possibly agree. If there are any
numbers given, connected with particular and noted events, which numbers
were given in the author's data, with these my enumeration, if correct,
might coincide. The fall of Mayapan in the 8th Ahau, the appearance of
the Spaniards on the coast in the 2d, and the death of Ajpula in the 13th,
I think may be relied upon as events correctly dated.
If we count the years enumerated from the 2d Ahau in the seventh
paragraph, where Mayapan is first .mentioned, to the 8th, in the eleventh
paragraph, when the second destruction of this city occurred, we find the
number to be 367; adding in the missing epochs at twenty years each, we
have 527, which agrees very well with Herrera's statement. But this gives
us something over twenty-six of these periods, whereas the coiTect number
would be twenty-two. The exact numbers (of years) given in the ninth
and tenth paragraphs render it possible that these were obtained from the
author's data.
.Digitized by
Google
CHAPTER IX.
INSCRIPTIONS ON THE PALENQUE TABLET.
In referring to the Tablet I will make use of Dr. Rau's scheme of num-
bering and lettering the characters which is given below. In order to avoid
introducing small cuts of separate characters, I have requested that a copy
of his plate of the entire Tablet be inserted^(Plate IX).
A slight examination of this tablet is sufficient to convince any one
familiar with the characters of the Manuscript Troano that there are here
symbols of days and months corresponding almost exactly with those of
that work. Whether the Maya calendar was the one used cannot be deter-
mined with certainty, but that it was very similar cannot be doubted. I
shall assume for the present that it was, but in order that the reader may
have before him the data necessary for comparison will introduce here the
names of the days of the Chiapan (or Tzendal) and Soconuscan calendar in
the order given by Veytia, and also of the Quiche and Cakchiquel calen-
dars as given by Bancroft
Chiapan (Tzendal?) and Sooonusoan. Quiche and Cakchiquel.
Votan.
Chaoan or Ohanan.
Abah or Abagh.
Tox.
JVJoxic.
Lambat.
Molo or Mula.
Elab or Elah.
Batz.
Evob or Enob.
Been.
Hix.
Tziquin.
Imox.
Akbal.
Qat.
Can.
Carney.
Qaieh.
Ganel.
Toh.
Tzy.
Batz.
Ci.
Ah.
196
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.]
THE PALENQUE TABLET.
199
Chiapan (Tzendal?) and Sooonusoan.
Chabiii or Ohahin.
Chic or Chine.
Chinax.
Cahogh or Cabogh.
Aghual.
Imox or Mox.
Igb or Ygh.
Quiche and Cakchiquel.
Yiz or Itz.
Tziquin.
Ahinak.
Noll.
Tihaz.
Caok.
Hunabpu.
I shall take for granted that the inscription commences with the large
character in the upper left-hand corner, but whether it is to be read in col-
umns from top to bottom, or in lines from left to right, remains to be dis-
cussed; the tendency of belief at present appears to be that it is to be read
in lines from left to right.
As I have, demonstrated, satisfactorily to myself at least, that in the
Manuscript Troano the characters are, as a general rule, placed in columns
to be read from the top downwards, but that, where circumstances require
it, they are placed in lines to be read from left to right, we will be justified
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
17
G H 1 K L
MM
M
N P Q
<n
n>
2a
n^
7
8
9
10
R
S
T
U
vwx
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Q
10
11
12
13
14
15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
Fig. 101, — Dr. Ran's index diagram of the inscription.
in assuming the same rule applies to this tablet, especially as we here see
single columns and single lines. But let us examine the inscription care-
fully and see if we can find anything in it that will aid us in deciding this
Digitized by
Google
200 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
point. In doing so we may profit by the facts learned in reference to the
Manuscript Troano on this subject, and the method of comparing characters
used by Professor Holden in his "Studies in Central American Picture
Writing." 1
Referring to the Palenquean group as shown in Plate IX, we observe
that the first seven characters of the two columns immediately below the
large initial are united so that each forms one compound character. If read
in columns the natural inference from this would be that the remaining
characters of these two columns are to be read by twos, thus: A 10 and B 10
(Dr. Rau's scheme), then A 1 1 and B 11, next A 12 and B 12, and so on to
the bottom. If this supposition be correct, then it is more than likely that
the remaining columns on the side tablets are to be read in the same way,
a view favored by the fact that each one of these tablets contains six columns.
I call attention now to characters D 13, C 14, and D 14, which are often
repeated in the inscription, varying only in the numerals — dots, or balls, and
lines placed at the top and left side. If we represent these characters by
letters thus: D 13 by a, C 14 by 6, and D 14 by c, we have here this order
a
b
c
Referring now to E 5, F 5, and E 6, we find the same three charac-
ters following each other in the same order, but placed thus: — j — , and.
a
b
c
what is significant, if we include the next, F 6, we have the right portion
of the first four (of the seven) double characters, but the order is reversed.
At F 15, E 16, and F 16 we again have our three characters a, 6, c. In the
single column R we see a and b. At S 6 and T 6 we have the three, but
here b and c are united in one compound character. At S 12 and T 12 we
seeaandft; atU3, V3, andU4; also at U8,V8, andU9; alsoViS, U 14,
and V 14; at W 1, X 1, and W 2, and at X 1 1, W 12, and X 12, we find the
same three characters following each other in the same order. We shall
hunt in vain for any such combination of these characters between the sec-
ond and third or fourth and fifth columns of either slab, nor can we find
the three following each other in any column or line except in the four
double chai-acters.
^ First Ann. Rep. Bareaa of EtbDology.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
1 .-^
1^ ^V• ^^
g
H
ft.
O
I
o
<
H
I
K
X
THOMAS.]
THE PALENQUB TABLET.
201
As another example we select the two characters, S 1 and T 1, which
are often found associated; as at U 6, V 6; U 16, V 16; W 3, X 3; and
at W 17 and X 17, we find them in the same line, but always in the two
columns they should be, if the theory above advanced as to the order
in which the inscription is to be read be correct If the first of these
two characters (which we may designate by m and n) should fall in the
right of the two associate columns, then the other should be one line lower
in the left of the two columns, thus:
m
n
Such we find to be the case
a
h
c
d
m
n
Kan
by referring to T 7, S 8, to T 15, S 16, and V 1 1, U 12. But the evidence
does not stop here. By examining Dr. Rau's photograph of the right tablet,
we may extend this combination. We observe that S 6, our a, and T 6,
our b and c combined, are followed in S 7 by a character not heretofore
alluded to. This we will designate by d. Following these, at
T 7 is our m, at S 8 our n, and at T 8 Katiy as shown in the
annexed diagram 1.
Commencing with V 13 we find the same combination,
except that one additional character is introduced thus: V 13 a,
U 14 6, V 14 c, U 15 rf, V 15 a?, (the introduced character is x,)\] 16 m,
V 16 w, U 17 KaUy as shown in diagram 2.
Refen-ing now to the figure of the Tablet on the back
wall of Altar Casa No 3, forming the frontispiece of Stephen^s
"Central America,'' Vol. II, we see that there are four columns
of characters on each side. At the bottom of the second col-
umn of the right side we find our character a, and at the top
of columns three and four our characters b and c precisely as
they should follow according to our theory.
Turning again to our Plate IX and going over the entire inscription in
this way, taking two columns together, tlms, AB, CD, EF, ST, UV, and
WX, we shall find frequent repetitions of such combinations, not to be
found in any other way. The full force of this statement cannot be under-
stood except by a thorough and careful study of the plate. If I am cor-
a
b
d
X
m
n
Kan
2.
Digitized by
Google
202 A STUDY OF THE MANC SCRIPT TROANO.
rect in this opinion we will thereby be eoabled to determine some doubtful
characters, as, for example, that F 7, E 8 are the same as S 1, T 1, &c.
According to this theory, the lines and columns in the middle portion
of the Tablet should be read from the left to the right along the lines until
a column is reached, and then down the column thus: G, H, I, K, to L/and
then down the L column ; down the column then P and Q. Now, let us
test this : In 3 we see the hand of our character m, although the loop is to
the right. If it is the same as m, then PI should be our n; but the char-
acter as given by Gather wood is too imperfect to see any resemblance. But
if we turn to Waldeck's plate or Dr. Rau's copy (Palenque Tablet, p. 33, Fig.
7), we see the head and protruding tongue characteristic of character n.
These facts, I think, are suflScient to establish the correctness of my
theory.
The lines and dots at the left and on the top of the characters I am
satisfied are numerals having the same signification as those in the Manu-
script — that is, a single dot 1; two dots, 2, and so on; a single line, 5; two
lines, 10, and so on. Those on the top of the characters I think correspond
with the red numerals in the Manuscript, for if we examine them we find
none of them exceed thirteen. Those on the side I think refer in some
cases to the number of the month, in others to the day of the month or the
number of the day. Where the character is the symbol of a day, and has
numerals also on top, those on the side I think refer to the number of the
month, as they never exceed 1 8. When the character is the symbol of a
month, then, they denote the day of the month, as we see that in some cases
they exceed 18, but never exceed 20. Where the character is the symbol
of a day and has numerals at the side only, these I think denote the number
of the day, as they never exceed 13. The little balls and loops at the
bottom, and also the loops so frequent at the left side, and occasionally
found on the top of the characters, have been, and to a certain extent are
yet, a profound mystery; but a careful study of the little loops at the left
side, and also of part of those at the top, will show that they have no sig-
nification whatever, but are left to fill out the squares and to form supports
or guards to the little ball (or balls) — or numeral character for 1 (or 2) — ^in
connection with which they are chiefly used. If we examine the inscrip-
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.1 THE PALENQUB TABLET. 203
tion carefully, we shall find that they are never placed at the left where the
outer or left line of the numeral character is 3, 4, or 5. On the contrary,
they are always (with two exceptions) present where the left numeral line
is one — that is, a single dot — and occasionally where there are two.
The exceptions are R 2 and T 2; but an examination of the tablet in the
National Museum shows very clearly that they have been broken off the
latter and that they were probably originally on the former. Why do they
accompany only those numerals with one or two dots at the left and no
others? My answer is, simply to complete the square. This will probably
explain the presence of small characters or irregular balls on the foreheads
of some of the heads. The loops and balls at the bottom of the characters
probably have some particular signification, as something similar is observed
in the Manuscripts, as, for example, under the symbol for the month Pax.
I will now ask the reader to refer to Plate IX, representing the tablet
He will observe on each side and near to the upright of the cross two char-
acters — four in all, two in the column marked M and two in that marked
N. lie is aware, from what has been shown in the previous part of this
paper, that in the Tro. Manuscript each division of the plates, or each
compartment, has at the left a column of days, usually five in number,
though in a few instances there are but four. The four symbols by the
cross I think are for precisely the same purpose as these day columns, and
that the numeral five, at the side of each, probably corresponds with that
placed over the columns. As the upper left-hand character (M 1) is Ezanab^
the equivalent of Chinax in the Chiapan calendar, which, according to
Veytia's list, is one of the year-bearers, we might presume the four repre-
sent the four year-bearers, Votan, Lambat^ Been, and Chinax^ or their Maya
equivalents Akbal, Lamat, Been, and Ezanah. But one objection to this sup-
position is that the lower character at the right (N 2) does not correspond
with the symbol of either of these days, but appears to be the same as (B
10) on the left slab, which is probably Cimi of the Maya or Tox of the
Chiapan list of days. But in these four characters Catherwood, usually so
accurate, appears to be at fault, and Waldeck correct.
Turning now to the general inscription on the left and right, I will
endeavor to pick out and name the day characters, first notifying the reader
Digitized by
Google
204
A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
that there are two classes of these, one with numerals at the left side only,
the other with numerals both above and at the side.
The little loops are not counted as units except when I am satisfied
from an examination of the right slab in the museum that they denote
spaces from which the balls have fallen. Where I am satisfied the charac-
ter represents a day, but cannot determine Avhat day, this feet will be indi-
cated by an interrogation-point; the names in reference to which I am in
considerable doubt will also be followed by an interrogation-point. The
capital letters with numbera attached are given to locate the characters by
Dr. Rau's scheme.
Day% indicated on the Tablet^ with their dccompanying numerals.
B
B
D
D
10.
16.
9.
1.
5.
D 13.
B 10.
F n.
F 15.
L
E
S
S 11.
S 14.
T
T
T
U
2.
10.
17.
7.
U 10.
V 7.
V 12.
W 1.
X 5.
X 10.
X 14.
The day 6 Cimi. A 16.
The day 13 !. C 2.
Thedayl3Manik!. C 11.
Tlie day ! Chuen, ! month. D :^.
The day 9 Chuen, 2d month. D 11.
The day 12 Chuen, t month. E 1.
The day 7 Chuen, 2d month. B 9.
The day 3 1 (Oct). F 10.
The day 7 Chuen, 13th month. F 12.
The day 8 1, 12th month. G 1.
The day 11 Chuen, 2d ! month. O 1.
The day 6 t. S 6.
The day ! Lamat. S 12.
The day 2 t. S 16.
The day 11 Kan. T 8.
The day 6 !. T 14.
The day 8 Ahau. TJ 3.
The day 3 Bzanab. TJ 8.
The day 5 Ahaut. U 17.
The day 11 !. V 10.
The day 6 !. V 13.
The day 4 Chuen, 17th month. W 15.
The day 2 Ymix. X 6.
The day 7 Kan. X 11.
The day 3 Eb, 11th month. R 2.
The day 1 Ahau.
The day 8 !.
The day 10 t.
The day 4 Ahau.
The day 8 !(Bb!).
The day 9 Manik t.
The day 9 Manik ?.
The day 10 1.
The day 9 Manik t.
The day 9 t.
The day 8 Muluc.
The day 5 Chuen, 14th month.
The day 3 Chuen, 9th month.
The day 6 Chuen, 3d month.
The day 1 Kan.
The day 10 !.
The day 1 Chuen, 18th month.
The day 10 ! Chuen, 18th month.
The day 6 Kan.
The day t Chuen, 3d month.
The day 6 Chuen, 16th month.
The day 8 Chuen, 2d month.
The day 1 Chuen, Ist month.
The day 4 Chuen, 7th month.
The day 11 Chuen, 6th month.
Of this list, T 1(>, T 14, and V 7 may represent the month Xul instead
of a day. It is possible that C 5 (8 Cauac?), F 6 (2 Cauac), and U 2 (9
Cauac) should be added to the list as representing the days noted in paren-
thesis. The day Chuen appears to be much oftener indicated than any
Digitized by
Google
TH0MA8.1 THE PALENQUE TABLET. 205
other. We shall also find that the same thing is true in reference to one of
the months. I am in great doubt as to the character rendered Manik,
which here resembles the Greek tau, S 14 is probably the symbol of
Lamat
One singular fact to be noticed is that the form of the Kan symbol —
for example, U 17, as given in Dr. Rau's photograph — is more like Landaus
figure than the Kan symbol in the Tro Manuscript
As I find no month characters in the Manuscript to assist me in judg-
ing of the variations in form, and as I have not thoroughly studied those
in the Codex, I feel greater uncertainty as to those found on the Tablet
than I do in regard to the day characters. Pax seems to be the month
oftenest represented ; in fact, but few others appear to be indicated. The
following characters I think represent this m^nth:
C 14, F 5, R 3, T 12, U 14, V 3, V 8, W 7, X 1, and X 15.
The following are also probably month symbols :
Fl, L9, T4, Ul, V17, W 11.
I am satisfied from the presence of numerals that there are other day
and month symbols than those mentioned, but on account of my doubt as
to which class they belong will not attempt now to decide.
If the reader will examine carefully the character V 14, especially on
Dr. Rau's photograph, he will see that it is almost identical with that in the
Manuscript I have rendered pecuah "tortilla of maize" (see Fig. 64).
Comparing this with the large initial, we find but a slight difference
between the two; in the latter the comb-like figures are drawn down to the
sides and the loops are placed above. In this the form of the central oval
is not to be relied upon as strictly correct, as the lines are too freely
rounded; still we presume it is slightly different from the little upper circle
in V 14. Supposing the Maya language to have been used, and the char-
acters on the l^ablet to have the same signification as similar characters in
the Manuscript, we should find in this initial sounds closely resembling
those in pecuah ; as the bars are interlaced, I presume the first syllable should
he peek or pack. Turning to Landa's Relacion (264), we find that "In the
month Pax they [the Mayas] celebrated a festival named Pacumchac, on which
occasion the chiefs and priests of the inferior villages assembling with those of
Digitized by
Google
2()Q A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
the more important towns, having joined together, they passed into the tem-
ple of Citchaccohj^^ &g} If we interpret this character Pacumchac, we at once
find a satisfactory explanation of the repeated occurrence of the symbol tor
Pax in the inscription. From Landa's description, which is somewhat con-
fused, I judge this was one of their chief festivals, but nothing appears in
his statement that accords with the scene on the middle slab. This, how-
ever, cannot be properly urged as an objection to my rendering; first,
because there were doubtless many formalities which he does not mention;
second, because the ceremonies of this festival as practiced at Palenque may
have been quite different from those observed by Landa; third, there are
some reasons for believing, even from Landa's words, that during this festival
petitions for rain and abundant crops were offered. I presume also that
during this festival took place the rejoicing over the first fruits of the maize
harvest. I may as well state here as elsewhere that I do not think the
offering made by the priest on the right is an infant; the probability is that
it is a dough image. Although we see what appear to be the body and
limbs, we have to assume that the head wears a mask to believe it to be the
body of a child. If it is the figure of a child, then the scene represents a
special occasion when the sacrifice was made to avert some impending
danger. The difference in the height of the two priests favor the idea that
the artist referred by his figures to particular persons, if not to a special
occasion. Finally, it is possible that although the inscription relates chiefly
to this festival others are also alluded to. But be this as it may, I have
reached my conclusion as to the rendering by legitimate steps.
The second compound character in the column is composed of three
parts, the two to the right, which are alike, resembling, in some respiBcts,
the symbol of Imix, and in others, if the marks can be trusted, the hiero-
glyph of Cauac and cu. We find almost precisely the same combination in
the right-hand (second) column, Plate XX of the Manuscript, except that
the two similar parts are above the face. ThQ face in this case is almost
exactly like that I have interpreted Xamin, "north." What is also a little
significant, we find immediately below it the Pax or stone symbol just as
we do here.
' Appendix No. 3, O.
Digitized by
Google
THOMABi THE PALENQUE TABLET. 207
Another fact which should be taken into consideration is that U 2
appears to be identical with the two similar parts of this character. It
undoubtedly denotes a month or day. If a month, it is impossible for me
to determine which; if a day, it is undoubtedly CauaCy or the Chiapan
equivalent, Cahogh.
Turning to the middle plate between pages 158 and 159, Stephens's
Central America, Vol. I, we observe that the third group from the bottom
of the right column appears to be substantially the same as this (A B 3).
Here the two characters at the right are placed one above the other and
appear to be Imix symbols, and the head that of a monkey. There are
also some small additions not found in the other, but allowance must be
made for the fact that the characters on this statue are not so carefully
drawn as those on the Tablet.
The next character below (A B 4), if we follow the rendering of the
first, will contain the sound p^ ch-c, and A B 5 that of p* x. The next (A
B 6) I think is the symbol for Chuen or contains the sound chu A B 7, I
am incHned to believe, is the symbol for likin or lakin, **east" or *' rising sun."
A 10 refers to a vessel of some kind, as I infer from tlie vase symbol
at the bottom. C 13 probably represents a word or words with the sounds
ca-z' or z'-ca. Although F 2 has a central mark somewhat resembling that
in Ik, I strongly suspect it to be the symbol for the month Muan.
In R 1 we see the bread symbol precisely as on the back of the dog,
Plate XXI, and in the middle divisioB, Plate IIP, of the Tro. Manuscript
E 6, U 4, V 14, and X 12 probably denote tortillas of maize (ppecuah).
I shall not attempt an explanation of the central scene, but will call
attention to a few points in reference to it.
Crosses of some form with birds on them are found in three or four of
the aboriginal manuscripts, as Plate III* of the Manuscript Troano, Plate
no of the Dresden Codex, and in one or two of the Mexican Codices. It is
true none of them are so regular or so true as this, but they are evidently
intended as representations of the cross and to symbolize the same general
idea. Certain characteristics belong to all of them, as follows: First, they
arise out of something that has life, as an animal or person ; second, a vege-
table growth therefrom, as a tree; third, the knobs at the ends of the arms,
Digitized by
Google
208 A STUDY OF THE MANUSOEIPT TBOANO.
possibly indicating stars as emblematic of the heavens; and, fourth, the
bird at the top. In this (the Palanque Tablet) we see at the base the head
of some fabulous reptile, notwithstanding the opinion quoted in Dr. Rau's
paper to the contrary. The appendages. at the right and left just above the
head are probably intended for fore limbs. By looking carefully at the
upright we observe little knots on the sides opposite each other, indicating
the nodes as marked on the figures of trees in the Manuscript
Referring to the middle plate between pages 156 and 157, Stephens's
Central America, Vol. I, we observe on the back of the statue an abridged
type of the Palenque cross. Here we see the same broad nose, the rows
of teeth, and the spiral lines representing eyes, but we would never imagine
it represented a head but for what we see on the Palanque Tablet
The arms issue from the upper portion of the head; the knobs are rep-
resented by balls along the arms without stems; and the bird is changed
into a human figure with wings and a little bird head.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDICES.
APPENDIX NO. 1.
Extracts from the ^^JRelacion de Cosas de Yucatan^^ of Diego de Landay in rela-
tion to the festivals of the supplementary or closing days of the year.
§§XXXV-XXXVII {pp. 210-226).
En qualquiera fiesta o solemnidad que esta gente hazian a sua dioses,
comen9avan siempre del echar de si al demonio para mejor la hazer. Y el
echarle unas vezes eran con oraciones y bendiciones que para ello tenian,
otras con servicios y oflFrendas y sacrificios que le hazian por esta razon.
Para celebrar la solemnidad de su aiio nuevo esta gente con mas regocijo y
mas dignamente, segun su desventurada opinion, tomavan los cinco dias
aciagos que ellos tenian por tales antes del primero dia de su alio nuevo y
en ellos hazian muy grandes servicios a los Bacahes de arriba y al demonio
que Uamavan por otros quatro nombres como a ellos, es a saber Kan-u-
Uayeyabj Chac-u- Uayeyab^ Zac-u- Uayeyaby Ek-Vr Uayeyah. Y estos servicios y
fiestas acabadas y alancjado de si, como veremos, el demonio, comen9avan
su afio nuevo.
§ XXXV. — Fiestas de los dias aciagos. Sacrificios del prindpio del ana nuevo
en la letra de Kan.
Uso era en todos los pueblos de Yucatan tener hecho dos montones de
piedra uno en frente de otro, d la entrada del pueblo, por todas las quatro
partes del pueblo, es a saber a oriente, poniente, septentrion y medio dia,
para la celebracion de las dos fiestas de los dias aciagos los quales hazian
desta manera cada afio.
El afio que la letra dominical era de Kan era el aguerO Hdbnil^ y segun
14 M T 209
Digitized by
Google
210 A STUDY OF THE MAimSCRIPT TEOANO.
ellos dezian, reynavan ainbos a la parte del medio dia. Este ano pues
hazian una imagen o figura hueca de bari'o del demonio que Uamavan
KafirU'Uayeyabj y Uevavanla a los montones de piedra seca que tenian
hechos a la parte de medio dia. Elegian un principe del pueblo, en cuya
casa se celebrava estos dias esta fieste, y para celebrarla hazian una estatua
de un demonio que Uamavan Bolon-Zacabj al qual ponian en casa del princi-
pal, adere9ado en un lugar publico y que todos pudiessen Uegar.
Esto hecho se juntavan los sefiores y el sacerdote y el pueblo de los
hombres, y teniendo limpio y con arcos y frescuras adere9ado el camino
hasta el lugar de los montones de piedra donde estava la estatua, ivan todos
juntos por ella con muchade su devocion: Uegados la sahumava el sacerdote
con quarenta y nueve granos de maiz molidos con su encienso y ellos lo
repartian en el brasero del demonio y le suamavan. Llamavan al maiz
molido solo js^acahj y a lo de los seiiores chahalU. Sahumavan la imagen,
degollavan una gallina y se la presentavan o ofirecian.
Esto hecho metian la imagen en un palo llamado Xante y punendole
acuestas un angel en sefial de agua y que este alio avia de ser bueno, y
estos angeles pintavin y hazian espantables; y assi la Uevavan con mucho
regocijo y vailes a la casa del principal donde estava la otra estatua de
Bolonzacdb, Sacavan de casa deste principal a los seiiores y al sacerdote al
camino una bevida hecha de CCCC y XV granos de maiz tostados que
llaman Picula Kdkla y bevian todos della; Uegados a la casa del principal,
ponian esta imagen en frente de la estatua del demonio que alii tenian, y
assi le hazian muchas offrendas de comidas bevidas de came y pescado, y
estas oflFrendas repartian a los estrangeros que alii se hallavan y davan al
sacerdote una pierna de venado.
Otros derramavan sangre, cortandose las orejas, y untando con ella
una piedra que alii tenian de un demonio Kanal-Acantun. Hazian un
corazon de pan, y otro pan con pepitas de calabacjas y offrecianlos a la
imagen del demonio Kan-u-Uayeyab. Tenianse assi est^ estatua y imagen
estos dias aciagos, y sahumavanla con su encienso y con los maizes molidos
con encienso. Tenian creido si no hazian estas cerimonias avian de tener
ciertas enfermedades que ellos tienen en este afio. Passados estos dias
aciagos Uevavan la estatua del demonio Bolonzacab al templo y la imagen a
Digitized by
Google
THOMAsN FESTIVALS OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL DAYS. 211
]a parte del oriente para ir alH otro ano por ella, y echavan la ay, y ivanse
a BUS casas a entender en lo que les dava a cada iino que hazer para la cele-
bracion del afio nuevo.
Dexando con las cerimonias hechas, ecliado el demonio, segun su en-
gaiio, este afio tenian por bueno, porque re3^nava con la letra Kan el Bacah-
Hohnil^ del qual dezian no avia peccado como sus hermanos y por esso no
les venian raiserias en el. Pero porque muchas verzes las avia, proveyo el
demonio de que le hiziessen servicios paraque assi quando las uviesse,
hechassen la culpa a los servicios o servidores y quedassen siempre engafla-
dos y ciegos.
Manda vales pues hiziessen un idolo que llamavan Yzamna-KauU y
que la pusiessen en su templo, y que le queinassen en el patio del templo
tres pelotas de una leche o resina que llaman kik y que le sacrificassen un
perro o un hombre, lo qual ellos hazian, guardando la orden que en el ca-
pitulo ciento dixe, tenian con los que sacrificavan, salvo que el modo de
• sacrificar en esta fiesta era diferente, porque hazian en el patio del templo
un gran monton de piedras y ponian el hombrg o perro que avian de sacri-
ficar, en alguna cosa mas alta que el, y echando atado al patiente de lo alto
a las piedras le arrebatayan aquellos officiales y con gran presteza le sacavan
el corazon y lo Uevavan al nuevo idolo y se le ofrecian entre dos platos.
Ofrecian otros dones de comidas y en esta fiesta vailavan las viejas del pueblo
que para esto tenian elegidas, vestidas de ciertas vestiduras. Dezian que
descendia un angel y recibia este sacrificio.
§ XXXVI. — Sacrificios del ano nuevo de la letra Muluc. Bailes de los Zancos
Otro de las viejas con j>erros de harro.
El afio en que la letra dominical era Muluc era el aguero Canzienal.
Y a su tiempo elegian los sefiores y el sacerdote un principal para hazer la
fiesta, el qual elegido hazian la imagen del demonio como la del afio passado,
a la qual llamavan Chac-u- Uayeyab y llevavanla a los moutones de piedra
de hazia la parte del oriente donde avian echado la passada. Hazian una
estatua al demonio llamado Kinch-Ahau. y ponianla en casa del principal en
lugar conveniente y desde alii, teniendo muy limpio y aderecjado el camino.
Digitized by
Google
212 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
ivan todos juntos con su acostumbrada devocion por la imagen del demonio
ChaC'U'Uayeyah.
Llegados la sahuniava el sacerdote con LIII granos de maiz molidos y
con su encienso, a lo qual Uaman zacah. Dava el sacerdote a los seflores
que pusiessen en el brasero mas encienso de lo que llamamos chahalte^ y
despues degoUavanle la gallina, como al passado, y tomando la imagen en
un palo llamado Chadd, la Uevavan accompafladola todos con devocion y
vailando unos vailes de guerra que llaman Holcan-Okotj Batel-Okot Sacavan
al camino a los seiiores y principales su bevida de CCC y LXXX maizes
tostados como la de atras.
Llegados a casa del principal ponian esta imagen en frente de la estatua
de Kinch'Ahau y hazianle todas sus ofrendas, las quales repartian como las
demas. Ofrecian a la imagen pan hecho como yemas de uevos, y otros
como coracjones de venados, y otro heclio con su pimienta desleida. Avia
muchos que derramavan sangre, cortandose las orejas, y untando con la
sangre la piedra que alii tenian del demonio que llamavan Chacan-cantun.
Aqui tomavan mochachos y les sacavan sangre por fuercja de las orejas,
dandoles en ellas cucbilladas. Tenian esta estatua y imagen hasta passados
los dias aciagos, y entre tanto quemavanle sus enciensos. Passados los
dias, Uevavan la imagen a echar a la parte del norte por ay donde otro aflo
la avian de salir a recibir, y la otra al templo, y despues ivanse a sus casas
a entender en el aparejo de su ario nuevo. Avion de temer, si no hazian,
las cosas diclias, mucho mal de ojositos.
Este ailo en que la letra Muluc era dominical y el Bacab CatusiemcU
reynava, tenian por buon ano, ca dezian que era este el mejor y mayor
destos dioses Bacabes; y ansi le ponian en sus oraciones el primero. Pero
con todo eso, les liazia el demonio hiziessen un idolo llamado Yax-coc-AhmtUj
y que lo pusiessen en el templo y quitassen las imagenes antiguas, y hizies-
sen en el patio de delante del templo un bulto de piedra en el qual quenaassen
de su encienso, y una pelota de la resina o leche kik, haziendo alii oracion
al idolo, y pidiendole remedio para las miserias que aquel ailo tenian; las
quales eran poca agua, y echar los maizes muchos hijos y cosas desta ma-
nera; para cuyo remedio, les mandava el demonio ofrecerle hardillas y un
Digitized by
Google
TH0MA8.1 FESTIVALS OF TDE SUPPLEMENTAL *D AYS. 213
paramento sin labores; el qual texessen las viejas que tienen por officio el
bailar en el templo para aplacar a Yax-Coc-Ahmut
Tenian otras muclias miserias y malos seiiales, aunquo era bueno el
aiio, sino hazian los servicios que el demonio les mandava; lo qual era
hazer una fiesta y en ella vailar un vaile en muy altos zancos y ofrecerle
cabe9as de pavos y pan y bevidas de maiz; avian de ofrescerle peiTos heclios
de barro con pan en las espaldas y avian de vailar con ellos en las nianos las
viejas y sacrificarle un perrito que tuviesse las espanaldas ne<?ras y fuesse
virgen, y los devotes dellos avian de derramar su sangre y untar la piedra
de Chaca-cantun demonio con ella. Este servicio y sacrificio tenian por
agradable a su dies Yax-Coc-Ahmut.
§ XXXVI I. — Sacrificios del ano nuevo de la letra Yx. Pronosticos malos y modo
de remediar sus efectos.
El ano en que la letra dominical era Yx y el aguero Zacciui^ hecha la
eleccion del principal que celebrasse la fiesta, hazian la imagen del demoniol
llamado Zac-u-Uayeyah y Uevavanla a los montones de piedra de la parte
del norte, donde el afio passado la avian echado Hazian una estatua a,
demonio Yi^amna y ponianla en casa del principal, y todos juntos, y el camino
aderaijado, i van devotamente por la imagen de Zac-u- Vayeyab. Llegados la
gahumavan como lo solian hazer, y degoUovan la gallina y puesta la imagen
en un palo llamado Zachia, la tryan con su devocion y bailes los quales
llaman Alcabtan-Kamahati. Traian les la bevida acostumbrada al camino y
llegados a casa ponian esta imagen delante la estatua de Yzamna y alii le
offrecian todas sus offi'endas, y las repartian, y a la estatua de Zac-u- Uaye-
yah ofrescian una cabecja de un pavo, y empanados de codornices y otras
cosas y su bevida.
Otros se sacavan sangre y untavan con ella la piedra del demonio Za^-
Acantun y tenianse assi los idolos los dias que avia hasta el aflo nuevo, y
saumavanlos con sus saumerios hasta que llegado el dia postrero llevavan a
Yzamna al templo y a Zac-u- Vayeyab a la parte del poniente a echarle por
a y para recibirla otro afio.
Las miserias que tenian este ailo si eran negligentes en estos sus servi-
cios eran desmayos y amortccimientos y mal de ojas. Tenianle por ruyn
Digitized by
Google
214 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
alio de pan, y bueno de algodon. Este alio en que la letra dominical era
Yxy y el Bacab Zacciui reynava, tenian por ruyn afio, porque dezian avian
de tener en el miserias mucbas ca dezian avian de tener gran falta de agua,
y mucbos soles, los quales avian de secar los maizales, de que se les seguiria
gran bambre, y de la bambra burtos, de burtos esclavos, y vender a los que
los biziessen. Desto se les avian de seguir discordias y guerras entre si
propios o con otros pueblos. Dezian tambien avia de aver mudan9a en el
mando de los senores o de los sacerdotes, por razon de las guerras y dis-
cordias.
Tenian tambien un pronostico de que algufios de los que quisiessen ser
seliores no prevalescerian. Dezian ternian tambien langosta, y que se
despoblarian mucbos de sus pueblos de bambre. Lo que el demonio les
mandava bazer para remedio destas miserias las quales todas o algunas dellas
entendian les vernian era bazer un idolo que llamavan Cinch-Ahau Yzamna^
y ponerle en el templo, donde le bazian mucbos saumerios y mucbas ofrendas
y oraciones y derramamientos de su sangre, con la qual untavan la piedra
de ZaC'Acantun demonio. Hazian mucbos vailes y vailavan las viejas como
solian, y en esta fiesta bazian de nuevo un oratorio pequefio al demonio, o
le renovavan, y en el se j untavan a bazer sacrificios y oflErendas al demonio,
y a bazer una solemne boracbera todos; ca era fiesta general y obligatoria.
Avia algunos santones que de su voluntad, y por su devocion bazian otro
idolo como el de arriba y le ponian en otros temples, donde se bazian ofrendas
y boracbera. Estas boracberas y sacrificios tenian por muy gratos a sus
idolos, y por remedies para librarse de las miserias del pronostico.
§ XXXVIII. — Sacrificios del ana nuevo en la letra Cauac Pronosticos malos y
su remedio en el baile del fuego.
El ano que la letra dominical era Cauac y el aguero Hozanek^ech^, la
elecion del principal, para celebrar la fiesta bazian la imagen del demonio
llamado Ekuvayeyabj y Uevavanla a los montones de piedra de la parte del
poniente, donde el alio passado la avian ecbado. Hazian tambien una estatua
a un demonio llamado Uacmitun-Ahau^ y ponianla en casa del principal
en lugar conveniente, y desde alii ivan todos juntos al lugai* donde la imagen
de Ekuvayeyah estava, y tenian elcamino para ello muy aderecjado; llegados
Digitized by
Google
THOMAB.J FESTIVALS OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL DAYS. 215
a ella saumavanla el sacerdote y los seilores, como solian y degoUavanle la
gallina. Esto hecho^ tomavan la imagen en un palo que Uamavan Yaooek^ y
ponianle acuestas a la imagen una calabera y un hombre muerto y en cinia
un paxaro cenicero llamado kuchj en sefial de mortandad grande, ca por muy
raal afio tenian este.
Llevavanla despues desta manera, con su sentimiento y devocion, y
bailando algunos vailes, entre los quales vailavan uno como cazcarientas y
assi le llamavan ellos Xibaiba-Okotj que quiere dezir baile del demonio
Llegavan al camino los escancianos con la bevida de los seilores, la qual
bevida llevavan al lugar de la estatua Uacmitun-Ahau^ y poniale alii en
frente la imagen que traian. Luego comencjavan sus ofrendas, saumerios
y oraciones, y muchos derramavan la sangre de muchas partes de su cuerpo,
y con ella untavan la piedra del demonio llamado Ekel-Acantun, y assi
passavan estos dias aciagos, los quales passados, llevavan a Uacmitun-Ahau
al templo, y a Ekuvayeydb a la parte de medio dia, para recibirla otro alio.
Este afio en que la letra era Caudc y reynava el Bacah-Hozanek tenian,
allende de la pronosticada mortandad, por ruyn, por que dezian les avian
los muchos soles de matar los maizales, y comer las muchas hormigas lo que
sembrassen y los paxaros, y porque esto no seria en todas partes avria en
algunos comida, la qual avrian con gran trabajo. Haziales el demonio para
remedio destas meserias hazer quatro demonios llamados Chicchac-Chob, Ek-
Balam-ChaCj Achan-Uolcab^ Ahhtduc-Bdlamj y ponerlos en el templo donde
los suamavan con sus saumerios, y les ofrecian dos pel las de una leche o
resina de un arbol que llaman kik^ para quemar y ciertas iguanas y pan y
una mitra y un manojo de flores; y una piedra preciosa de las suyas. Demas
desto, para le celebracion desta fiesta, hazian en el patio una grande boveda
de madera, y henchianla de lefia por lo alto y por los lados, dexandole en ellos
puertas para poder entrar y salir. Tomavan despues los mas hombres de
hecho sendos manojos de unas varillas muy secas y largas atadas, y puesto
en lo alto de la lefia un cantor, cantava y hazia son con un atambor de los
suyos, vailavan los de abaxo todos con muclio concierto y devocion, entrando
y saliendo por las puertas de aquella boveda de madera, y assi vailavan
hasta la tarde, que dexando alii cada uno su manojo, se ivan a sus casas a
descansar y comer.
Digitized by
Google
216 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
En anocheciendo volvian y con ellos mucha gente, porque enixe ellos
esta cerimonia era may estimada y tomando cada uno su hacho lo encendiafl
y con ellos cada uno por su parte pegavan f uego a la letia la qual ardia niuclio
y se quemava presto. Despues de hecho toda braza, la allanavan y tendian
muy tendida y juntos los que avian bailado, avia algunos, que se ponian a
passar descal^os y desnudos como ellos andavan por encima de aquella
braza de una parte a otra y passavan algunos sin lesion, otros abra<jados, y
otros medio quemados, y en esto creian estava el remedio de sus miserias
y malos agueros, y pensavan era este su servicio muy agradable a sus dioses.
Esto hecho se ivan a bever y hazerse cestos, ca assi lo pedia la costumbre
de la fiesta, y el calor del fuego.
APPENDIX NO. 2.
[QaotAtion from an article by Sefior Melgar.]
**In the third volume and the first MSS. in this volume, now in the
Borgian Museum in the College of Propaganda at Rome, page 43, will
clearly be seen the four stations of the year. On the right hand of upper
side we see a genius or being, from whose mouth a flower proceeds, and
joined to the left foot there is the sign of the Hare, whose appearance rep-
resents the season of initting, the above-said, being a genius, fecundates the
frog — a symbol of the earth among the Toltecs and Aztecs. It is coiled up
within a serpent or dragon, undoubtedly Serapis, and from its rings come
forth innumerable Phalli. From this proceeds the Cosmogonic idea of the
union of Uranus and Gea, which is the Spring Equinox. Below this (in
the MSS.) is another sketch representing the summer solstice. The painted
figure is that of a negro, and the hare at its left foot has its mouth open,
pantii)g with the heat; behind it are fruits and flowers, and also are seen
the folds of the aforesaid serpent. The sketch which follows this one shows
on the left the Autumnal Equinox. The figure is extended over a cross, the
hare which comes forth from its ear is afficted with pustules or pox. Under
this figure is a skull likewise in the folds of the serpent before mentioned.
Digitized by
Google
THOMABi FESTIVALS HELD IN THE DIFFERENT MONTHS. 217
In the last picture, which is on the upper left hand, is the Winter Solstice.
From the ear of the figure comes forth a snake or the evil genius; from its
mouth proceeds the sign for earthquake, likewise inclosed in the folds of a
gi'eat serpent; and in all the pictures there is the eagle, the next constella-
tion to Serpentarius."
APPENDIX NO. 3.
Translation of Landaus description of the festivals Jield in the different months
of the year}
Note. — The order of the translation is in accordance with the months
of the Maya year, commencing with Pop instead of with the lOth day
of Chen. The diflferent months are here numbered by the letter of the
alphabet
COMMENCEMENT OF THE MAYA YEAR — FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH POP,
A. — The first day of Pop commenced the first month of these Indians;
it was the first day of their new year and of a very solemn feast with them;
for it was general, all took part in it and all the people assembled to feast
in honor of their gods. In order to celebrate it with greater ostentation,
they renewed on this day the articles which they made use of, such as
dishes, cups, pedestals, baskets, old cloths, and stuffs with which they cov-
ered their idols. They swept their houses and threw all the dirt and old
utensils into the highway without the place, and nobody, had they the
greatest need of it, dared to touch it. In order to prepare themselves for
this feast, the princes and priests, also the nobility, commenced to fast and
previously to abstain from their wives; this included also those who wished
to show their devotion, and they gave to it all the time they thought proper;
there were some who fasted three months in advance, others two, and others,
according to their fancy, as long as it pleased them, but never less than
thirteen days.
To these thirteen days of abstinence from their wives, they added that
'Rclacion, pp. 240-310.
Digitized by
Google
218 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
of taking neither salt nor spice with their meat, which they regarded as a
great privation. At this time they elected the officers {Chocs) who assisted
the priests; he prepared for them a large quantity of little balls of incense
on small boards, which the priests kept for this purpose in order that those
who had fasted should burn them before their idols. Those who had once
commenced this fast took great care not to break it, believing that, if they
did, some misfortune would fall on them or their houses on account of that
violation.
The first day of the new year having arrived, all the men assembled
in the court of the temple, but men alone; for, on any occasion, if the
feast or sacrifice was celebrated in the temple, the women were not allowed
to assist in it, with the exception of the old women who came to dance;
but at the other banquets, which were held in other places, the women were
allowed to be present. On this occasion the men came ornamented and
painted with their colors, after having washed from themselves the grease
with which they were covered during their fast. All being assembled with
the oflerings of meat and drinks which they had brought, also a great
quantity of wine, newly fermented, the priest purified the temple and seated
himself in the center of the court, clothed in pontifical garments and hav-
ing beside him a brazier and the balls of incense. The Ch<ics took their
places at the four comers, extending from one to the other a new cord, be-
neath the center of which all those must enter who had fasted, in order to
dispel the evil spirit spoken of in Chapter XCVI.
The evil spirit once driven out, all devoted themselves to prayer while
the chaces (sic) kindled the new fire ; they burnt the incense before the
idols, the priest commencing by casting his own ball into the brazier; the
rest followed, each according to his rank, to receive the balls from the hand
of the priest, who gave them with rimch gravity and devoutness, as if he
was giving them valuable relics; then one after the other cast them slowly
Into the brazier, waiting until it was consumed.
After this ceremony they feasted upon all the oflferings and presents of
food, drinking the wine after their custom, as usual, until they had con-
sumed it all. This was their feast of the new year, and the solemnity with
which they believed themselves to render it perfectly agreeable to their
Digitized by
Google
THOMABi FESTIVALS HELD IN THE DIFFERENT MONTHS. 219
i(iol8. During the month Pop, there were also some of the most devout
men who continued to celebrate this feast with their friends, such as the
nobles and priests, they being, before others, always the first in the rejoic-
ings and festivities.
B. — During the month I^, the priests, the medicine-men, and the sor-
cerers, which were all the same, commenced, by fasting and other acts of
piety, to prepare for the celebration of another feast which the hunters and
fishermen celebrated on the seventh day of the month Zip; each of them
celebrated it on his own day on his part, the priests being the first. They
gave to this feast the name of Pocam. Having assembled, covered with
their ornaments, at the house of the chief, they first dispelled the evil spirits
as before; they then uncovered theu' books and laid them open on a carpet
of leaves which they had prepared for this purpose. They then invoked
with great devotion a god called Cinckau-Yzamna^ who had, they said, been
the first priest; they offered him divers presents and burnt before him in
the new fire ^me balls of incense. During tliis time otliers diluted in a
vessel a little verdigris and pure water, which they said was brought from
a wood in which no woman had ever peneti'ated ; they moistened with it
the leaves of their books in order to cleanse them ; this finished, the most
learned of the priests opened a book in which he examined the omens of the
year, which he announced to all those who were present. He then talked
to them for a short time, advising them as to what they should d^o to pre-
vent these evil things, and announced the same feast for the next year to
the priest or noble who was to celebrate it; if he should die in the mean
time, it devolved upon his son to celebrate it in his place. When this was
concluded, all feasted together upon the food and offerings of drinks, drinlc-
ing like wine-bibbers. Thus was conjpleted the feast, during which they
executed a dance called Okot-Vii
C. — The following day, the medicine-men and sorcerers assembled with
their wives at the house of one of their number. The priests expelled the
evil spirit; after which they opened their medicine-bags, in which they
kept a number of charms, and, each in particular, some little images of the
goddess of medicine, which they called Ixchel, whence the name of the fes-
Digitized by
Google
220 A STDDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
tivai, Ihcil'Ixchel ; also some little stones used in their sorceries, called am.
Then they invoked in their prayers, with great devotion, the gods of medi-
cine, Yzamnaj CiUBolon-Tun^ and Ahau-Chamahe^, while the priests burned
in their honor the incense which they cast into the brazier of the new fire,
and which the Chacs smeared with a blue color resembling the color of the
books of the priests. This done, each one gathered up his valuables, and,
loaded with their bundles, they executed a dance called Chan-tun yab. The
dance having terminated, the men seated themselves on one side and the
women on the other; they then arranged the day for the feast of the next
year, and all made the usual banquet on the offerings and drinks, intoxicating
themselves, trying each to exceed the other. The priests alone, it is said,
ashamed of joining with them on this occasion, put aside their share of the
wine, in order to drink it at their ease and without any witnesses.
The preceding day the hunters gathered together at one of their houses,
where they brought their wives with them ; the priests came also, and after
having driven away the evil spirit, as usual, they placed in the center of
the house the preparatives necessaiy to the sacrifice of incense*and the new
fire, with the blue color. The hunters worshiped with devotion the gods
of the chase, Acanum, Zu-huy-Zip^ Taha% and others, and distributed the
incense, which they then threw into the brazier. While they were burning,
each one took an arrow and a deer's head, which the Chacs had painted
blue; and thus adorned some danced, holding each other's hand, while
others pierced their ears or tongue, passing through the holes which they
made in them seven leaves of an herb called Ac. This completed, first the
priests, and afterward the officers of the feast, presented the offerings, then
they began to dance, drinking wine until they were intoxicated.
The next day it was the fishermen's turn to celebrate the feast, which
they did in the same manner as the others, except that in place of the deer
heads, they painted their fishing implements; they did not pierce their ears,
but cut around them, after which they performed a dance called Chohom.
After this, they consecrated a large tree, which they left standing upright.
When this feast was finished in the cities, it was the custom of the
nobles to celebrate it with a large crowd at the sea-shore, where they held
a great fishing expedition with rejoicings of every kind ; for they carried
Digitized by
Google
THOMA8.1 FESTIVALS HELD IN THE DIFFERENT MONTHS. 221
with them a large quantity of lines and fish-hooks with other implements
for fishing. Tlie gods whom they then invoked as their patrons were
Ahkak'Nexoij AhpuUy Ahcitz, and Amalcum.
D. — During the month of Tzoz the apiarists prepared for the celebra-
tion of their feast of Tzec; but although the principal preparation was fast-
ing, only the priests and the oflScers who were to assist him were compelled
to fast, all the rest being voluntary.
E. — The month Tzec. The day of the feast having arrived, they
congregated at the house of him who celebrated it, and performed all
that they usually did at the other feasts, except that they shed no blood.
Their patrons were the BacabSj and especially Hohnil They then made
great offerings, particularly to the four CJiacSy to whom they presented four
plates covered with figures of lioney, in order to obtain it in abundance by
means of this feast. They finished, as usual, with a perfect orgy, the
apiarists being by no means sparing of their honey on this occasion.
F. — The month Xul. It has been seen in the tenth chapter how, after
the departure of Kukulcan from Yucatan, there were some Indians who,
believing that he was carried to heaven with the gods, regarded him as a
god and built temples in his honor and celebrated feasts, which they con-
tinued throughout the country until the destruction of Mayapan. After
this event, they celebrated them no longer except in the province of Mani ;
but the other provinces, in recognition of what they owed to Kukulcan,
presented to Mani by turns each year, sometimes four and at other times
five magnificent banners of feathers, with which they solemnized the feasts,
not like the others, but in the following manner :
On the sixteenth day of the month of Xul all the lords and priests
of Mani assembled, and with them a large crowd, who joined with them,
after having prepared for it by fast and penances. On the evening of this
day they departed in procession, with a large number of performera, from
the house of the prince and advanced slowly towards the temple of Kukul-
can, which they had previously ornamented. Having arrived, they repeated
their prayers and placed the banners high in the temple; they exposed their
idols on a carpet of leaves. Having then built the new fire, tbey burnt
Digitized by
Google
222 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
incense in many places, making offerings of meat, cooked without pepper
or salt, and drinks made from beans and kernels of calabashes. The lords,
and also those who had observed the fast, passed five days and five nights
there without returning home — praying, burning copal, and executing sacred
dances. During this time the actors went to the houses of the nobles and
others, exhibiting their performances and receiving the gifts which' were
offered to them. At the end of the five days they carried them all to the
temple, where they divided them among the priests and the dancers. After
this they resumed the banners and idols, which they carried back to the
mansion of the prince, from which place each one returned home with
whatever he recovered. They said, and devoutly believed, that Kukulcan
descended from heaven in person on the last day of the feast and received
the sacrifice, the presents, and offerings which they made to him. They
called this feast Chic-Kaban.
G. — The month Taxkin. During this month they commenced to pre-
pare, as was their custom, for a general feast, which was celebrated in Mol,
on a day designated by the priest in honor of all the gods; they called it
Oloh'Zab'Kam Yax. After the usual ceremonies and incensing which they
desired to do, they smeared with their blue paint all the instruments of
every profession, from those used by the priests even to the spindles of the
women and the doors of their houses. On this occasion they painted the
children of both sexes with the same color; but, instead of smearing their
hands, they gave them each nine gentle raps on their knuckles, that they
might be skillful in the professions of tlieir fathers and mothers. As for the
little girls, an old woman brought them there, and for this reason they
called her Ixmol, that is to say, conductress. The conclusion of this cere-
mony was a grand orgy and banquet with the offerings which thoy had
presented, although it was understood that the devoted old woman was not
permitted to become intoxicated, lest she should lose on the road the plume
of her office.
H. — The month Mol. During this month the apiarists repeated the
feast which they had celebrated in the month Tzec^ in order that the gods
might cause the flowers to grow for the bees.
Digitized by
Google
THoxABj FESTIVALS HELD IN THE DIFFERENT MONTHS. 223
One of the things that these wretched people regarded as the most
difficult and arduous was the fabrication of their idols of wood, which they
called making the gods. They had for this a particular time, which was this
month of Mol^ or any other if the priest judged it proper to change it.
Those who wished to have it done consulted first the priest, and after
his advice went to seek the artists who occupied themselves with this pro-
fession; but, to whatever they said, these artists alwa)'s excused themselves,
because they were persuaded that one or another of their house might die,
or that it would suddenly bring upon them some disease of the heart. When
they had accepted, the Chacs whom they chose for this purpose, also the
priest and the artist, commenced to fast. In the mean time those who had
ordered the idols went in person or sent a trusty person into the wood to
cut down the tree of which they must be sculptured, and which was always
cedar. When the wood was obtained they built a cabin of stubble well
closed, where they put the wood, with a large urn for inclosing the idols
during the time that they worked on them. They offered incense to four
gods, called Acantun^ the images of which they placed at the four cardinal
points; they took also that which they used for scarifying their eai's and
drawing blood from them, and also the instruments which they needed for
sculpturing their black divinities. Prepared in this manner, the priest, the
Chacs^ and the artist shut themselves up in the hut and commenced the
sacred work, frequently cutting themselves, and smearing the idols with
their blood, and burning incense before them. They continued thus until
the work was finished, the members of their families carrying food to them
with whetever was necessary to them; but they could not during this time
approach their wives, and no one was admitted into the place where they
were incarcerated.
I. — Month Chen, According to what they said, they worked in great
fear while sculpturing the gods. As soon as the idols were completed and
perfected, those who owned them gave to those who had made them the
most valuable presents possible, of birds, of venison, and of money, in order
to pay them for their work. They took the idols from the cabin where they
had been made and carried them into another cabin made of leaves, erected
Digitized by
Google
224 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
for this purpose in the court, where the priest consecrated them with much
solemnity and fervent prayers, the artists having previously washed them-
selves from the soot with which they were covered as a sign of fasting, they
said, for all the time that they were at work. Having accordingly driven
away the evil spirit and burnt the consecrated incense, they placed the new
images in a flat basket, wrapped in linen, and carried them back to their
owner, who received them with much devotion.
The priest then addressed the artists for some time on the excellence of
their profession, that of making the new gods, and on the danger they in-
cun-ed by working without regarding the rules of abstinence and fasting.
After this, they partook together of an abundant repast and drank more
freely than usual.
K. — The month Yax. In one of the two months Clien and Yax^ which-
ever was selected by the priest, they celebrated a feast called Ocna^ which
means the renovation of the temple in honor of the Chacs^ whom they
regarded as the gods of the fields. In this feast they consulted the prog-
nostics of the BacabSj which is spoken of more at length in chapters CXIII,
CXIV, CXV, and CXVI, and after the manner already mentioned. This
feast was celebrated every year. Besides, they renovated the idols of baked
earth and their braziers; for it was the custom that each idol should have its
little brazier, in which was burned their incense, and, if it was found neces-
sary, they built a new house or repaired the old one, taking care to place on
the wall an inscription commemorating these things, written in their char-
acters.
L. — The month Zac. On one of the days of the month ZaCj designated
by the priest, the huntei-s celebrated another feast similar to that which they
had celebrated in the month Zip. This took place at this time for the pur-
pose of appeasing the anger of the gods against themselves and their de-
scendants, on account of the blood they had shed during the chase; for
they regarded as abominable all shedding of blood except in their sacri-
fices; also they never went to hunt without first invoking their idols and
burning incense before them; and if they afterwards succeeded, they
smeared their faces with the blood of their game.
Digitized by
Google
TiioMAfl.1 FESTIV.ALS HELD IN THE DIFFERENT MONTHS. 225
On another day, which came on the seventh Ahau, they celebrated a
very grand festival, which continued for three days, with incense-burning,
offerings, and a very respectable orgy; but as it was a movable feast the
priest took care to publish it in advance, in order that each one might keep
a fast according to his duty.
M. — The month Mac. On another day in the month of MaCj the old
people, and especially the old men, celebrated a feast in honor of the Chacs^
the gods of abundance, and also to Yzamna. Some days before, they per-
fonned the following ceremony, called in their language Tuppkak. Having
gathered together all the animals, such as reptiles and beasts of the fields
which they could find in the country, they assembled in the court of the tem-
ple, the ChacSj and the priests placing themselves in the comers in order to
expel the evil spirit, according to the custom, each of them having beside him
a pitcher filled with water, which was brought to him. Standing upright, in
the center, was an enormous bundle of small dry wood, with which they
kindled a fire after having thrown the incense into the brazier; while the
wood was burning, they tore out, with emulation, the hearts of the animals
and birds and cast them into the fire. If it had been impossible to obtain
large animals, such as tigers, lions, and alligators, they represented the
hearts of these by incense; but if they had them, they tore out their hearts
also and put them in the fire. As soon as all the hearts were consumed,
the Chacs extinguished the fire with the water in the pitcher.
The object of this sacrifice and of the feast following was, also, to
obtain an abundance of water for their crops during the year. They cele-
brated this feast, however, in a different manner from the others; for in
this they did not fast, with the exception of the beadle of the confraternity,
who performed penance. On the day fixed upon for the celebration, all
the people assembled with the priest and the officers in the court of the
temple, where they had erected a stone platform, with steps for mounting,
suitably ornamented with leaves. The priest gave the incense, previously
prepared, to the beadle who burned in the brazier enough of it to dispel
the evil spirit This done, with the accustomed devotion, they smeared the
first step of the platform with mire fit)m a well or cistern, and the others
16 M T
Digitized by
Google
226 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
with the blue color; they incensed it several times and invoked the Chaof
with prayers and ceremonies, offering them many gifts. At the close, they
rejoiced, eating and drinking the oblations, full of confidence in the result
of their invocations for this year.
N. — The month Muan. During the month Mtuiniiie proprietors of the
cacao plantations celebrated a feast in honor of the gods Ekchuahy Chac^ and
Hobnilj who were their patrons. In order to solemnize it, they went to the
farm of one of their number, where they sacrificed a dog, bearing a spot of
the color of cacao. They burnt incense before their idols, ofiering them
iguanas — those which were of a blue color; feathers of a particular bird;
also diflerent kinds of game. They gave to each one of the officers a branch
with the fruit of the cacao. The sacrifice completed, they set themselves
to eating and drinking the offerings; but it is said that they permitted each
one to drink only three cups of their wine, and they could bring only the
necessary quantity. They then returned to the house of the one who bore
the expenses of the feast, where they entei'tained themselves together.
0. — The month Pax, In the month Pax they celebrated a feast called
Pacum-ChaCj on which occasion the nobles and priests of the inferior bor-
oughs assembled with those from the more important villages. Thus united
they passed five nights in prayer in the temple of Cit-ChaC'Cohy presenting
their sacrifices with incense, as has been seen at the feast of Kuhdcan in the
month of Xul, in November. In commencing these five days, they returned
together to the house of the general of their armies, whose title was NacoUy
of which I have spoken in Chapter CI. They bore him in great pomp to the
temple, burning incense before him like an idol, where they seated him.
Thus they passed the five days, eating and drinking the ofierings which they
had presented in the temple, and executing a dance similar to a war dance,
to which they gave, in their language, the name of Holkan-Okot^ which
means the dance of the wamors When the five days were passed every-
body came to the feast, which, as it concerned the affairs of war and hope
of obtaining the victory, was very solemn.
It was commenced with the ceremonies and sacrifices of fire, of which
I have spoken in the festival in the month of Mac. Then they expel the
evil spirit, as usual, which is done with much solemnity. This finished,
Digitized by
Google
THOMAS.] MODE OP BUILDING HOUSES IN YUCATAN. 227
they recommenced their prayers, sacrifices, and incensing. While all these
things were going on the nobles and those who had accompanied them
replaced the Nacon on their shoulders and carried him in procession around
the temple. On their return the Chacs sacrificed a dog, tearing out its
heart, which they presented to the idol, between two plates; each one
present then broke in pieces a large vessel filled with a drink, with which
the feast was completed. All then ate and drank the offerings which they
had brought, and, with miich solemnity, but without the usual incense, car-
ried the Nacon back to his home.
There a grand banquet took place, at which the lords, nobles, and
priests became intoxicated in the effort to excel each other in drinking, with
the exception of the Nacon^ who remained sober, the crowd in the mean
time returning to their homes. The next day, after they had slept them-
selves sober, the nobles and priests, who had remained at the mansion of
the general after the orgy, received from his hand large presents of incase
which he had prepared for this purpose and caused to be consecrated by the
holy priests.
At this reunion he addressed them in a long discourse, and earnestly
recommended to them the feasts which they should celebrate in honor of the
gods, in their towns, in order to obtain a prosperous and abundant year.
When the lecture was finished all took leave of each other with much affec-
tion and noise, and each one took the road for his village and home.
There they occupied themselves with the celebration of their feasts,
which sometimes lasted, according to circumstances, until the month oi Pop,
They gave to these feasts the name of ZabacHrThanj and they were cele-
brated in the following manner: They sought in the commune those who,
being the richest, were the most able to bear the expense of the feast, and
requested them to fix upon a day, because they had more of
during these three months which remained until the natural year. What
they then did was to assemble at the mansion of the one who celebrated
the feast, after having performed the ceremony of dispelling the evil spirit.
They bunit copal and presented offerings with rejoicings and dances, after
which they drank some wine, which last was always the main point of the
feast Such were the excesses in which they indulged themselves during
Digitized by
Google
228 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
these three months, which it was painful to see; some departing covered
wjth wounds or bruises, others with their eyes inflamed with the quantity
of liquor which they had imbibed, and with this passion for drink they
ruined themselves entirely.
P. — It has been said, in the preceding chapters, that the Indians com-
menced their years with days without names, preparing in the villages for
the celebration of the feast of the new year. Besides the feast which they
made to tlie god U-uayeyab^ by right of which alone they went out from
home, they solemnized especially these five days, seldom quitting their
houses, except to present, besides the offerings made in public, different
trifles to their gods in the other temples. They never afterwards employed,
for their particular use, the bagatelles which they offered to the idols, but
they bought the incense which they burned with it. They neither combed
nor washed themselves during these days; neither men nor women cleansed
themselves. They did not do any servile or fatiguing work, for fear that
some misfortune mighl befall them.
APPENDIX NO. 4.
Manera de las casas en Yucatan}
Que la manera de hazer las casas era cubrirlas de paja que tienen muy
buena y mucha, o con hojas de palma que es propia para esto y que tenian
muy grandes corrientes para que no se Uuevan, y que despues echan una
pared por medio al largo que divide toda la casa, y que en esta par§d dexan
algunas puertas para la mitad que llaman las espaldas de la casa, dondf^
tienen sus camas, y que la otra mitad blanquean de muy gentil encalado, y
que los seliores las tienen pintadas de muchas galanterias y que esta mitad
es el recebimiento y aposento de los guespedes, y que esta pie<;a no tiene
puerta, sino toda abierta conforme al largo de la casa, y baxa mucho la
corriente delantera por temor de los soles y aguas, y dizen que tambien para
ensefiorearse de los enemigos de la parte de dentro en tiempo de necessitiid.
Y (Jue el pueblo menudo hazia a su costa las casas de los seliores, y que con
*Mode of building houses among the Yucatecs, Landa, see. xz, p. 110,
Digitized by
Google
TuoMABi • MODE OF BAPTISM IN YUCATAN. 229
no tener mas puertas, tenian por grave delicto de hazer mal'a casas agenas.
Tenian una portezilla atras para el servicio necessario y que tienen unas
camas de varillas, y en cima una serilla donde duermen, cubiertas de sus
mantas de algodon: en verano duermen comunmente en los encalados con
una de aquellas serillas, especialmente los hombres AUende de la casa hazian
todo el pueblo a los sellores sus sementeras, y se las beneficiavan y cogian
en cantidad que le bastava a el y a su casa, y quando avia ca^as o pescas, o
era tiempo de traer sal siempre davan parte al «efior, por que estas cosas siem-
pre las hazian de comunidad.
APPENDIX NO. 6.
Modo de bautismo en Yucatati}
Tenian pues esta costumbre para venir a hazer los baptismos, que
criavan las indias los nifios hasta edad de tres afios, y a los varoncillos
usavanles siempre poner pegada a la cabe^a en los cabellos de la coronilla
una contezuela blanca, y a las muchachas traian ceflidas por las senes muy
abaxo con un cordel delgado y en el una conchuela asida que les venia a
dar encima de la parte honesto y destas dos cosas era entre ellos peccado y
cosa muy fea quitarla de las mochachas antes del baptismo, el qual les davan
siempre desde edad de tres alios hasta doze y nunca se casavan antes del
baptismo.
Quando alguno avia que quisiesse baptizar su liijo, iva al sacerdote y
da vale paii;e de su intento, el qual publicava por el pueblo el baptismo, y el
dia en que lo hazia, el qual ellos miravan siempro no fuesse aciago.
Esto hecho el que hazia la fiesta que era el que movia la platica, olegia
un principal del pueblo a su gusto para que le ayudasse a su negocio y las
cosas del. Despues tenian de costumbre elegir a oti'os quatro hombres
ancianos y hom-ados que ayudessen al sacerdote el dia de la fiesta a las ceri-
monias, y estos elegian juntamente a su gusto con el sacerdote. Y en estas
elecciones entendian siempre los padres de todos los nifios que avia que bap-
1 Manner of baptism in Yacatan.— Lando, $ zxyi, p. 144. Original.
Digitized by
Google
230 A STUDY OF THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
tizar, ca de todos era tambien la fiesta y llamavanlos a estos que escogian
chaces. Tres dias antes de la fiesta ayunavan los padres de los niochachos
y los officiales, abstiniendose de las mugeres.
El dia juntavanse todos en casa del que bazia la fiesta y Uevavan los
niflos todos que avian de baptizar, a los quales ponian en el patio o placa
de la casa, que limpio y sembrado de hojas frescas le tenian por orden en
rengla los varones por si y las nifias por si, ponian les como padrinos una
muger anciana a las nifias, y a los nines un hombre que los tuviessen a
.cargo.
Esto hecho tratava el sacerdote de la purificacion de la posada, hechan-
do al demonio della. Para echarlo ponian quatro vanquillos en las quatro
esquinas del patio en los quales se sentavan los quatro chaces con un cordel
largo asido de uno a otro, de nianera que quedavan los nifios acorralados en
medio a dentro del cordel, despues pasando sobre el cordel avian de entrar
todos los padres de los nifios que avian ayunado dentro del circuito. • Des-
pues o antes ponian en medio otro vanquillo donde el sacerdote se sentava
con un brasero, y un poco de maiz molido y de su encienso. Alii venian
los nifios y nifias por orden y echa vales el sacerdote un poco de maiz molido
y del encienso en la mano, y ellos en el brasero; y ansi hazian todos, y estos
saumerios acabados, tomavan el brasero en que los hazian, y el cordel con
que los chaces los tenian cercados y echavan en un vaso un poco de vino y
davan lo todo a un indio que lo Uevasse fuera del pueblo, avisandole no
beviesse ni mirass atras a la buelta y con esto dezian quedava el demonio
echado.
El qual assi ido verrian el patio y limpiavanlo de las hojas del arbol
que tenia que se dize cihom y echavan otras de otro que llaman copOj y
ponian unas seras en tanto que el sacerdote se vestia. Vestido salia con un
jaco de pluma Colorado y labrado de otras plumas de colores, y que le
cuelgan de los extremes otms plumas largas y una como coroza en la cabe^a
de las mesmas plumas, y debaxo del jaco muchos listones de algodon hasta
el suelo como colas, y con un isopo en la mano de un palo corto muy labra-
do, y por barbas o pelos del isopo ciertas colas de unas culebras que son
como caxcaveles, y con no mas ni menos gravedad que ternia un papa para
coronar un emperador, que cosa era notable la serenidad que les causavan
Digitized by
Google
TuoMAB] MODE OF BAPTISM IN YUCATAN. 231
los aparejos. Los chaces ivan luego a los niiios y ponian a todos sendos
pafios blancos en las cabe^as que sus madres para aquello traian. Pregun-
tavan a los que eran grandecillos si avian hecho algun peccado y tocamiento
feo, y si lo avian hecho confessavanlo, y separavanlos de los otros.
Esto hecho mandava el sacerdote callar y sentar la gente, y comencjava
el a bendezir.con muchas oraciones a los mochachos, y a santiguarlos con
su isopo, y con mucha serenidad. Acabada su bendicion se sentava y se
levantava el principal que avian los padres de los mochachos elegido para
esta fiesta, y con un guesso que el sacerdote le dava iva a los mochachos y
amagava a cada uiio por si nueve vezes con el guesso en que la frente;
despues mojavale en un vaso de una agua Uevava en la mano, y untavales
la frente, y las faciones del rostro y entre los dedos de los piez y los de las
majios a todos sin hablar palabra. Esta agua hazian de ciertas flores y
de cacao mojado y desleido con agua virgen que ellos dezian traida de
los concaves de los arboles o de los montes.
Acabada esta unctura se levantava el sacerdote y les quitava los pafios
blancos de la cabe9a y otros que tenian colgados a las espaldas en que cada
uno traia atadas unas pocas de plumas de un paxaro muy hermoso y algunos
cacaos, lo qual todo recogia uno de los chaces, y luego el sacerdote les cor-
tava a los nifios con una navaja de piedra la cuenta que avian traido pegada
en la cabe^a; tras esto ivan los demas ayudantes del sacerdote con un
manojo de flores y un huma^o que los indios usan chupar; y amagavan con
cada uno dellos nueve vezes a cada mochacho, y despues davanle a oler las
flores y a chupar el huma<;o. Despues recogian los presents que las madres
traian y davan dellos a cada mochacho un poco para comer alii, ca de comida
eran los presentes, y tomavan un buen vaso de vino y presto en medio
ofrecianlo a los dioses y con devotas plegarias les rogavan recibiessen aquel
don pequefio de aquellos mochachos, y llamando otro oficial que les ayudava
que llamavan Cayom davanse lo que lo beviesse, lo qual hazia sin de8can9ar
que diz que era peccado.
[Translation. J
Manner of baptism in Yucatan}
This is the custom which they had for preparing them for baptisni :
The women were directed to raise the children to the age of three years,
Sec. XXVI, page U\
Digitized by
Google
232 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TEOANO.
i
putting on the head of the little boys something white, fastened among the
locks at the back part of the head; as to the little girls, they wore hanging
down from the girdle a very slender cord, to which a small shell was
attached, which happened to be found placed exactly above the sexual
parts. It was regarded as a great fault and a very wrong action to remove
these things from the little girls before their baptism, which was always
administered between three and twelve years, and they were never married
before. When any one desired to have his child baptized, he went to the
priest and communicated his intention to him; the priest published the bap-
tism throughout the community, taking care always that the ceremony
should not fall on an unlucky day. This done, he who had made the propo-
sition, and who consequently took charge of the feast, chose at his fancy
one of the chief men of the place, in order to aid him in all that had refer-
ence to it. After that it was the custom to choose still four others from
among the oldest and most honorable, who assisted the priest in his duties
on the day of the feast This choice was always made with the consent of
the priest himself. The fathers of all the infants to be baptized had an
equal part in this election, for the feast was a resort for all. To those who
had ^ been chosen to accompany the priest they gave the title of Cfmc.
During the three days preceding the ceremony the fathers of the children,
as well as these officers, abstained from intercourse with their wives.
On the day designated all assembled at the house of him who gave the
feast, bringing with them the children to be baptized. They ranged them
in the court or a place in the house, which had been swept and ornamented
with leaves; the boys placed themselves on one side, under the charge of a
man who filled the office of godfather in regard to them ; and on the other
side the girls, to whom they appointed a matron to take care of them When
this was completed the priest busied himself with* purifying the house, dis-
pelling the evil spirit from the place. For this purpose they placed a small
bench at the four comers of the court; the four Chacs seated themselves,
stretching a cord from one to the other in such a manner that the children
remained in some sort confined in the center, after Which the fathers all
together, who had observed the fast until this time, passed the cord to enter
into the inclosure. In the center there was another bench, where the priest
was seated, having beside a brazier with bruised maize and incense.
Digitized by
Go.ogle
THOMAB.) MODE OP BAPTISM JJS YUCATAN. 233
The little boys and girls approached in order, and the prioHt placed in
their hands some maize and incense, which they threw one by one into the
brazier. This finished and the incensing being terminated, they raised the
brazier and the cord with which the Chocs had formed the inclosure. They
poured a little wine into a vase or vessel, which they gave, with these things,
to a man to carry out of the village, and charged him especially not to
drink the wine and not to look behind him on his return In this manner
the evil spirit was said to be dispelled.
The yard was then swept and decorated with leaves which were found
there, and were the leaves of a tree called cihom; they substituted them with
others of a tree called copo, and stretched some mats, during which time
the priest changed his clothes. He appeared soon after, clothed in a tunic
of red feathers, worked with other feathers of diflFerent colors, and from
which hung other feathers still finer; also, underneath, a large quantity of
ribbons of cotton, which hung down to the ground. On his head he wore
a kind of miter, embroidered with plumage in the same manner, and in his
hand a small holy-water sprinkler of wood, carved skillfully, of wliich the
filaments were of the tails of serpents, similar to serpents with rattles. He
came out thus, having neither more nor less gravity than a pope would have
in crowning an emperor; and it is a remarkable thing to see the serenity
which all this apparel gave him.
The Chacs immediately advanced towards the children and placed
white linen cloths, which their mothers had brought for this purpose, on
their heads. They then asked the oldest if they had committed no wrong or
immodest action; and if they had they confessed and were separated from the
rest. This done, the priest commanded all to seat themselves and be silent;
he then began to bless the children with certain prayers and to consecrate
them with the holy water, with much dignity. The benediction finished, he
sat down. The one chosen by the fathers of the infants to aid especially
in this ceremony, then rose, and, armed with a bone, which the priest gave
him, he went to each child and passed it in front of him nine times; he then
dipped it in a vessel of water which he carried in his hand and anointed them
on the forehead and face, also the interstices of the fingers and toes, without
saying a single word. This water was composed of certain flowers and
Digitized by
Google
234 A STUDY OP THE MANUSCRIPT TROANO.
cacao soaked and diluted in the pure water which they said sprang from
cavities in the woods or mountains.
After this anointing the priest rose; he took from their heads the whit«
cloths which had been placed on them, also others which they had on their
shoulders, where each one wore some feathers of a very beautiful bird and
some grains of cacao. One of the Chocs colbcted these things, after which
the priest cut oflF from the heads of the little boys that which they wore
fastened on them with a stone knife. Behind the priest walked his other
assistant, a bouquet of flowers in his hand, with a pipe with perfume, which
the Indians were accustomed to smoke; they made nine passes with it
before each child and then gave them one by one the flowers to smell and
the pipe to smoke. They then collected the presents which the mothers had
brought, and gave a little food to the children, the same amount to each
infant, for these presents consisted of eatables. They took one large bowl
filled with wine and hastily oflfered it to the gods, conjuring "them with
words of devotion to accept of this feeble homage on the part of the chil-
dren; then calling another officer, whose title was Cayom/they gave him
the vessel, which he must empty at a draught; for him to stop to take
breath would have been wrong.
Digitized by
Google
INDEX.
Page.
AgnflAT, Don Pedro Sanohex de, on Mftya manoaoripi. zzl
Ahftu or Eaton S^M
the number of years in an 38-82
Ahan-Katon or grand eyde 5
the first year of an 82
Ahaaes, location of the, in grand cycle 26-28
Ahbuloobalam (Maya deity) 66,94
Ahoan Uolcab (Maya deity) 66,04
Ahlcnl-Cbel, prophecy of xxix
AJpulo, date of death of 18.82.40,60,61
Allen, Harrison, on Landa*8 alphabet xxxr
ArmadUlo 07
symbol 16,146
Baoab-Cansienal (deity) 68
Hobnfl (deity) w 61
aac-ciui (deity) 64
Bancroft, omission by, in translation 66
Baptism, mode of, original firom Landa 228-281
translation .• 231-288
Bird-cage 184
Bissextile years in the Maya systein iv
Black nomerals, use of the 21.24
indicate the month 23
Bolloert, WiUiom, efforts at translating xxxIt
Bolon-sacab (Mayadeity) 60,60
Brasseur de Bourbourg; in reference to the length of
tiie Ahan 108
efforts at translating the
manuscript Troano xxxIt
Bread symbol.., 80,81,186
Brinton,D.O xvii
Calendar Maya 6
condensed (Table V) 11
for one year (Table n) 8
wheel, figure of the 127
Cardinal points assigned the years 41
Dominical days assigned to 68
Maya words for the 74
symbols of the 70,74,144
Canac year, sacrifices at the commencement of the . . 66
Chao 77,87,101.104
Chacancantun or Cbac Acanton (deity) 62,68
Chac-u-Uayeyab (Maya deity) 62,81,82
Cholchihuitllcue (Mexican goddess) 102
Characters of the manuscript compared with Londa's . 2
Choreucy, Hyavinthc do, o£R»rts at translating zxziv
Chm, festivals in the month 223
Chii^Mui (or Txendal) and Sooomnsoen calendar 196
Chicchac^hob (deity) 66,04^101
Chlchenltsa 194,107
Chilon Balaro, pi-ophecy of 106
Cigar ^ 186
Ciroi, unusual character of 16
CluTirgero, concerning bees 115
Paga
Codex Cortesianos 20
Dresden xxx. xxxvi, 25, 41, 42, 67, 68, 71, 78, 86^ 89
Peresianns..... xxxii,20
Troano xxxli
Tro xxxii
CoguUudOb Dias Lopes, on Majra characters xxiii
conoemingdateof destruction of Mayapan 48
in reference to cardinal points assigned
the years 60
Colebil-xbokm-chac (goddess of the apiarists) 117
Ckmdusions 51
Cross 117
Cycle \ 5^10,82,85
Dance on high stilts 70
Dates, discussion o^ with special reference to those
of the Peres manuscript 187-107
method of giving , .. 13
Day characters 8,5
Days, method of numbering the 8-7
Dias, Bemol, in reference to implements of war&re. . 127
Dog images used in dances 70
Dresden Codex xxx,xxxTi,25,41,42,67,68,71,78,86^80
reference to four plates of ^he 56
Bkbalam-chao (deity) (36,94
Ekel Acantun (deity) 66
BkuUayeyab (deity) 65,81,82
Btel-ceh, ancient name of Yucatan 96
Fan or bat 184
Festivals at the commencement of the year Conae . . 66, 214
Ix 68,212
Kan ... 50,200
Muluc. 62,211
of the different months, translated fh>m
Landa, Appendix No. 8 216-827
Inthe month Chen 228
Mao 224
Mol 222
Muoa 225
Pax 225
Pop 216
Tsec 220
Tios 220
Uo 218
Xul 220
Yox 228
Yoxkin 221
Zac 224
Zip 210
of the supplementary days . . 41, 60, 67, 208-215, 227
Figures and characters, explanation of 60
suggestions as to the meaning of certain — 98
Foot-prints 125
F5rsterman, Dr., on the Dresden Cordex xxxvi
€k>d of death 77
235
Digitized by
Google
236
INDEX.
Page.
Q-rand cycle or Ahaa-Kntun 28-32
Grand cycles compared with years of the Christian
era 190,196
Graphic system, the xrili
Horrera in reference to Chichon-Itsa .-. IM
Hayapan ,. 102
Yucatec implement s ef war-
toTO. 12«
Holden. Bdward 8., on Central- American picture-
writing xxxvi
the Ley den stone 104
Honey symbol 117,127
flonao symbols or fl^Qi^s 125,131
Houses, method of building, from Lando, orifTinul ... 227
translation. 120
HnitzilopocUi (Mexican god) . 101-106
Imix or Ymlx, proba ly a symbol of maiae 80
Implemrnt (use unknown) 183
Indication, or week of years
Interpretation of characters 140,161
Intervals between da^'s in day coluii:ns 15, 24
Introduction xvli-xxxvii
Itzarona (Zamna) ^ 81-62
Itzen-caan (a name of Zumna) 81
I X year, feat ivals at the commencement of the 63
IxkanLoox (female divinity) $1
Ixmol(dees) 106
Kan chaiactor a symbol of maize 157
Kan symbolasused in Plates XX-XXIIl 88
Kjin year, festivals at the commencement of the 69
Eaoal Aoantura (Maya deity) 60
Knn-uTJa veyab (Miiya deity) 61, 68, 72, 81, 82
Katun 14,52
Perez's explanation of the term 00
Katnnes, method of numbering the 14
Kile, s^mbcl for .. 92
Kinch-Ahau (Mayadeity) 62,84
Itramna or Yzamna (Maya deity) 65, 84
Kuculoan 81,82
Landa, concerning the festivals of the beo-kecpers . . 116
Diego de, on Maya writing xxiv
in reference to cardinal points 68
to Yucatec implements of war-
faro 127
Landa's charactei*s compared with those of the
manuscript 2
"Reladon do Cosas,*' quoted 47,52
Legof venison, character for a 76
List of days for one month. Table I 8
of illustrations xiii
Lizana, Bernardo de, on Maya characters xxi
Lustre 56
Mate, festivals of the month 224
Machete or hatchet 125
Manufacture of idols 110,120,1^2
Manuscript Troano and its character 1
found by Brasscur de Bourbourg . 1
named for Don Juan de Tro y Or-
tolano 1
/ae fimUtf edition 1
pagingofthe 2
Martyr, Peter, description of Maya manuscripts xix
Matting 134
Maya alphabet, Landa's 141
books xxviii
calendar 5
P«g«^.
Maya «lates compared with those of the Christian era. 47
days 5
months , 6
Mayapan 101,193,107
date of destruction of 48,51
Melgar, Sefior, quotation flrom 215
Method of snaring game 07
Mexican symbol for day and year 72
Mimosaleaf 134
Mol, festival of the month ^.. 222
Month characters ,.... 6
Mortars, figures of 127
Muan, festival of tho month 225
Muluc year, festi vals at the oommenoement of the. . . 211
Nahau Pooh, prophecy of 104,105
Numeral characters 3,17
Numerals, black 21,24
red 10,26
Paint-pots 127
Palenqne tablet 106,208
explanation of oertain characters
on the 204.207
four characters by the cross £08
order in which the inscription is *o
be read 200,202
signification of linesand dots on tho 202
Pax, festival of the month 225
Poresiaous, Codex xxxii,20
Perez, Sefior, quoted 48,55
Crt Jnologia antigua 34
in reference to cardinal points 68
manuscript/. 13,30,32,43
discussed with referenee to
dates 187,107
original Maya of the 188
translation of the 180
Dr. Yalcntini on tho 30
Phonetict are these characters 140,148
Plate III, explanation of figures on 04
VI, explanation of figures on 05
Vn, explanation of figures on 06
Xin, explanation of figures on 31
VII I-XIX, explanat ion of figures on 07-101
XX-XXnr. numbers on 18-19
XXIV-XXVIU, explanation of figures on . .. 101-107
XXIX-XXXIII, explanation of figures on .. 108-111
I*-IX*, exphination of figures on 114-118
XII*-X vn*, explanation of figures on 110-120
X Vm -XXI, explanation of figures on 121
XXII*-XXV*, explanation of figures on 122
Pop, festival of tho month 216
Quetzalcoatl 82
Quiche and Cakchiquel calendar 108
Bains and storms, representation of 101,107
Bau, Charles, on Palcnque tablet xxiv
index diagram to the Palenque tablet. 100
Bed numerals, explanation of 10-26
Besults of my investigations v
Bope-makiug or weaving 118,1^1
Bosny, Leon de, essay on decipherment of Central-
American picture- writing XXXV
Schnltz-Sc^llac, Dr. Carl, on Dresden Codex xxx^i
Serpent as a symbol 84,86
Spanish writers, description of MSS. by xix
Fpear 120
St Andrew's cross 78
Digitized by
Google
INDEX.
237
Page.
Stephens in reference to preserving bones of the
dead 88
Stephens' Yucatan 13
Stone s.\ml)ol 74,144
Sappleroental dayt^ feasts of the 41, 59, C7, 208-215, 227
Tablb II — ^Maya calendar for one year 8
IIL— Kan table of years 9
IV.— Oauac table of years 9
Y.— Condensed Maya calendar 11
VI.— Of years 18
Vn.— Of years 18
Vm.— Of yeors 24
IX.— Of years 25
X.— Of years ^ 27
XI.— Years of on Ahan with names of
the 3'cars 88
Xn.— Yearsofan Ahan 84
Xm, XIV, XV.— Years of period desig-
natedbyPhitesXX-XXIU..'... 85
XVI.— Group of years derived from dates
onVhiteXXXI 88
XVn.— Locating the Ahaaes in the grand
cycle , 44
XVHL— Locating the Ahancs in the grand
cycle 45
XIX.— Locating the Ahaues i^ the grand
cycle •. 46
XX. -Extended list of years of 8th, 6th,
and4th Ahaaes 49
XXL— Grand cycle of years 58
XXII.— Grand cycle of yearsr 54
XXIII.— One cyde of years 56
Table of contents xi
Poge.
Tapestry or cartains ^ 134
Title pofse of the mannscript Ill
Thiloo (deity) 105,106
Tzco, festival in the month 220
Tzoz, festival in the month 220
Uac-Mitun-Ahau (deity). i 65
Ua Katun, a key to find the Katunes 19,66
ITayob-haab 66,57,70,87
Uayeyab idols 76,81,82
Uo, festival in the month ^ 218
Valentini, Philipp J. J., on Londa's alphabet xxv
Dr., on the Perez mannscript 30
Vase character, or symbol 88,145
Villagutierrie, Don Juan de, on Maya books xxiii
Week,the • 7
of years , 9
Wood symbol 134
Written characters 186,101
Xnno, Yncateo goddess 103,106
Xnl, festival of the month 220
Ynz, festival in the month 223
Yaxkin, festival in the month 221
Yax-ooc-Ahmut (deity) 63,79
Year bearers 11
Years assigned to cardinal points 41
method of naming and numbering the 9
Ysamna 64
•caoil (deity) » 61
Zac, festival in the m<mth 224
Zac-Acantnn (deity) 64
Zao-n-ITayeyab (deity) 64
Zamna 81,83
Zip, festival in the month 219
Digitized by
Google
y'
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
BOUVD
APH 5 1937
UNIV. OF MICH.
LIBRARY
DO NOT REMOVE
OR
MUTILATE CARD
Digitized by
Google
r
4t
Ss
tf-'a=il|
:i
is at
«|l
^^^
li^^^-Hi
■mJHJ
31 SOU'S 3
31 SOU'S 3
'*4-^